Guaranteed Loanmaking and Servicing Regulations, 35983-36027 [2016-12945]
Download as PDF
Vol. 81
Friday,
No. 107
June 3, 2016
Part IV
Department of Agriculture
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
Rural Business-Cooperative Service
Rural Utilities Service
7 CFR Parts 4279 and 4287
Guaranteed Loanmaking and Servicing Regulations; Final Rule
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
PO 00000
Frm 00001
Fmt 4717
Sfmt 4717
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
35984
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
Executive Summary
DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE
Rural Business-Cooperative Service
Rural Utilities Service
7 CFR Parts 4279 and 4287
RIN 0570–AA85
Guaranteed Loanmaking and Servicing
Regulations
Rural Business-Cooperative
Service and Rural Utilities Service,
USDA.
AGENCY:
ACTION:
Final rule.
The Rural BusinessCooperative Service (Agency) is an
agency within the Rural Development
mission area of the United States
Department of Agriculture (USDA)
responsible for administering the
Business and Industry (B&I) Guaranteed
Loan Program. The B&I Guaranteed
Loan Program is authorized by the
Consolidated Farm and Rural
Development Act and provides loan
guarantees to banks and other approved
lenders to finance private businesses
located in rural areas.
The Agency published a proposed
rule on September 15, 2014, that
proposed changes to refine the
regulations for the B&I Guaranteed Loan
Program in an effort to improve program
delivery, clarify the regulations to make
them easier to understand, and reduce
delinquencies. The changes to the
program are expected to reduce the
subsidy rate and thereby lower program
subsidy costs over time as the rule is
implemented. By lowering the subsidy
rate, the Agency may be able to provide
greater leverage for the budget authority
provided by Congress. This will allow
the Agency to guarantee a higher total
dollar amount of loan requests and,
assuming the same average size of loans
being guaranteed, to guarantee more
loans. These changes could also result
in increased lending activity, expanded
business opportunities, and creation of
more jobs in rural areas.
SUMMARY:
DATES:
Effective August 2, 2016.
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Brenda Griffin, Rural Development,
Business Programs, U.S. Department of
Agriculture, 1400 Independence Avenue
SW., Stop 3224, Washington, DC 20250–
3224; email: brenda.griffin@
wdc.usda.gov; telephone (202) 720–
6802.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
Purpose of the Regulatory Action
The Agency is promulgating these
regulations to improve program
delivery, clarify the regulations to make
them easier to understand, and reduce
delinquencies. The changes should
reduce the cash outflows and increase
the cash inflows associated with the B&I
Guaranteed Loan Program portfolio,
resulting in a lower subsidy rate. A
lower subsidy rate should result in
increased lending activity, the
expansion of business opportunities,
and the creation of more jobs in rural
areas. Changes originated from informal
third party comments and Agency
experience in administering the
program, including observations from
assessment reviews and
recommendations from the Agency’s
internal Business Programs Advisory
Team.
The Agency believes the changes in
the rule may increase lending activity,
resulting in the expansion of business
opportunities and the creation of more
jobs in rural America, and improve the
program’s effectiveness by improving
the prosperity of rural residents through
guarantees of targeted investments that
may improve rural competitiveness,
facilitate industrial conversion, and
enable rural residents to profit from
private sector activity. The revisions
contained herein may improve the
efficiency and effectiveness of the
program and make the regulation more
customer friendly and easier to
understand. The Agency thinks that
errors may be reduced because the
guidelines and requirements will be
clearer and better organized.
The rule’s incremental effect to the
public will be to nominally increase the
burden for lenders seeking to be an
eligible lender and for ‘‘new’’ investors
in projects that receive B&I loan
guarantees after the Loan Note
Guarantee is issued by a total of
approximately $4,800 per year. The cost
to participating lenders and borrowers
was estimated to be approximately $2.5
million. The cost to the Federal
government to administer the program
was estimated to be approximately $2.1
million.
Summary of the Major Provisions of the
Regulatory Action
This rule replaces the B&I Guaranteed
Loan Program regulations under 7 CFR
parts 4279 and 4287, which will not
significantly depart from the current
program of loan guarantees for
businesses in rural areas.
The rule strengthens criteria for nonregulated lenders to participate in the
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
program. It also codifies provisions of
the 2008 Farm Bill, including two types
of rural area exceptions and eligibility of
local foods projects and cooperative
equity security guarantees. The rule also
includes provisions for New Markets
Tax Credits and the Cooperative Stock
Purchase Program. Changes are also
made to the loan scoring criteria. Loan
servicing changes include the
termination of interest accrual to the
lender after 90 days from the most
recent delinquency effective date or to
a holder the greater of: 90 days from the
date of the most recent delinquency
effective date as reported by the lender
or 30 days from the date of the interest
termination letter. Additionally,
attorney/legal fees that the lender can
claim in the liquidation process will be
reduced from full reimbursement to
being shared equally between the lender
and the Agency. The rule also adds the
ability to obtain personal and corporate
guarantees from those owning 20
percent of the business when there is a
sale of the borrower’s stock.
Eligible lenders for the program
include regulated lenders (formerly
known as ‘‘traditional lenders’’) and
Agency-approved non-regulated lenders
(formerly known as ‘‘other lenders’’).
Insurance companies will no longer be
considered traditional or regulated
lenders under the program. However,
insurance companies will be able to
apply to become Agency-approved
eligible lenders by meeting criteria of a
non-regulated lender established in the
regulation. Historically, insurance
companies have had significant default
and loss rates in the Agency B&I
Guaranteed Loan portfolio and merit
closer scrutiny. Lenders will have to
execute a new Lender’s Agreement to
originate new guaranteed loans;
however, existing lenders are bound by
their existing Lender’s Agreements and
must continue to service existing
guaranteed loans in their portfolio
regardless of whether they wish to
originate new guaranteed loans.
Criteria to become an approved nonregulated lender for the B&I program
will be strengthened under this final
rule due to higher than usual default
and loss rates for this type of lender in
the Agency B&I Guaranteed Loan
portfolio. Non-regulated lenders will be
able to become eligible lenders for a 3year period and may request renewals to
continue originating loans under the
program. Non-regulated lenders will
have to have and maintain 10 percent
tangible balance sheet equity, which is
up from the 7 percent previously
required. Non-regulated lenders will
have to have a record of successfully
making at least 10 commercial loans
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
annually totaling at least $1 million for
each of the last 5 years, with lender’s
delinquent commercial loan portfolio
over that period not exceeding 6 percent
of all commercial loans made and 3
percent in commercial loan losses based
on the original principal loan amount.
In addition, non-regulated lenders will
have to maintain a loss reserve, have a
line of credit issued by a regulated
lender, and undergo a credit
examination that must be acceptable to
the Agency. These requirements are
being strengthened to ensure
participation in the program by lenders
that have a thorough knowledge of
commercial lending and high standards
of professional competence to operate a
successful lending program.
Under the B&I program, a rural area
is generally any area of a State other
than a city or town that has a population
of greater than 50,000 inhabitants and
any urbanized area contiguous and
adjacent to such a city or town. In
making this determination, the Agency
will use the latest decennial census
from the U.S. Census Bureau. The 2008
Farm Bill added the ability to make two
different types of rural area exceptions,
which was incorporated into the
Consolidated Farm and Rural
Development Act. Section 343(a)(13)(E)
of the Consolidated Farm and Rural
Development Act (7 U.S.C.
1991(a)(13)(E)) states: ‘‘Notwithstanding
any other provision of this [definition],
in determining which census blocks in
an urbanized area are not in a rural area
. . ., the [Agency] shall exclude any
cluster of census blocks that would
otherwise be considered not in a rural
area only because the cluster is adjacent
to not more than 2 census blocks that
are otherwise considered not in a rural
area under this [definition].’’
Additionally, the Under Secretary for
Rural Development may determine that
areas are ‘‘rural in character,’’ and
therefore eligible for the program, under
certain circumstances. Any
determination made by the Under
Secretary under this provision will be to
areas that are determined to be ‘‘rural in
character’’ in accordance with the first
provision of Section 343(a)(13)(D) of the
Consolidated Farm and Rural
Development Act (7 U.S.C.
1991(a)(13)(D)) and are within: (1) An
urbanized area that has two points on its
boundary that are at least 40 miles apart,
which is not contiguous or adjacent to
a city or town that has a population of
greater than 150,000 inhabitants or the
urbanized area of such city or town or
(2) an area within an urbanized area
contiguous and adjacent to a city or
town of greater than 50,000 inhabitants
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
that is within a quarter mile of a rural
area.
The eligibility section is revised to
include cooperative equity security
guarantees as eligible loan purposes in
accordance with the 2008 Farm Bill and
the purchase of stock in a business by
employees forming an Employee Stock
Ownership Plan or worker cooperative.
Separate sections of the regulation
specifically address the requirements for
New Markets Tax Credits and
cooperative equity security guarantees,
as well as requirements for the
cooperative stock purchase program.
The purchase of stock in a cooperative
or Employee Stock Ownership Plan
(ESOP) is limited to $600,000 per loan,
which is the threshold for using the
short application process; however,
cooperatives and ESOPs may still obtain
loan guarantees in amounts up to $25
million ($40 million for rural
cooperative organizations that process
value-added agricultural commodities)
in accordance with § 4279.119.
The eligibility section is revised to
include projects that process, distribute,
aggregate, store, and/or market locally or
regionally produced agricultural food
products to support community
development and farm and ranch
income. This is also a provision of the
2008 Farm Bill. The term ‘‘locally or
regionally produced agricultural food
product’’ means any agricultural food
product that is raised, produced, and
distributed in the locality or region in
which the final product is marketed, so
that the distance the product is
transported is less than 400 miles from
the origin of the product or within the
State in which the product is produced,
as defined by Section 310B(g)(9)(A)(i) of
the Consolidated Farm and Rural
Development Act (7 U.S.C.
1932(g)(9)(A)(i)). Food products could
be raw, cooked, or a processed edible
substance, beverage, or ingredient used
or intended for use or for sale in whole
or in part for human consumption. A
significant amount of the food product
sold by the borrower must be locally or
regionally produced, and a significant
amount of the locally or regionally
produced food product must be sold
locally or regionally. Projects may be
located in urban areas, as well as rural
areas. Funding priority will be given to
projects that provide a benefit to
underserved communities. In
accordance with Section
310B(g)(9)(A)(ii) of the Consolidated
Farm and Rural Development Act (7
U.S.C. 1932(g)(9)(A)(ii)), an underserved
community is a community (including
an urban or rural community and an
Indian tribal community) that has
limited access to affordable, healthy
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
35985
foods, including fresh fruits and
vegetables, in grocery retail stores or
farmer to consumer direct markets and
that has either a high rate of hunger or
food insecurity or a high poverty rate
(which the Agency will assess from the
most recent decennial census).
The ineligible loan purpose section is
being modified to permit distribution or
payment to an immediate family
member of the owner to accommodate
intergenerational business acquisitions.
Previously, no loan proceeds could be
distributed to a close relative of the
owner who retained an ownership
interest in the borrower. This is being
changed so that an immediate family
member of the owner, partner, or
stockholder can purchase the business
from an owner, partner, or stockholder
when the seller does not retain an
ownership interest and the Agency
determines the price paid to be
reasonable.
A definition for a high-priority project
is being added to the rule. A highpriority project is defined as one that
scores more than half of the points
available under the scoring criteria
outlined in the priority scoring section.
In an effort to reduce the cost for the
taxpayer, increased percentages of
guarantee will be limited to loans of $5
million and less that are either highpriority projects or where the lender
needs the higher percentage of
guarantee because of its legal or
regulatory lending limit. Additionally,
reduced guarantee fees will only be
available on loans of $5 million or less,
unless an authorizing statute provides
otherwise (e.g., the Alaska Roadless
Areas statute).
Previously, the interest rate on the
guaranteed portion of the loan could not
exceed the unguaranteed portion of the
loan. This was to prevent the Agency
from paying a higher loss on the
guaranteed portion than it otherwise
would have if the interest on the
guaranteed portion was equal to or less
than the unguaranteed portion. This
requirement has been relaxed to prevent
lenders from having to set floors and
ceilings to remain compliant with this
requirement. The rule now allows for
the interest rate on the guaranteed
portion to be higher than the
unguaranteed portion in situations
where a fixed rate on the guaranteed
portion becomes a higher rate than the
variable rate on the unguaranteed
portion due to the normal fluctuation in
the approved variable interest rate.
Although credit quality standards
have not changed, the credit quality
section is being modified to be in line
with the ‘‘five Cs’’ of credit (capacity,
capital, collateral, conditions,
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
35986
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
character). The Agency’s policy on
standardized collateral discounting has
also been added. The Agency is adding
the ability to require guarantees from
persons whose ownership in the
borrower is held indirectly through
other companies.
The Agency is relaxing the
requirement for business plans with the
application for loans where the use of
loan proceeds is exclusively for debt
refinancing and fees. The Agency is also
revising the requirement for 3 years of
historical financial statements for
parent, subsidiary, and affiliated
companies to only require current
financial statements. Additionally, the
number of attachments that need to be
included as part of a complete
application for loans of $600,000 and
less are reduced.
Loan scoring criteria, which is used to
fund projects by priority, is being
modified to award more points for the
leveraging of B&I program dollars and
providing quality jobs. The
administrative points section has also
been modified to account for
community economic development
strategies and State strategic plans and
to allow for the awarding of points for
projects that will fulfill an Agency
initiative, such as the biobased product
initiative or the Investing in
Manufacturing Communities
Partnership initiative. The rule now
allows for 150 possible priority points.
Loan servicing requirements under
the B&I program have been clarified.
The annual conference between the
lender and the Agency can be held via
teleconference. This change is not
meant to replace a face-to-face annual
lender conference. However, it does give
some flexibility when face-to-face
lender visits are not practical. The
lender may contract loan servicing
activities. However, the lender remains
responsible for complying with all
requirements of the regulations. The
contracting out of any loan servicing
activities does not relieve the lender of
its responsibility to comply with the
statutes and regulations governing the
program. The rule also clarifies that the
Agency will not allow the write-down of
debt while leaving the borrower in
business, except as directed or ordered
under the Bankruptcy Code, and that no
new promissory notes may be issued to
process a transfer and assumption since
the Loan Note Guarantee references a
specifically dated promissory note(s)
with specific amount(s). The lender may
use an allonge to the existing
promissory note to facilitate the
transaction.
Lenders will also be able to utilize
balloon payments to restructure a
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
guaranteed loan in default in a workout
situation as long as there is a reasonable
prospect for success and the remaining
life of the collateral supports the
workout terms.
Lenders will provide the loan
classification of the guaranteed loan at
loan closing rather than 90 days after
the loan has closed. Additionally,
lenders must notify the Agency when a
borrower is 30 days past due and cannot
cure the delinquency within 30 days.
The lender must also provide a monthly
default status report, as opposed to
bimonthly. This will allow the Agency
to be more responsive to delinquencies.
The lender can proceed with
liquidation after the loan has been
properly accelerated while the Agency
has the liquidation plan under review.
This will allow the lender to take such
action as appropriate to protect the
interest of the lender and the Agency
while the liquidation plan is under
review by the Agency. The appraisal
requirement threshold will be increased
from $100,000 to $250,000 on all
collateral to be released, and the
requirement for a current appraisal for
collateral to be liquidated will be
increased from $200,000 to $250,000.
The $250,000 threshold is consistent
with Office of Management and Budget
(OMB) guidelines set forth in OMB
Circular A–129.
The future recoveries section has been
modified. The lender must use
reasonable efforts to attempt collection
from any party still liable for the
guaranteed loan. Any net proceeds from
that effort must be split pro rata between
the lender and the Agency based on the
percentage of guarantee. To the extent
any party to the loan has a written
agreement with the Agency to repay all
or part of any loss claim paid by the
Agency, any collection on that
agreement will not be split with the
lender. This is because the Federal
government has collection remedies
available to it that are not available to
the lender and that are not intended to
benefit private parties.
Several changes have been made in an
effort to reduce the cost to the taxpayer
in guaranteeing business and industry
loans. Reasonable attorney/legal fees
that the lender can claim in the
liquidation process, as well as a Chapter
7 or Liquidating 11 bankruptcy, have
been reduced from full reimbursement
to being shared equally between the
lender and the Agency. The Agency will
not allow default or penalty interest to
be charged to the borrower. This could
cause the Agency to pay a loss when a
solution could have been possible if the
interest rate had not been increased.
Additionally, the rule clarifies that late
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
payment fees and interest on interest
will not be covered by the guarantee.
The Agency has added the ability to
require personal or corporate guarantees
from those owning 20 percent or more
of the borrower when stock of the
borrower is sold.
A significant change that is expected
to decrease the cost to the taxpayer is
that interest accrual is limited to any
lender to 90 days from the most recent
delinquency effective date and any
holder the greater of: 90 days from the
date of the most recent delinquency
effective date as reported by the lender
or 30 days from the date of the interest
termination letter. A holder is a person
or entity, other than the lender, who
owns all or part of the guaranteed
portion of the loan. The Agency was
finding instances where holders were
collecting interest on the guaranteed
portion of the loan for a much longer
period of time than other holders on the
same loan. This was costing the Agency
a substantial amount of money in
interest paid and complicating the
administration of the defaulted loan.
Executive Order 12866, Regulatory
Planning and Review
This rule has been reviewed under
Executive Order (EO) 12866 and has
been determined to be economically
significant. The EO defines an
‘‘economically significant regulatory
action’’ as one that is likely to result in
a rule that may: (1) Have an annual
effect on the economy of $100 million
or more or adversely affect, in a material
way, the economy, a sector of the
economy, productivity, competition,
jobs, the environment, public health or
safety, or State, local, or tribal
governments or communities; (2) create
a serious inconsistency or otherwise
interfere with an action taken or
planned by another agency; (3)
materially alter the budgetary impact of
entitlements, grants, user fees, or loan
programs or the rights and obligations of
recipients thereof; or (4) raise novel
legal or policy issues arising out of legal
mandates, the President’s priorities, or
the principles set forth in this EO. This
rule was determined to be economically
significant because the changes to the
B&I Guaranteed Loan Program
regulations are estimated to have an
impact on the economy of more than
$100 million.
Programs Affected
The Catalog of Federal Domestic
Assistance program number assigned to
the B&I Guaranteed Loan Program is
10.768.
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
Regulatory Flexibility Act
Executive Order 12372,
Intergovernmental Review of Federal
Programs
B&I guaranteed loans are subject to
the Provisions of Executive Order
12372, which require intergovernmental
consultation with State and local
officials. The Agency will conduct
intergovernmental consultation in
accordance with 2 CFR part 415, subpart
C.
Executive Order 12988, Civil Justice
Reform
This rule has been reviewed under
Executive Order 12988, Civil Justice
Reform. The Agency has determined
that this rule meets the applicable
standards provided in section 3 of the
Executive Order. Additionally, (1) all
State and local laws and regulations that
are in conflict with this rule will be
preempted; (2) no retroactive effect will
be given to the rule; and (3)
administrative appeal procedures, if
any, must be exhausted before litigation
against the Department or its agencies
may be initiated, in accordance with the
regulations of the National Appeals
Division of USDA at 7 CFR part 11.
Executive Order 13132, Federalism
The policies contained in this rule do
not have any substantial direct effect on
States, on the relationship between the
Federal government and the States, or
on the distribution of power and
responsibilities among the various
levels of government. Nor does this rule
impose substantial direct compliance
costs on State and local governments.
Therefore, consultation with States is
not required.
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
Executive Order 13175, Consultation
and Coordination With Indian Tribal
Governments
This Executive Order imposes
requirements on the Agency in the
development of regulatory policies that
have tribal implications or preempt
tribal laws. Rural Development has
determined that this rule does not have
a substantial direct effect on one or
more Indian tribe(s) or on either the
relationship or the distribution of
powers and responsibilities between the
Federal government and Indian tribes.
Thus, this rule is not subject to the
requirements of Executive Order 13175.
If a tribe determines that this rule has
implications of which Rural
Development is not aware and would
like to engage with Rural Development
on this rule, please contact Rural
Development’s Native American
Coordinator at (720) 544–2911 or
AIAN@wdc.usda.gov.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
Under section 605(b) of the
Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C.
605(b), the Agency certifies that this
rule will not have a significant
economic impact on a substantial
number of small entities. This rule
affects lenders that utilize the B&I
Guaranteed Loan Program and any
potential lenders that may utilize the
program in the future. There are
approximately 1,117 active lenders in
the B&I portfolio. The Agency estimates
that approximately 50 percent of the
lenders that utilize the program are
small community banks that are
considered a small entity, as defined by
the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Therefore, the Agency has determined
that this final rule will have an impact
on a substantial number of small
entities.
However, the Agency has determined
that the economic impact of the rule on
these small lenders will not be
significant. Many of the changes being
implemented in the rule are tweaks to
the program that lenders have suggested
at a series of lender roundtable meetings
or during annual lender visits that do
not have any economic impact on the
lenders. The most significant change in
the rule that affects lenders is the
criteria to become an approved nonregulated lender. This change by itself,
however, does not have a significant
economic impact on a substantial
number of entities as it affects less than
2 percent of the active lenders
(approximately 21 non-regulated
lenders). Based on the data in the
Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) burden
package, the Agency estimates the cost
of the rule to be approximately $1,600
per non-regulated lender. This is based
on determining which of the estimated
costs in the PRA burden package would
be incurred by the lenders applying for
and participating in the program, and
the estimated number of lenders. The
Small Business Administration’s
definition of a small business for
lenders is total assets of $500 million or
less. The Agency selected 20 small
lenders at random to determine their
total assets. Based on 2014 data, the
range of total assets for these 20 lenders
is $52.6 million to $476 million. The
average cost of $1,600 per non-regulated
lender represents less than 0.003
percent of the total assets of the smallest
of these 20 lenders. Therefore, this rule
will not have a significant impact on a
substantial number of small entities.
Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
This rule contains no Federal
mandates (under the regulatory
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
35987
provisions of Title II of the Unfunded
Mandates Reform Act of 1995) for State,
local, and tribal governments or the
private sector. Thus, this rule is not
subject to the requirements of sections
202 and 205 of the Unfunded Mandates
Reform Act of 1995.
Environmental Impact Statement
This rule has been reviewed in
accordance with 7 CFR part 1970,
‘‘Environmental Policies and
Procedures.’’ The Agency has
determined that this action does not
constitute a major Federal action
significantly affecting the quality of the
human environment, and in accordance
with the National Environmental
Protection Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA),
42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq., an
Environmental Impact Statement is not
required.
Under this program, the Agency
conducts a NEPA review for each
application received. To date, no
significant environmental impacts have
been reported, and Findings of No
Significant Impact have been issued for
each approved application. Taken
collectively, the applications show
limited potential for significant adverse
cumulative effects.
Paperwork Reduction Act
The information collection
requirements contained in this final rule
have been submitted to the Office of
Management and Budget (OMB) for
review and approval.
E-Government Act Compliance
Rural Development is committed to
complying with the E-Government Act
to promote the use of the Internet and
other information technologies to
provide increased opportunities for
citizen access to Government
information and services and for other
purposes.
I. Background
Rural Development administers a
multitude of Federal programs for the
benefit of rural America, ranging from
housing and community facilities to
infrastructure and business
development. Its mission is to increase
economic opportunity and improve the
quality of life in rural communities by
providing the leadership, infrastructure,
access to capital, and technical support
that enables rural communities to
prosper. To achieve its mission, Rural
Development provides financial
support, including direct loans, grants,
and loan guarantees, and technical
assistance to help improve the quality of
life and provide the foundation for
economic development in rural areas.
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
35988
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
The B&I Guaranteed Loan Program
was authorized by the Rural
Development Act of 1972. The loans are
made by private lenders to rural
businesses for the purpose of creating
new businesses, expanding existing
businesses, and for other purposes that
create employment opportunities in
rural America. Businesses in rural areas
are eligible for this program. Rural area,
as defined by 7 CFR 4279.108(c), is
generally defined as any area other than
a city or town of more than 50,000
inhabitants and the urbanized area
contiguous and adjacent to such a city
or town. The types of borrowers that are
served by the B&I Guaranteed Loan
Program are cooperative organizations,
corporations, partnerships, or other
legal entities organized and operated on
a profit or nonprofit basis; Indian tribes
on a Federal or State reservation or
other federally recognized tribal group;
public bodies; or individuals, provided
the borrower is engaged in, or proposing
to engage in, a business. Loans can be
made for a variety of purposes,
including business acquisition,
expansion or improvement; purchase of
real estate, machinery and equipment,
or supplies; limited debt refinancing;
and working capital. The rate and term
of the loan is negotiated between the
business and the lender.
The regulations for the B&I
Guaranteed Loan Program were
rewritten in 1996 to streamline and
simplify the regulations for the program
while shifting primary responsibility for
loan documentation and analysis from
the Agency to the lenders to make the
program more responsive to the needs of
lenders and rural businesses.
II. Discussion of Comments Received on
the Proposed Rule
The Agency received a total of 717
comments from 233 commenters.
Approximately 277 comments received
supported the rule as written, and
approximately 170 of the comments
resulted in minor changes to the rule.
The remaining comments were adverse
to certain proposed changes in the rule.
The following is a discussion of the
comments received on the proposed
rule.
Fourteen comments were received on
the definitions section. One commenter
recommended revising the agricultural
production definition to clarify that ‘‘for
fiber or food for human consumption’’
only applies to the breeding, raising,
feeding, or housing of livestock and not
to the cultivation, growing, or
harvesting of crops, which should
remain ineligible no matter what the
purpose of the crop. This comment was
adopted. One commenter recommended
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
deleting the definition of ‘‘person’’ and
revising the definition of ‘‘borrower’’ to
avoid confusion. This comment was not
adopted because ‘‘person’’ is a standard
legal definition, which means a person
or entity, and is used many times
throughout the rule. Two commenters
recommended changing the definition
of delinquency to ‘‘a scheduled loan
payment that is more than 90 days past
due and cannot be cured within 30
days.’’ These comments were not
adopted because loans are considered
delinquent by many lenders when the
payment is not made by the payment
due date. The Agency is already
allowing for more time by considering a
loan delinquent when the loan payment
is 30 days past due and cannot be cured
within 30 days, which effectively is 60
days late. One commenter
recommended revising the energy
project definition so that projects that
have energy outputs that are a byproduct of operations, or that the
Agency otherwise determines is not an
energy project, would not be subject to
the increased equity requirements for
energy projects. This comment was
adopted. One commenter recommended
changing the definition of high-priority
project to exclude State Director and
Administrator priority points from the
total number of priority points because
of the discretionary nature of those
points, which was not adopted. The
Agency feels that the reasons to award
State Director and Administrator
priority points are compelling and are
not adequately captured under other
categories. Additionally, not counting
State Director and Administrator points
would likely lead to errors in
calculating a project’s priority score.
Five commenters supported the
definition of high-priority project as
proposed. Additionally, one commenter
recommended adding a definition for
‘‘farm or ranch’’, another recommended
adding a definition for ‘‘residential
housing’’, and one commenter
recommended adding a definition for
‘‘business plan’’ and ‘‘feasibility study.’’
These comments were not adopted.
Definitions for these terms are not
necessary because these are commonly
used terms that are generally
understood and have caused no
confusion in the past.
Forty-five comments were received on
the eligible lenders section. One
commenter recommended mortgage
companies that are approved by the
Rural Housing Service be considered
regulated lenders for the B&I program.
This comment was not adopted because
housing lenders are generally not
commercial lenders and usually do not
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
have adequate expertise in commercial
lending. Four commenters
recommended that Community
Development Financial Institutions
(CDFI) be considered regulated lenders.
These comments were not adopted
because CDFIs are not subject to credit
examination and supervision by either
an agency of the United States or a
State. One commenter recommended
either eliminating non-regulated lenders
or further strengthening the criteria for
them to be considered eligible, such as
requiring the lender to have a line of
credit issued by a regulated lender and
requiring the lender to submit that line
of credit information and their audited
financial statements for review
annually. The Agency is adopting part
of this comment. The Agency will
require non-regulated lenders to have a
line of credit issued by a regulated
lender and to submit their audited
financial statements annually but will
not be eliminating non-regulated
lenders because they are an additional
source of funding for businesses in rural
areas.
Six commenters recommended
allowing only regulated lenders to
participate in the B&I program. These
comments were not adopted because the
Agency is strengthening eligibility
criteria for non-regulated lenders but
does not intend to deny all nonregulated lenders access to the program.
Historically, non-regulated lenders have
provided a meaningful lending source to
businesses in rural areas, and the
Agency believes the strengthened
criteria to become a non-regulated
lender will ensure that non-regulated
lenders participating in the program
have adequate commercial lending
experience to operate a successful
lending program. Fifteen comments
were received on the 3-year renewal
process for non-regulated lenders.
Eleven commenters were against a 3year renewal process, two suggested a 5year renewal process with existing
approved lenders being grandfathered
in, one suggested only grandfathering in
existing approved lenders in good
standing, and one recommended
automatic renewal as long as the lender
is in good standing. None of these
comments were adopted for the
following reasons. First, the Agency
needs to implement a renewal process
to maintain a list of actively approved
lenders. Second, there is currently no
vehicle to ensure non-regulated lenders
continue to meet lender eligibility
criteria once they are initially approved.
Third, all non-regulated lenders must
meet the new criteria to be an eligible
non-regulated lender; therefore, they
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
must reapply. Lastly, a 5-year period is
too long a period of time for the Agency
to review a lender’s information to
ensure they continue to meet the
requirements of an eligible lender.
Seven comments were received with
regard to the specific requirements set
forth in section 4279.29(b)(1)(ii) that a
non-regulated lender must meet,
including suggested changes to the
number of commercial loans and
delinquency percentage required. These
comments were not adopted as the
Agency is strengthening eligibility
criteria for non-regulated lenders, and
those suggestions do not accomplish
that objective. Three comments were
received that did not support the
requirement for a loan loss reserve of 3
percent for non-regulated lenders. The
Agency recognizes that many lenders
use a loan loss reserve coverage ratio to
establish the amount of a loan loss
reserve, but this requires regular
screening of a lender’s loan portfolio,
which is not something the Agency can
easily manage. According to the Federal
Administrator of National Banks, the
amount set aside for loan losses is about
2 to 2.5 percent of outstanding loan
receivables, depending on the quality of
the loans in the portfolio, which
indicates the 3 percent requirement is
not out of line for a non-regulated
lender. Four comments were received
recommending that credit examinations
performed by Aeris, formerly known as
the CDFI Assessment and Ratings
System, be accepted as an acceptable
credit examination. The Agency concurs
with this suggestion. However, these
comments do not require a rule change
and will be addressed administratively.
One commenter recommended the
credit examination requirement be
stricken, which was not adopted
because non-regulated lenders need to
undergo some type of examination to
give the Agency a level of comfort
approving them as non-regulated
lenders for the program. Two
commenters recommended not
requiring audited financial statements
for non-regulated lenders (a current
requirement), which was also not
adopted. The Agency needs to better
monitor its approved non-regulated
lenders and is requiring not only an
audited financial statement at the time
of application and renewal but annually
as review of financial statements is a
routine way of monitoring. Lastly, one
commenter recommended deleting the
requirement that rates and fees charged
by non-regulated lenders must not be
greater than those charged by similarly
located regulated commercial lenders.
This comment was adopted because
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
section 4279.120 allows the lender to
establish charges and fees for the loan
provided they are similar to those
normally charged other applicants for
the same type of loan in the ordinary
course of business.
Two comments were received with
regard to environmental issues. One
commenter suggested that the new
environmental proposed rule and the
B&I proposed rule be aligned, which the
Agency will ensure. Another commenter
suggested that the Agency use the site
assessment from the lender for the
Agency’s requirements, which could not
be adopted because of National
Environmental Policy Act of 1969
requirements.
One comment was received with
regard to audits for public bodies and
nonprofits suggesting that the rule align
with 2 CFR part 200, subpart F. This
comment was adopted.
Seven comments were received
suggesting specifically stating that
amendments may be made to the
Conditional Commitment, which were
adopted. The Agency made changes to
the rule to clarify that the Conditional
Commitment can be modified.
Nine comments were received with
regard to limiting interest accrual to
holders. Three commenters indicated
they did not believe the liquidity event
of one investor should force the
repurchase of a loan by the Agency, and
one commenter indicated that one
holder should not be able to initiate a
claim and dictate the timeline for other
holders. These comments were taken
into consideration. The Agency agrees
and has implemented these concepts by
providing that for loans closed on or
after the effective date of the final rule,
the lender or the Agency will issue an
interest termination letter to the
holder(s) establishing the termination
date for interest accrual. The guarantee
will not cover interest to any holder
accruing after the greater of: 90 Days
from the date of the most recent
delinquency effective date as reported
by the lender or 30 days from the date
of the interest termination letter. Four
commenters supported the regulation
change as proposed, and one commenter
recommended that the new interest cap
for lenders appear in the Full Faith and
Credit section for consistency since the
interest cap for holders is reflected
there. This comment was adopted.
One commenter recommended a
requirement that the lender submit to
the holder its pro rata share of payments
within 5 business days, which was not
adopted. The regulation indicates the
payment should be remitted promptly,
and the Agency declines to define
‘‘promptly’’ or set a specific time period
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
35989
for the lender to remit payment to the
holder. Based upon discussions with
some of the largest secondary market
holders, lenders typically take as much
as 30 days to process and remit
payments to holders.
One commenter suggested clarifying
that a holder typically notifies the
lender and the Agency of reassignments
after a sale and recommended changing
reference of the Bond Market
Association to the Securities Industry
and Financial Markets Association. Both
recommendations were adopted.
Another commenter recommended
language stating that holders are
encouraged to consult with the Agency
in order to validate authenticity of
guaranteed loans they purchase, which
also was adopted.
Two commenters suggested the
minimum retention section be modified
to allow lenders to sell the
unguaranteed portion in any way as
long as they buy back and retain the
minimum 5 percent of the total loan
amount. These suggestions were not
adopted because of the potential for
fraud or abuse. One commenter
recommended clarifying that under the
multi-note system, the lender does not
retain title to the notes. This comment
was adopted.
Fourteen comments were received on
the repurchase from holder section. Ten
commenters recommended that the
‘‘lender is encouraged to repurchase’’
text be stricken, and three others
recommended that the ‘‘in the opinion
of lender’’ text be stricken. Both of these
provisions are in the current rule, as
well as the Biorefinery Assistance
Program regulation, although one
sentence was added to emphasize the
benefit to the lender. This was added to
encourage lenders to repurchase
guaranteed loans in default versus the
Agency having to repurchase them. As
such, the suggestions to strike the text
were not adopted. One commenter
suggested adding ‘‘if the default is not
cured’’ to the repurchase text for
clarification, which was adopted along
with integrating paragraph (c) of
§ 4279.78 into paragraph (a).
One commenter suggested that a form
be developed in lieu of requiring an
indemnity bond when documents are
lost, stolen, destroyed, mutilated, or
defaced. This comment was not adopted
because an indemnity bond is the only
way the Agency is guaranteed to be
made whole in the event the Agency
erroneously makes payment on both an
original and duplicate document. One
commenter recommended
§ 4279.84(b)(4) be neutered to apply to
both single note and multi-note options,
which was adopted.
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
35990
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
The Agency invited public comment
as to whether guaranteed loans should
be made to businesses that do not meet
citizenship requirements, if the facility
being financed will create new or save
existing jobs for rural U.S. residents and
when loan funds are used only for fixed
assets that will remain in the United
States. Sixteen comments were received
with regard to the citizenship
requirement for corporations or other
non public-body type borrowers. Fifteen
comments supported removing the
citizenship requirement, and one did
not. As such, the rule was revised to
remove the citizenship requirement for
corporations or other non public-body
type borrowers if the facility being
financed will create new or save
existing jobs for rural U.S. residents and
when loan funds are used only for fixed
assets that will remain in the United
States. The B&I program is focused on
the creation and retention of jobs in
rural America. It is critical that jobs be
created and retained in the United
States, and this provision will help to
achieve that.
Nine comments were received with
regard to rural area exceptions. Eight of
the comments support addition of the
Farm Bill language, and one suggested
that the language for rural area
exceptions in § 4279.108(c)(6) be
rewritten, which was not adopted due to
the text’s statutory nature.
Twenty-one comments were received
with regard to eligible uses of funds.
Four commenters support the enhanced
and clarified uses of funds as proposed.
Two commenters recommended that
nursing homes and assisted living
facilities be specifically listed as eligible
loan purposes for clarification because
the ineligible loan purpose/entity
section uses the term ‘‘or other
residential housing.’’ These comments
were adopted. One commenter
recommended clarifying that the
purchase and development of land,
buildings, etc., is for commercial or
industrial properties, which was also
adopted. One commenter recommended
requiring documentation that newly
proposed residential units as part of
mixed-use properties be necessary to fill
a lack of currently available housing.
This comment was not adopted because
in mixed-use properties, the housing
component is critical to project
viability. One commenter recommended
recasting the existing lender debt
sentence to state existing lender debt
refinancing may not exceed 50 percent
of the overall loan instead of existing
lender debt refinancing must be less
than 50 percent of the overall loan. This
comment was adopted. One commenter
recommended stating that ‘‘except for
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
the refinancing of lines of credit’’, debt
being refinanced must have been for an
eligible loan purpose. This comment
was adopted. The same commenter
further suggested that this paragraph
reiterate that loans to borrowers with
facilities located in both rural and nonrural areas will be limited to the amount
necessary to finance the facility located
in the eligible rural area. This comment
was not adopted because § 4279.108(c)
already states this and reiteration is not
necessary. One commenter
recommended removing industries
undergoing adjustment from terminated
Federal agricultural price and income
support programs or increased
competition from foreign trade as an
eligible loan purpose. This comment
was not adopted as the provision is
required by Section 310B(a)(2)(D) of the
Consolidated Farm and Rural
Development Act. Seven comments
were received with regard to energy
projects. One commenter indicated
energy projects should be eligible
regardless of whether the project is
eligible for the Rural Energy for America
Program (REAP), which was not
accepted because the intent of this
provision was to steer energy projects to
the REAP program to the extent
possible. Two comments from the same
commenter were received with regard to
expanding eligibility for ‘‘next phase’’
technology, which were not adopted
because there is too much risk involved
with next-phase technology. Energy
projects are risky by nature, but
requiring the energy project to be
commercially available reduces risk.
Three comments were received with
regard to locally or regionally produced
agricultural food products. Two
commenters recommended allowing
only non-rural local foods projects when
the project assists rural businesses and
creates and/or saves jobs in the
surrounding rural communities. These
comments were not adopted because
they conflict with the statute. There
could be projects in non-rural areas that
serve underserved communities that do
not necessarily provide an economic
benefit to the surrounding rural
communities, assist rural businesses, or
create and/or save jobs in the
surrounding rural communities. One
commenter recommended the Agency
retain the current policy that projects
that are eligible under the locally or
regionally produced agricultural food
products initiative may be located in
urban areas, as well as rural areas. This
comment was adopted.
Four commenters support the
addition of the cooperative stock/
cooperative equity sections, and two
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
commenters recommended not
requiring a prospectus and striking
reference to Securities Exchange
Commission regulations for
cooperatives since cooperatives are
exempt from these requirements. These
comments were adopted.
Thirteen comments were received on
the New Markets Tax Credit (NMTC)
program. One commenter stated that
unless legislation is passed to continue
the NMTC program, the entire section
should be stricken. As Section 141 of
Division Q of the Consolidated
Appropriations Act of 2016, which was
signed into law on December 18, 2015,
extended the NMTC program through
2019 and the fact that Community
Development Entities (CDE) have
several years to deploy allocated funds,
this comment was not adopted. One
commenter suggested reserving
guarantee authority for a pilot program,
but this comment was not adopted
because the Agency has no authority to
reserve funding for an NMTC pilot
program. One commenter suggested
incorporating a requirement for
‘‘reasonable and customary fees’’ or the
approved unwind at the end of the
NMTC compliance period to include the
sub-CDE conferring some significant
percentage, if not all, of the NMTC
subsidy to the Qualified Active Low
Income Business (QALICB). This
comment was adopted since § 4279.120
allows the lender to establish charges
and fees for the loan. Furthermore, the
regulation was revised to require the
plan to unwind the fund be included in
the guaranteed loan application to the
Agency. Two commenters suggested
that the rule be clarified that the
guarantee is provided to a loan made to
a qualified business in a rural area, and
two commented that the Agency should
consider allowing the guarantee to
attach to the leveraged loan(s) made to
the upper-tier investment fund, both of
which were adopted. One commenter
suggested clarifying that the guarantee
could only attach to the QALICB’s loan,
which was not adopted because, as a
result of other comments, the rule has
been expanded to include a lender’s
leveraged loan to accommodate the
mechanics of the NMTC program. The
entire section was restructured to
separate guarantees for QALICBs’ loans
and guarantees for lenders’ leveraged
loans. Three commenters recommended
a ‘‘direct tracing’’ method. These
suggestions were also adopted. Two
commenters suggested that CDEs should
not have to provide audited financial
statements and loan performance
statistics to become an eligible nonregulated lender. These comments were
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
not adopted because CDEs must meet
the requirements of § 4279.29(b) to be an
approved non-regulated lender.
Fifty comments were received on the
ineligible loan purpose/entity type
section. One commenter suggested that
§ 4279.117 be revised to align with
Section 363 of the Consolidated Farm
and Rural Development Act to include
as an ineligible loan purpose any project
that drains, dredges, fills, levels, or
otherwise manipulates a wetland, which
was adopted. One commenter suggested
that transactions among immediate
family members that are not arm’s
length transactions be value-validated
via an appropriate appraisal, which was
also adopted. Another commenter
recommended clarifying what
documentation would be obtained from
the selling immediate family member to
ensure they are not trying to circumvent
the regulation by staying on running/
operating or assisting with the business.
This comment does not require a rule
change. The Agency will provide
administrative guidance to clarify that
the selling immediate family member is
prohibited from having an ownership
interest in the business but that does not
preclude the former owner from
remaining as an employee of the
business during a transitional period.
One commenter recommended a
sentence be added to more specifically
state that documented construction or
installation costs may not include any
profit or wages to related persons/
entities and that all such work must be
done at cost. This comment was
adopted. One commenter recommended
that a selling immediate family member
be allowed to maintain a minority
ownership interest in the borrower. This
recommendation was not adopted
because the business must be acquired
in full to be a business acquisition in
accordance with § 4279.113(b). One
commenter recommended that ‘‘on
account of an ownership interest’’ be
added and that the Agency allow
reasonable overhead, developer fees,
and profit in line with market standards.
These comments were not adopted
because the addition of ‘‘on account of
an ownership interest’’ does not add
anything to the sentence and the Agency
only allows construction or installation
work to be done by an affiliate at cost
with no profit to the affiliate. Three
comments were received questioning
the prohibition of guaranteeing projects
in excess of $1 million that would likely
result in the transfer of jobs from one
area to another and increase direct
employment by more than 50
employees. These comments were not
adopted because this is a statutory
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
provision. Five commenters stated that
campgrounds should be an eligible loan
purpose. These comments were
adopted, and campgrounds and resort
trailer parks will not be listed as
ineligible loan purposes. Campgrounds
and resort trailer parks will be added to
the list of examples under tourist and
recreation facilities in the eligible loan
purpose section. Eight commenters
stated that apartments, duplexes, and
other housing projects that would not be
eligible for multi-family housing
programs should be an eligible loan
purpose. These comments were not
adopted because these types of projects
do not generally provide lasting
community benefits and create or save
quality jobs, and guarantee authority
would be better utilized for projects that
do. One commenter suggested
clarification of the prohibition on
supporting inherently religious
activities, specifically as it relates to the
financing of hospitals with chapels,
funeral homes conducting religious
services, or event centers that
periodically host weddings. This
comment was not adopted because it is
already addressed at 7 CFR part 16. In
line with the Faith Based Initiative, the
Agency revised its provision precluding
the funding of ‘‘church-controlled’’
organizations to precluding the funding
of ‘‘inherently religious activity.’’ While
mere control by a church no longer
disqualifies a proposed applicant, it is
the Agency’s position that religious
entities are charitable organizations and,
as such, must not exceed the 10 percent
cap on charitable donations. One
commenter suggested allowing nextphase technology, which was not
adopted because the B&I program only
guarantees projects that are
commercially available, which by
definition would exclude next-phase
technology. There is too much risk
involved with next-phase technology.
Energy projects are risky by nature, but
requiring the energy project to be
commercially available reduces risk.
Thirteen commenters recommended
that debt service reserves be eligible.
These comments were adopted, and
debt service reserves were removed as
an ineligible loan purpose. One
commenter indicated the conflict of
interest prohibition was overly broad
and not well defined. The text is broad
by design to provide flexibility while
encompassing any conflict of interest
situation. The Agency is available to
provide eligibility determinations,
which would enable applicants to
determine whether a conflict of interest
exists. One commenter suggested
defining ‘‘lender’s officers’’ and asked
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
35991
what the rationale was for removing the
lender’s directors, stockholders, or other
owners from the prohibition and what
documentation would be required on
what policies the lender has in place to
remove the lender’s director,
stockholder, or other owner from the
decisionmaking process. The intent of
this revision was to allow a borrower’s
owner who has a nominal interest (less
than 5 percent) in the lender or who is
a member of the lender’s board of
directors (as long as they are not also
officers) to still have the lender provide
the guaranteed loan to the borrower.
The suggestion to add a definition for
‘‘lender’s officers’’ was not adopted
because it is not necessary, although
additional language was added to
address the concern of the lender’s
director, stockholder, or other owner
being removed from the decisionmaking
process. Two commenters
recommended that charitable
organizations engaged in or proposing to
engage in a business be eligible. These
comments were adopted when it can be
demonstrated that not more than 10
percent of a charitable organization’s
revenue is generated from tax
deductible charitable donations. A
charitable organization proposing to
engage in a business could charter that
business separately as a for-profit
business.
One hundred and seventy five
comments were received supporting
allowing an owner to stay involved in
a phased ownership buyout by
employees for ESOPs and worker
cooperatives. Three commenters
recommended a specific eligibility
provision for worker cooperative and
ESOP stock purchases. These comments
were adopted. Two commenters
recommended that there be a limited
time period where the transferred
business must be fully employee owned
upon completion. One of those
suggestions was a 5-year period, which
was adopted. One commenter suggested
a more detailed description of the kind
of stock to be transferred/financed, and
one commenter suggested allowing loan
guarantees in stages. These comments
were adopted, and a new section was
added to address staged financing and
the transfer of stock within
cooperatives.
Fifteen comments were received on
the loan guarantee limit section. One
commenter suggested a guarantor loan
limit of $50 million, which was
adopted. One commenter suggested that
the Agency clarify how legal or
regulatory lending limits would impact
the percentage of guarantee. The legal or
regulatory lending limit does not impact
the percentage of guarantee per se. As
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
35992
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
long as the lender’s legal lending limit
would otherwise prevent it from being
able to make the loan to the borrower,
a lender may request up to a 90 percent
guarantee. Two commenters
recommended that guarantees of up to
90 percent be allowed for local and
regional food enterprise loans of up to
$10 million. Seven commenters
recommended guarantees of up to 90
percent remain for loans of up to $10
million. These comments were not
adopted because the $5 million loan
limit for increased percentages of
guarantee mirrors the loan limit for
reduced guarantee fees, and these are
steps the Agency is taking to reduce the
cost of administering the program. Four
comments were received supporting the
limitation of increased percentages of
guarantee to loans of $5 million or less.
Ten comments were received on the
fees and charges section. Seven
commenters recommended that reduced
guarantee fees be available for all loans,
regardless of loan amount. These
comments were not adopted because
there is a negative impact on program
subsidy for reduced guarantee fees, and
the Agency is trying to reduce the costs
of administering the program. One
commenter suggested deleting ‘‘or
fundamental structural changes in its
economic base’’ in the criteria for
allowing a reduced guarantee fee, which
was adopted because the priority
scoring section no longer contains that
clause. Two commenters recommended
that the responsibility to ensure that
annual renewal fees have been paid be
that of the lender. These comments were
accepted as the requirement is directed
at the lender.
Twenty comments were received on
the interest rate section. Three
commenters addressed interest rate
swaps, which the current regulation
allows. One commenter recommended
that interest rate swaps not be allowed
because they expose users to interest
rate and credit risk. Two commenters,
however, pointed out that borrowers
who opt for a variable rate loan will not
have the opportunity to hedge against
rising interest rates if interest rate swaps
are not allowed. The Agency notes that
it has long been its policy for the B&I
Guaranteed Loan Program that interest
rates are negotiated between the lender
and the borrower, including instances of
interest rate swaps. As noted by the
commenters, interest rate swaps may
benefit some borrowers and may expose
other borrowers to interest rate and
credit risk. On balance, the Agency has
decided retain its long-standing policy
of allowing interest rate swaps under
this program. The Agency points out
that the loan guarantees it issues under
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
this program covers only the principal
and interest on the guaranteed loans and
does not cover any fees associated with
interest rate swaps. One commenter
suggested that a variable interest rate be
tied to a base rate published in a
national or regional financial
publication, which was adopted. One
commenter recommended that interest
rates on the unguaranteed portion be
allowed at the outset to be lower than
the guaranteed portion if the adjustment
period on the unguaranteed portion is
shorter than the guaranteed portion,
which would represent a lower rate risk
to the bank. This comment was not
adopted because allowing the
guaranteed portion to have a higher
interest rate would cause the Agency to
pay more on a loss than it otherwise
would if the guaranteed portion was
equal to or less than the unguaranteed
portion. Seven commenters support the
new provision providing that lenders do
not have to set interest rate floors and
ceilings to remain in compliance with
the regulation. Four commenters
support the addition of the requirement
that the lender’s promissory note may
not contain provisions for default or
penalty interest. Three commenters
recommended this provision be
stricken. These comments were not
adopted because allowing default
interest rates could cause the borrower
to continue in default because of the
higher payment, which increases the
likelihood of the Agency having to pay
a loss. One commenter recommended
adding a provision that the lender may
not charge late payment fees for the
same reason; however, this comment
was not adopted because the Agency
believes there needs to be some
incentive for the borrower to get its
payments in on time.
One commenter suggested clarifying
what is meant by project cash flow
statements, which was adopted.
Administrative text was added to the
Instruction to provide clarification.
Sixteen comments were received on
collateral requirements. One commenter
recommended that intangible assets not
be allowed to serve as primary collateral
and recommended minor changes to the
rule text, both of which were adopted.
Three commenters suggested tying
collateral discount rates to the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC)
supervisory loan-to-value limitations.
These comments were not adopted
because FDIC supervisory loan-to-value
limitations only apply to real estate, and
there are no set limitations for
machinery and equipment or accounts
receivables and inventory. Furthermore,
the loan-to-value limitations are
excluded when loans are guaranteed or
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
insured by the U.S. Government when
the amount of the guarantee or
insurance is at least equal to the portion
of the loan that exceeds the supervisory
loan-to-value limit. Five commenters
stated they did not believe there was a
need to change the current language
because lender regulatory requirements
define collateral and appropriate
discounts. These comments were not
adopted because changes are necessary
to bring consistency in collateral
requirements. Seven comments were
received on the requirement for
reviewed financial statements when
there is a predominant reliance on
inventory and/or receivable collateral
that exceeds $250,000. Four of these
commenters mistakenly thought if the
loan amount exceeds $250,000,
reviewed financial statements would be
required and recommended the
threshold be $1 million. These
comments were not adopted because
reviewed financial statements would
only be required when there is a
predominant reliance on inventory and/
or receivable collateral that exceeds
$250,000, which will usually only be
applicable for working capital loans. If
receivables and inventory are the
predominant or only collateral for a
loan, the Agency must ensure collateral
for these types of loans is adequate.
Thirty-six comments were received
with regard to equity. Three
commenters suggested reducing the
tangible balance sheet equity
requirement for new businesses from 20
percent to 10 percent. These comments
were not adopted because startup
businesses are generally cost intensive,
and those that are financed with more
equity and less debt are more likely to
succeed. Two commenters indicated
that Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles (GAAP) accounting allows
related entities to transfer assets to one
another at fair market value and asked
why the Agency would not allow such
a transaction if it is in accordance with
GAAP. The Agency adopted the
comments and modified the sentence to
allow it when in accordance with GAAP
and evidence is provided that the
transaction was entered into at market
terms. One commenter indicated
clarification was needed on owner
subordinated debt and asked if
payments could be made on the
subordinated debt and whether interest
could be paid on the subordinated debt.
This comment was accepted, and
administrative text was added to the
Instruction to clarify that as it is the
principal amount of cash being injected
as owner subordinated debt that the
Agency will consider equity when
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
calculating tangible balance sheet
equity, no payments can be made on
this subordinated debt because the cash
must remain in the business for the life
of the loan. This would not, however,
preclude interest from being paid on the
subordinated debt as long as the
guaranteed loan is current and there are
no loan agreement/covenant violations.
Because the regulation requires an
injection of cash in exchange for the
subordinated debt, an owner would not
be able to create a subordinated debt
note in lieu of drawing a salary because
the salary is drawn over time, and the
reduction of expenses is not the same as
an immediate cash injection. One
commenter recommended that
subordinated debt of non-owner parties
be allowed the same consideration as
owner subordinated debt. This comment
was not adopted because debt is a
liability of the business and is therefore
not equity. Owner subordinated debt is
only allowed when cash is injected into
the business for the life of the loan. One
commenter recommended that the
Agency consider removing the tangible
balance sheet equity requirement and
allowing appraisal surplus, which was
not adopted. The tangible balance sheet
equity requirement cannot be removed
as the Consolidated Farm and Rural
Development Act contains a provision
requiring that no loan commitment be
conditioned upon an applicant
investment in excess of 10 percent in
the business or industrial enterprise
unless special circumstances warrant
(the Agency determined that startup
businesses and energy projects are
special circumstances), and review of
the balance sheet is the only way to
ascertain an applicant’s investment in
the business. Three commenters
suggested removing the tangible balance
sheet equity requirement and replacing
it with a well-established lending
industry metric, such as a leverage or
debt-to-worth ratio. These comments
were accepted, as a debt-to-worth ratio
requirement is already specifically in
the rule. Tangible balance sheet equity
is the same as a debt-to-worth ratio,
simply expressed as a percentage. Three
commenters suggested allowing ‘‘off
balance sheet’’ items, such as fully
subordinated owner debt, stand-by debt,
and equity in commonly owned real
estate. Aside from fully subordinated
owner debt that is already allowed,
debt, stand-by or otherwise, is classified
as a liability and is not equity.
Therefore, this comment is not being
accepted. Appraisal surplus is not
allowed because it is the asset’s book
value that is reflected on the balance
sheet. Furthermore, appraisals fluctuate
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
widely, and an asset’s book value is a
more conservative and reliable approach
to valuing an asset for equity purposes.
Five commenters suggested adding back
depreciation. These suggestions were
not adopted. As financial statements
must be prepared in line with GAAP
standards and depreciation is a GAAP
concept, it is the asset’s depreciated
value that is considered in the tangible
balance sheet equity calculation. If a
business has depreciated its assets in
accordance with GAAP for tax purposes,
it cannot add that depreciation back in
for purposes of meeting the tangible
balance sheet equity requirement. One
commenter suggested allowing energy
projects to meet the equity requirement
at issuance of the Loan Note Guarantee,
which was not adopted. The practice of
allowing loans to close not having met
the equity requirement would
complicate administration of the
program and tie up guarantee authority
for projects that otherwise meet the
equity requirement. One commenter
suggested requiring an independent
accountant to prepare the loan closing
balance sheet. This comment was not
adopted because it would be overly
burdensome to require the balance
sheet, on which the lender’s
certification is based, to be prepared by
an independent accountant. Four
commenters suggested removing the
requirement for the loan closing balance
sheet to be prepared by an accountant.
These comments were adopted. Since it
is the lender that is required to make the
certification, it would be up to the
lender whether or not to require an
accountant to prepare the loan closing
balance sheet. Two commenters
suggested the timing of the tangible
balance sheet equity requirement be at
issuance of the Loan Note Guarantee
versus loan closing. These comments
were not adopted because the regulation
has always required the Loan Note
Guarantee to be issued coincident with
or immediately after loan closing, and
the regulation has always required the
lender’s loan agreement to contain all of
the requirements of the Conditional
Commitment (the tangible balance sheet
equity requirement being one of those
requirements). However, the Agency
was finding that loans were being closed
without having met the equity
requirement and, in some cases, loans
were closed with the hopes that retained
earnings would increase at some point
in the future to meet the equity
requirement. This practice was tying up
guarantee authority for projects that met
the equity requirement. As a result of
these findings, the regulation was
changed in 2006 as a corrective action
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
35993
to clarify that equity was to be met at
loan closing. Four comments were
received with regard to the requirement
for real estate holding companies and
operating companies to be co-borrowers.
These comments were taken into
consideration, and the Agency added
the ability for this requirement to be
waived when the Agency determines
that adequate justification exists. Two
commenters suggested that the
requirement for co-borrowers that are
independent operations to both meet the
equity requirement individually be
removed. These comments were not
adopted to prevent situations where a
company unrelated to the project is
made a co-borrower to compensate for
the ‘‘borrower’’ not meeting the equity
requirement, which effectively is a
circumvention of the regulation. One
commenter suggested that GAAP apply
to sole proprietorships, which was not
adopted because very few B&I loans are
made to sole proprietors, and personal
financial statements do not typically
account for depreciation. One
commenter recommended that the rule
retain the ability for the Administrator
to reduce the borrower’s equity
requirement, which is accepted as the
regulation continues to provide the
Administrator discretion to reduce the
equity requirement. One commenter
suggested adding the word ‘‘all’’ to the
requirement for financial statements
that meet or exceed industry standards
when requesting a reduction in the
equity requirement, which was adopted.
Nine comments were received on the
personal and corporate guarantee
section. One commenter suggested
adding a provision where guarantees are
not required from owners who are
legally prohibited from providing
guarantees, which was adopted. One
commenter suggested adding the words
‘‘for existing businesses’’ to the
guarantee exception language, which
was also adopted because, in practice,
only an existing business would be able
to demonstrate cash flow and
profitability. Two commenters
suggested adding the exception
language back into the rule. These
comments were accepted. The exception
language still exists but was simply
moved to another paragraph. Five
commenters suggested removing the
ability for the Agency to obtain
guarantees from persons whose
ownership interest in the borrower is
held indirectly through intermediate
entities. These comments were not
adopted because often times, borrowers
are owned by shell companies, whose
guarantees are typically worth little. The
Agency needs to have the ability to
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
35994
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
obtain guarantees where the financial
strength lies, which is typically the
principal(s) of the business, who may be
layers up the ownership chain.
Ten comments were received on the
financial statement section. One
commenter suggested adding ‘‘Except
for audited financial statements
required by § 4279.71 of this chapter,
the lender will determine the type and
frequency . . .,’’ which was adopted.
Two commenters suggested increasing
the threshold where the Agency may
require audited financial statements
from $3 million to $10 million, which
were also adopted. One commenter
suggested requiring an independent
accountant to prepare the annual
financial statements. This comment was
not adopted because it would be overly
burdensome to require annual financial
statements to be prepared by an
independent accountant. Six
commenters recommended language be
added to allow for the approval of the
loan with the requirement for audited
financial statements to be provided in
subsequent years, as opposed to
requiring audited financial statements at
the onset of the loan. These comments
were not adopted as the lender already
has the ability to require future audited
financial statements if they wish, and it
is not necessary to specifically state they
have this ability in the rule.
Eight comments were received on the
appraisal section. One commenter
suggested adding a requirement for
lenders to follow their primary
regulator’s policies relating to appraisals
and evaluations when collateral values
are under the $250,000 threshold for
requiring an appraisal, which was
adopted. Six commenters suggested
adding ‘‘unless it is a well-established
industry norm to use business
valuations in calculating the value of
the enterprise and is in accordance with
the lender’s loan policies’’ to the
statement that values attributed to
business valuations or as a going
concern are not allowed. Although these
comments were not adopted, the
Agency changed the regulatory text to
require that values of both tangible and
intangible assets be reported
individually/separately in the appraisal.
Business valuations or going concern
values will be deducted from the
reconciled fair market value of the hard
assets for purposes of calculating
collateral coverage. One commenter
recommended requiring a Certified
Appraisal by a Certified Machinery and
Equipment Appraiser, which was not
adopted because this is not a normal
banking practice.
Twelve comments were received with
regard to feasibility studies. One
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
commenter suggested not requiring a
feasibility study from an existing
business expanding its facility if the
existing facility is sufficient to service
the new debt, which was adopted. One
commenter recommended removing the
requirement for a feasibility study for all
biofuels projects, regardless of whether
they are new or existing, which was also
adopted. Since feasibility studies are
required for new businesses and may be
required for existing businesses where
there is a significant change in
operations, this requirement has been
determined not to be necessary. Two
commenters recommended that
feasibility studies conducted with
funding from other programs, such as
the Value-Added Producer Grants, the
Rural Business Enterprise Grants, and
the Rural Cooperative Development
Grants, be accepted as fulfilling the
feasibility study requirement. These
commenters further recommended that
the Agency work with lenders and
borrowers to secure alternative grant
funding for development of feasibility
studies. These comments were accepted
as the Agency currently accepts
feasibility studies funded with other
programs as long as they meet the
requirements of § 4279.150. While the
borrower is ultimately responsible for
securing any grant funding, the Agency
does assist in securing grant funding for
development of feasibility studies.
Three commenters recommended that
feasibility studies not be required for all
new businesses. These comments were
not adopted because current Agency
policy is to obtain feasibility studies for
startups/new businesses or when there
is a significant change in operations in
an existing business, and this provision
simply codifies current Agency policy.
Five commenters recommended
defining ‘‘significantly.’’ These
comments were not adopted because
‘‘significant’’ and ‘‘significantly’’ are
used many times throughout the rule,
and there may be unintended
consequences of defining such a generic
term. The Agency will rely on the
commonly used definition of the term,
meaning a noticeably or measurably
large amount.
Thirty-nine comments were received
on the application section. One
commenter suggested requiring
additional information in order to
complete the priority score sheet. This
comment was accepted, and, although it
is already covered by § 4279.161(b)(19),
text was added to clarify any
information needed to score the project
will be required. Nine comments were
received supporting the reduction of
historical financial information for any
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
parent, affiliates, or subsidiaries from 3
years to current financial statements
only. One commenter suggested adding
that projections must be prepared in
line with GAAP standards for
clarification, which was adopted. Three
commenters recommended that the
Agency not require a loan agreement or
ratios in the loan agreement. These
comments were not adopted because the
loan agreement needs to contain basic
loan covenants, including ratios, and
the Agency should review the draft loan
agreement to ensure it complies with
the regulation. At the time of issuance
of the Loan Note Guarantee is too far
along in the process to learn there may
be problems with the loan agreement
because, typically, the loan agreement
has been executed by the lender and
borrower by the time the lender requests
issuance of the Loan Note Guarantee.
One commenter recommended revising
the citation for intergovernmental
consultation comments to 2 CFR part
415, subpart C, which was adopted. One
commenter suggested that the technical
review of the appraisal, which is
required by § 4279.144(a), be added to
the appraisal requirement in the
application section, which was adopted.
Seven commenters recommended that
the Agency continue to issue
Conditional Commitments subject to
receipt of satisfactory appraisals. These
comments were accepted, although the
ability to issue Conditional
Commitments subject to receipt of
satisfactory appraisals remains. Four
commenters suggested removing ‘‘at the
Agency’s discretion’’ with regard to not
requiring a business plan when loan
proceeds are used exclusively for debt
refinancing and fees in order to remove
the burden of decisionmaking from local
officials, which may be arbitrary in
nature. Six commenters supported
doing away with business plans when
debt is being refinanced. Two
commenters recommended the Agency
conduct outreach to make lenders and
borrowers aware of the abbreviated
application option, and one further
recommended that the Agency develop
guidelines for common factors that
constitute a ‘‘significant risk.’’ The
Agency agrees with these comments and
will adopt administrative text to address
the concern. Three commenters support
reducing the amount of documents
required for the short application form/
process, and one commenter suggested
removing the short application form/
process in its entirety, which was not
adopted because the Consolidated Farm
and Rural Development Act requires a
simplified application form/process.
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
Thirteen comments were received on
priority scoring. Four commenters
support the changes in priority scoring.
One commenter recommended deleting
the requirement for lenders to consider
Agency priorities when choosing
projects for guarantee. This comment
was not adopted because lenders are not
discouraged from submitting
applications that would receive a low
priority score. They are simply required
to consider priorities for scoring,
especially the categories they have
control over, such as the interest rate
category. This requirement is in the
current rule. With regard to the
categories for loan-to-job ratio, one
commenter suggested the Agency add
language to explain how jobs should be
counted and incorporate a verification
component to the scoring criteria. This
comment does not need to be addressed
because this point category was deleted.
Five commenters suggested that the
Farmer Mac II rate not be utilized for
priority scoring. These comments were
accepted, and this point category was
deleted as well. The proposal was in
response to a concern that it was
difficult for fixed rate loans to qualify
for priority points using the Wall Street
Journal Prime +1 and +1.5 equivalents.
One commenter suggested that ‘‘an
agricultural resource value-added
product’’ be removed in the scoring
section because the definition for this
term was incorporated into ‘‘natural
resource value added product.’’ This
comment was adopted. One commenter
suggested removing reference to the
Work Opportunity Tax Credit Program
because program authority expired
December 31, 2013, and has not been
extended to date. This comment was
adopted as well.
Ten comments were received on
planning and performance
development. Two commenters
suggested that ‘‘or similar document
issued by the relevant building
jurisdiction’’ be included with the
requirement for a Notice of Completion,
which were adopted. One commenter
recommended that the Agency clarify
that a project architect or engineer may
be a person with demonstrated
experience to confirm that the budget is
adequate for the planned development,
which was also adopted. Five
commenters recommended the Agency
allow independent monitoring by a
reputed nationwide firm during
construction as an alternative to a
performance bond as long as the
contract guarantees project construction.
These comments were taken into
consideration, and the Agency will
allow contracts with independent
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
disbursement and monitoring firms
where project construction and
completion are guaranteed. One
commenter recommended breaking a
sentence into two sentences, which was
not adopted because a third option was
added due to other comments, and
restructure of this sentence makes it
clear there are several alternatives. One
commenter recommended that
§ 4279.167(c) be revised to remove
reference to the Americans with
Disabilities Act and insert reference to
the Architectural Barriers Act
Accessibility Standard, which was
adopted.
One commenter recommended that a
timeframe be established for responding
to preapplications, and five commenters
recommended that that timeframe be 30
days. These comments were not adopted
in this rule because the Instruction
contains an entire preapplication
processing section; however,
administrative text was added to the
preapplication processing section
instructing staff to respond to
preapplications within 30 days.
One commenter recommended that a
transfer of lender request be received in
writing from the current lender, the
proposed lender, and the borrower,
which aligns with the substitution of
lender requirements in the servicing
regulation, and one commenter
recommended deleting a semicolon.
Both of these suggestions were adopted.
Three comments were received on the
conditions precedent to issuance of the
guarantee section. One commenter again
recommended that the regulation
specify that the loan closing balance
sheet must be prepared by an
independent accountant, which was not
adopted because it would be overly
burdensome to require the balance
sheet, on which the lender’s
certification is based, to be prepared by
an independent accountant. One
commenter suggested that a form be
developed for the lender’s certification,
which was not adopted because simply
signing a form would not provide the
Agency with the same level of comfort
as when a lender has to actually prepare
the certification on its own letterhead.
One commenter suggested adding a
definition for ‘‘accountant’’ and
emphasized that if the lender has to
make the certification, it should be up
to the lender who prepares the balance
sheet. Part of this recommendation was
adopted. The Agency has decided not to
require the loan closing balance sheet to
be prepared by an accountant. Since the
lender is required to make the
certification that tangible balance sheet
equity was met, it would be up to the
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
35995
lender whether or not to require an
accountant to prepare the balance sheet.
One commenter recommended a field
be created in the USDA Lender
Interactive Network Connection (LINC)
to prompt the lender to complete the
loan classification. The Agency agrees
with this recommendation and will
adopt it administratively. One
commenter recommended that
§ 4287.107(b) include the lender’s
ability to enter the loan classification in
LINC if they remit the guarantee fee via
LINC, which was also adopted. Five
commenters support requiring the
lender to establish the loan
classification at loan closing. Five
commenters support allowing the
flexibility to have teleconferences to
complete the Agency and lender annual
lender conferences. One commenter
recommended that the Agency only
allow annual lender conferences to be
held via teleconference if the lender has
supplied all required servicing reports
to the Agency. This comment was not
adopted because face-to-face visits can
be costly and allowing annual
conferences to be held by teleconference
not only reduces the cost to the lender,
it reduces the cost of administering the
program for the Agency. One
commenter recommended clarification
of a ‘‘reasonable attempt to obtain
financial statements.’’ This was not
adopted because it is not necessary and
allows for flexibility in determining
what is reasonable. Reasonable attempts
could be documented telephone calls or
written letters to the lender.
Nine commenters support increasing
the requirement for an appraisal from
$100,000 to $250,000. One commenter
recommended allowing subordination
of lien positions when it would ‘‘not
adversely affect the potential for
collection of the B&I loan through
repayment or liquidation’’ instead of
stating when it would be in ‘‘the best
financial interest of the Agency.’’ This
comment was adopted. One commenter
recommended changing the word
‘‘loan’’ to ‘‘collateral’’ in the lien
priorities paragraph, which was also
adopted. Five commenters
recommended that subordinations to
lines of credit be extended from 1 year
to 3 years. These recommendations were
not adopted because it would increase
the program’s subsidy cost. The
proposed rule initially proposed
subordinations to lines of credit for up
to 3 years but was reduced to 1 year
during the clearance process due to the
increase.
Sixteen comments were received on
the transfer and assumption section.
One commenter recommended
clarifying whether the value of the
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
35996
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
collateral being transferred in a transfer
and assumption situation is to be
calculated on a discounted or nondiscounted basis. This comment was
adopted, and the words ‘‘fair market’’
will be added to clarify that the value
of the collateral is the market value, not
the discounted market value. One
commenter suggested revising
§ 4287.134(g) to add ‘‘unless a guarantor
is being released from liability in
accordance with paragraph (c) of the
section.’’ This comment was adopted.
Five commenters support clarification
that no new notes can be issued upon
an assumption. Eight commenters stated
the Agency should not charge a transfer
fee for a transfer and assumption, and
one commenter suggested the fee be
lower. These comments were adopted,
and the Agency will not charge a
transfer fee for a transfer and
assumption.
One commenter suggested that
§ 4287.135(d) be revised to strike ‘‘or a
lender has been merged with or
acquired by another lender’’ and
§ 4287.135(b) be revised to add ‘‘merged
with or’’ to the second sentence of the
paragraph. This comment was adopted.
One commenter suggested adding a
statement indicating the Agency may
not look as favorably on a request for
deferral when a lender’s unguaranteed
loans are also not deferred. This
comment was taken into consideration,
and the Agency has decided to require
the lender’s unguaranteed loan(s) and
any stockholder loans to also be
deferred or put under a moratorium
during the period of deferment or
moratorium of the guaranteed loan.
Two commenters indicated that
paying only 90 days of interest is not
conducive for the bank to work with the
borrower and recommended a longer
period of time, and six commenters
indicated that the Agency should
modify the changes to the accrual of
interest to better account for expenses
and uncertainty that occur during a loan
default. These comments were taken
into consideration, but the Agency has
decided to limit interest accrual to the
lender to 90 days from the most recent
delinquency effective date and to the
holder the greater of: 90 Days from the
most recent delinquency effective date
as reported by the lender or 30 days
from the date of an interest termination
letter. One commenter suggested
clarifying whether interest on a
protective advance that is paid 95 days
after the most recent delinquency
effective date would be covered. This
comment was not adopted because the
regulation is clear that the guarantee
will not cover interest on the protective
advance accruing after 90 days from the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
most recent delinquency effective date.
The Agency is reducing the cost of
administering the program, and this is
one step to achieve that objective. One
commenter suggested adding ‘‘not to
exceed every 60 days’’ to the
requirement that the lender periodically
report to the Agency on the progress of
liquidation. This comment was adopted.
One commenter recommended a
definition of ‘‘potential liquidation
value’’ and suggested that the Agency
include those things that would impact
the fair market value versus potential
liquidation value. This comment was
not adopted because a definition of
potential liquidation value is not
necessary, and it is the appraiser’s
responsibility to establish what would
impact fair market value. One
commenter suggested clarifying whether
interest accrual stops after 90 days to
the Agency when the Agency becomes
the holder. This comment was adopted.
One commenter suggested that the
determination of loss and payment
section include a time limit that the
lender has to sell collateral it has
acquired as a result of liquidation, such
as 24 months for real estate. After that
time period, the Agency could reduce
the loss claim by 25 percent every 6
months, so that after 48 months, the
lender would be unable to collect
anything further under the Loan Note
Guarantee. This comment was not
adopted because it was too restrictive.
No other Federal agency is imposing
such restrictions on their lenders, and
this proposal may harm future lender
participation in the program because the
lending community may view this as
punitive. One commenter indicated
there were contradictory statements
with regard to how attorney/legal fees
will be handled in liquidation and
bankruptcy scenarios. This comment
was adopted, and the rule was rewritten
to provide clarification that attorney/
legal fees are liquidation expenses and
that the lender and the Agency will
share in those expenses equally. Fifteen
commenters suggested that liquidation
expenses, litigation expenses, and
bankruptcy expenses be shared on a pro
rata basis versus being shared equally.
These comments were not adopted
because the Agency is reducing the cost
of administering the program as part of
this rulemaking, and sharing the costs
with the lender equally achieves that
objective. Additionally, these expenses
are deducted from collateral sale
proceeds prior to allocating pro rata
shares of the sale proceeds. To share in
the expenses on a pro rata basis would
likely lead to errors in calculating
estimated and final reports of loss.
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Several general comments were
received. One commenter pointed out
that the regulation and current forms
use the terms ‘‘reasonably prudent,’’
‘‘prudent,’’ and ‘‘reasonable and
prudent’’ and recommended that
‘‘reasonable and prudent,’’ be utilized
throughout the regulation and
accompanying forms. This comment
was taken into consideration, and
changes were made for consistency.
However, the Agency chose to use
‘‘reasonably prudent’’ in a majority of
the occurrences. One commenter
recommended a more detailed
explanation of the benefit of extending
loan guarantees for employees to buyout selling owners, who may remain for
a transitional period to teach the
employees how to run the firm, which
was adopted administratively. One
commenter suggested reviewing forms,
giving them consistent numbers, and
removing reference to the Section 9006
program on the forms. This comment is
outside the scope of this rule and will
be addressed administratively. One
commenter recommended a handbook
to promote consistency among the State
Offices. This comment is outside the
scope of this rule and will be addressed
administratively. One commenter
recommended the Agency not use a
fiscal and transfer agent. The proposed
rule published in the Federal Register
on September 15, 2014, did not address
use of a fiscal and transfer agent and, as
such, is outside the scope of this
rulemaking. One commenter
recommended the Agency adopt a
national loan registry system to help
verify the validity of guaranteed loans.
This comment was not adopted as there
are privacy and funding issues with
regard to a national loan registry system.
One commenter recommended that
Agency personnel be better utilized to
avoid ‘‘bottlenecks’’ in the processing of
loans. This comment is outside the
scope of this rule and will be addressed
administratively. Lastly, there were two
comments made with regard to dividing
appropriated funding into subsidized
and non-subsidized segments. While
this will not be contemplated with this
rulemaking, it remains a topic of
discussion.
List of Subjects for 7 CFR Parts 4279
and 4287
Loan programs—Business and
industry, Direct loan programs,
Economic development, Energy, Energy
efficiency improvements, Grant
programs, Guaranteed loan programs,
Renewable energy systems, Rural areas,
and Rural development assistance.
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
For the reasons set forth in the
preamble, parts 4279 and 4287 of title
7 of the Code of Federal Regulations are
amended as follows:
PART 4279—GUARANTEED
LOANMAKING
§ 4279.2
1. The authority citation for part 4279
is revised to read as follows:
■
Authority: 5 U.S.C. 301; and 7 U.S.C. 1989.
■
2. Revise Subpart A to read as follows:
Subpart A—General
Sec.
4279.1 Introduction.
4279.2 Definitions and abbreviations.
4279.3–4279.14 [Reserved]
4279.15 Exception authority.
4279.16 Appeals.
4279.17–4279.28 [Reserved]
4279.29 Eligible lenders.
4279.30 Lenders’ functions and
responsibilities.
4279.31–4279.43 [Reserved]
4279.44 Access to records.
4279.45–4279.58 [Reserved]
4279.59 Environmental requirements.
4279.60 Civil rights impact analysis.
4279.61 Equal Credit Opportunity Act.
4279.62–4279.70 [Reserved]
4279.71 Public bodies and nonprofit
corporations.
4279.72 Conditions of guarantee.
4279.73–4279.74 [Reserved]
4279.75 Sale or assignment of guaranteed
loan.
4279.76 [Reserved]
4279.77 Minimum retention.
4279.78 Repurchase from holder.
4279.79–4279.83 [Reserved]
4279.84 Replacement of document.
4279.85–4279.99 [Reserved]
4279.100 OMB control number.
Subpart A—General
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
§ 4279.1
Introduction.
(a) This subpart contains general
regulations for making and servicing
Business and Industry (B&I) loans
guaranteed by the Agency and applies to
lenders, holders, borrowers, and other
parties involved in making,
guaranteeing, holding, servicing, or
liquidating such loans. This subpart is
supplemented by subpart B of this part,
which contains loan processing
regulations, and subpart B of part 4287
of this chapter, which contains loan
servicing regulations.
(b) The lender is responsible for
ascertaining that all requirements for
making, securing, servicing, and
collecting the loan are complied with.
(c) Whether specifically stated or not,
whenever Agency approval is required,
it must be in writing. Copies of all forms
and regulations referenced in this
subpart may be obtained from any
Agency office and from the USDA Rural
Development Web site at https://
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
www.rd.usda.gov/publications.
Whenever a form is designated in this
subpart, it is initially capitalized and its
reference includes predecessor and
successor forms, if applicable.
Definitions and abbreviations.
(a) Definitions. The following
definitions apply to this subpart:
Administrator. The Administrator of
Rural Business–Cooperative Service
within the Rural Development mission
area of the U.S. Department of
Agriculture.
Affiliate. An entity that is related to
another entity by owning shares or
having an interest in the entity, by
common ownership, or by any means of
control.
Agency. The Rural BusinessCooperative Service or successor
Agency assigned by the Secretary of
Agriculture to administer the B&I
Guaranteed Loan Program. References to
the National or State Office should be
read as prefaced by ‘‘Agency’’ or ‘‘Rural
Development’’ as applicable.
Agricultural production. The
breeding, raising, feeding, or housing of
livestock for fiber or food for human
consumption and the cultivation,
growing, or harvesting of crops.
Annual renewal fee. The annual
renewal fee is a fee that is paid once a
year by the lender and is required to
maintain the enforceability of the Loan
Note Guarantee.
Appraisal surplus. The difference
between the fair market value of an asset
and its depreciated book value when the
fair market value is higher.
Arm’s-length transaction. A
transaction between ready, willing, and
able disinterested parties that are not
affiliated with or related to each other
and have no security, monetary, or
stockholder interest in each other.
Assignment Guarantee Agreement.
Form RD 4279–6, ‘‘Assignment
Guarantee Agreement,’’ is the signed
agreement among the Agency, the
lender, and the holder containing the
terms and conditions of an assignment
of a guaranteed portion of a loan, using
the single note system.
Bankruptcy Code. The provisions of
title 11 of the United States Code or any
successor statute.
Biofuel. A fuel derived from
Renewable Biomass.
Bond. A form of debt security in
which the authorized issuer (borrower)
owes the bond holder (lender) a debt
and is obligated to repay the principal
and interest (coupon) at a later date(s)
(maturity). An explanation of the type of
bond and other bond stipulations must
be attached to the bond issuance.
Borrower. The person that borrows, or
seeks to borrow, money from the lender,
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
35997
including any party liable for the loan
except for guarantors.
Certificate of Incumbency and
Signature. Form RD 4279–7, ‘‘Certificate
of Incumbency and Signature,’’ is used
to validate authenticity of Agency
representatives’ signatures on Forms RD
4279–4, 4279–5, and 4279–6.
Collateral. The asset(s) pledged by the
borrower to secure the loan.
Commercially available. A system
that has a proven operating history for
at least 1 year specific to the proposed
application. Such a system is based on
established design and installation
procedures and practices. Professional
service providers, trades, large
construction equipment providers, and
labor are familiar with installation
procedures and practices. Proprietary
and the balance of system equipment
and spare parts are readily available,
and service is readily available to
properly maintain and operate the
system. An established warranty exists
for major parts and labor. If the system
is currently commercially available only
outside of the United States,
authoritative evidence of the foreign
operating history, performance, and
reliability is required in order to address
the proven operating history.
Conditional Commitment. Form RD
4279–3, ‘‘Conditional Commitment,’’ is
the Agency’s notice to the lender that
the loan guarantee it has requested is
approved subject to the completion of
all conditions and requirements set
forth by the Agency and outlined in the
attachment to the Conditional
Commitment.
Conflict of interest. A situation in
which a person has competing personal,
professional, or financial interests that
prevents the person from acting
impartially.
Cooperative organization. An entity
that is legally chartered as a cooperative
or an entity that is not legally chartered
as a cooperative but is owned and
operated for the benefit of its members,
with returns of residual earnings paid to
such members on the basis of patronage.
Debt Collection Improvement Act. The
Debt Collection Improvement Act of
1996, 31 U.S.C. 3701 et seq. requires
that any monies that are payable or may
become payable from the United States
under contracts and other written
agreements to any person not an agency
or subdivision of a State or local
government may be subject to certain
collection options, such as
administrative offset, for a delinquent
debt the person owes to the United
States.
Default. The condition that exists
when a borrower is not in compliance
with the promissory note, the loan
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
35998
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
agreement, or other documents relating
to the loan. Default could be a monetary
or non-monetary default.
Deficiency judgment. A monetary
judgment rendered by a court of
competent jurisdiction after foreclosure
and liquidation of all collateral securing
the loan.
Delinquency. A loan for which a
scheduled loan payment is more than 30
days past due and cannot be cured
within 30 days.
Energy projects. Commercially
available projects that generate energy
or power or projects that produce
biofuel. Projects that have energy
outputs that are a by-product of
operations or that the Agency otherwise
determines is not an energy project are
not subject to the increased equity
requirement for energy projects required
by § 4279.131(d)(1).
Existing business. A business that has
been in operation for at least 1 full year.
Mergers or changes in the business
name or legal type of entity of a
business that has been in operation for
at least 1 full year are considered to be
existing businesses as long as there is
not a significant change in operations.
Newly-formed entities that are buying
existing businesses will be considered
an existing business as long as the
business being bought remains in
operation and there is no significant
change in operations.
Existing lender debt. A debt owed by
a borrower to the same lender that is
applying for or has received the Agency
guarantee.
Fair market value. The price that
could reasonably be expected for an
asset in an arm’s-length transaction
between a willing buyer and a willing
seller under ordinary economic and
business conditions.
Future recovery. Funds collected by
the lender after a final loss claim is
processed.
High impact business development
investment. A business that scores at
least 25 points under § 4279.166(b)(4).
High-priority project. A project that
scores more than 50 percent of the
priority points available under
§ 4279.166(b)(1) through (5).
Holder. A person, other than the
lender, who owns all or part of the
guaranteed portion of the loan with no
servicing responsibilities. When the
single note option is used and the
lender assigns a part of the guaranteed
note to an assignee, the assignee
becomes a holder only when the Agency
receives notice and the transaction is
completed through the use of the
Assignment Guarantee Agreement.
Immediate family. Individuals who
live in the same household or who are
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
closely related by blood, marriage, or
adoption, such as a spouse, domestic
partner, parent, child, sibling, aunt,
uncle, grandparent, grandchild, niece,
nephew, or cousin.
In-house expenses. Expenses
associated with activities that are
routinely the responsibility of a lender’s
internal staff or its agents. In-house
expenses include, but are not limited to,
employees’ salaries, staff lawyers, travel,
and overhead.
Interest. A fee paid by a borrower to
the lender as a form of compensation for
the use of money. When money is
borrowed, interest is paid as a fee over
a certain period of time (typically
months or years) to the lender as a
percentage of the principal amount
owed. The term interest does not
include default or penalty interest or
late payment fees or charges.
Interim financing. A temporary or
short-term loan made with the clear
intent when the loan is made that it will
be repaid through another loan that
provides permanent financing. Interim
financing is frequently used to pay
construction and other costs associated
with a planned project, with permanent
financing to be obtained after project
completion.
Lender. The eligible lender approved
by the Agency to make, service, and
collect the Agency guaranteed loan that
is subject to this subpart. Agency
approval of the lender will be evidenced
by an outstanding Form RD 4279–4,
‘‘Lender’s Agreement,’’ between the
Agency and the lender.
Lender’s Agreement. Form RD 4279–
4, ‘‘Lender’s Agreement,’’ or predecessor
form, between the Agency and the
lender setting forth the lender’s loan
responsibilities.
Liquidation expenses. Costs directly
associated with the liquidation of
collateral, including preparing collateral
for sale (e.g., repairs and transport) and
conducting the sale (e.g., advertising,
public notices, auctioneer expenses, and
foreclosure fees). Liquidation expenses
do not include in-house expenses.
Legal/attorney fees are considered
liquidation expenses provided that the
fees are reasonable, as determined by
the Agency, and cover legal issues
pertaining to the liquidation that could
not be properly handled by the lender
and its in-house counsel.
Loan agreement. The agreement
between the borrower and lender
containing the terms and conditions of
the loan and the responsibilities of the
borrower and lender.
Loan classification. The process by
which loans are examined and
categorized by degree of potential loss
in the event of default.
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Loan Note Guarantee. Form RD
4279–5, ‘‘Loan Note Guarantee,’’ issued
and executed by the Agency, containing
the terms and conditions of the
guarantee.
Loan packager. A person, other than
the applicant borrower or lender, that
prepares a loan application package.
Loan service provider. A person, other
than the lender of record, that provides
loan servicing activities to the lender.
Loan-to-discounted value. The ratio of
the dollar amount of a loan to the
discounted dollar value of the collateral
pledged as security for the loan.
Loan-to-value. The ratio of the dollar
amount of a loan to the dollar value of
the collateral pledged as security for the
loan.
Local government. A county,
municipality, town, township, village,
or other unit of general government,
including tribal governments, below the
State level.
Material adverse change. Any change
in circumstance associated with a
guaranteed loan, including the
borrower’s financial condition or
collateral, that, individually or in the
aggregate, has jeopardized, or could be
reasonably expected to jeopardize, loan
performance.
Natural resource value-added
product. Any naturally occurring
resource, including agricultural
resources, that is processed to add value
or to generate renewable energy from a
natural resource.
Negligent loan origination. The failure
of a lender to perform those services
that a reasonably prudent lender would
perform in originating its own portfolio
of loans that are not guaranteed. The
term includes the concepts of failure to
act, not acting in a timely manner, or
acting in a manner contrary to the
manner in which a reasonably prudent
lender would act.
Negligent loan servicing. The failure
of a lender to perform those services
that a reasonably prudent lender would
perform in servicing (including
liquidation of) its own portfolio of loans
that are not guaranteed. The term
includes the concepts of failure to act,
not acting in a timely manner, or acting
in a manner contrary to the manner in
which a reasonably prudent lender
would act.
New business. A startup or otherwise
new business that has been in operation
for less than 1 full year. New businesses
include newly-formed entities leasing
space or building ground-up facilities,
even if the owners of the new or startup
business own affiliated businesses doing
the same kind of business.
Parity. A lien position whereby two or
more lenders share a security interest of
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
equal priority in collateral. In the event
of default, each lender will be affected
on an equal basis.
Participation. Sale of an interest in a
loan by the lead lender to one or more
participating lenders wherein the lead
lender retains the note, collateral
securing the note, and all responsibility
for managing and servicing the loan.
Participants are dependent upon the
lead lender for protection of their
interests in the loan. The relationship is
typically formalized by a participation
agreement. The participants and the
borrower have no rights or obligations to
one another.
Person. An individual or entity.
Poverty. A community or area
(including a county, city, or equivalent
such as parish, borough, municipio, or
census designated place) where at least
20 percent of the population have
income below the poverty line.
Pro rata. On a proportional basis.
Promissory note. Evidence of debt
with stipulated repayment terms.
‘‘Note’’ or ‘‘promissory note’’ shall also
be construed to include ‘‘Bond’’ or other
evidence of debt, where appropriate.
Protective advances. Advances made
by the lender for the purpose of
preserving and protecting the collateral
where the debtor has failed to, and will
not or cannot, meet its obligations to
protect or preserve collateral. Protective
advances include, but are not limited to,
advances affecting the collateral made
for property taxes, rent, hazard and
flood insurance premiums, and annual
assessments. Legal/attorney fees are not
a protective advance.
Public body. A municipality, county,
or other political subdivision of a State;
a special purpose district; an Indian
tribe on a Federal or State reservation or
other federally-recognized Indian tribe;
or an organization controlled by any of
the above.
Renewable biomass. (1) Materials,
pre-commercial thinnings, or invasive
species from National Forest System
land or public lands (as defined in
section 103 of the Federal Land Policy
and Management Act of 1976 (43 U.S.C.
1702)) that:
(i) Are by-products of preventive
treatments that are removed to reduce
hazardous fuels; to reduce or contain
disease or insect infestation; or to
restore ecosystem health;
(ii) Would not otherwise be used for
higher-value products; and
(iii) Are harvested in accordance with
applicable law and land management
plans and the requirements for oldgrowth maintenance, restoration, and
management direction of paragraphs (2),
(3), and (4) of subsection (e) of section
102 of the Healthy Forests Restoration
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
Act of 2003 (16 U.S.C. 6512) and largetree retention of subsection (f) of that
section; or
(2) Any organic matter that is
available on a renewable or recurring
basis from non-Federal land or land
belonging to an Indian or Indian Tribe
that is held in trust by the United States
or subject to a restriction against
alienation imposed by the United States,
including:
(i) Renewable plant material,
including feed grains; other agricultural
commodities; other plants and trees;
and algae; and
(ii) Waste material, including crop
residue; other vegetative waste material
(including wood waste and wood
residues); animal waste and by-products
(including fats, oils, greases, and
manure); and food and yard waste.
Report of loss. Form RD 449–30,
‘‘Guaranteed Loan Report of Loss,’’ used
by lenders when reporting a financial
loss under an Agency guarantee.
Rural Development. The mission area
of USDA that is comprised of the Rural
Business–Cooperative Service, the Rural
Housing Service, and the Rural Utilities
Service and is under the policy
direction and operational oversight of
the Under Secretary for Rural
Development.
Spreadsheet. A table containing data
from a series of financial statements of
a business over a period of time. A
financial statement analysis normally
contains spreadsheets for balance sheet
and income statement items and
includes a cash flow analysis and
commonly used ratios. The spreadsheets
enable a reviewer to easily scan the
data, spot trends, and make
comparisons.
State. Any of the 50 States of the
United States, the Commonwealth of
Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands,
Guam, American Samoa, the
Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana
Islands, the Republic of Palau, the
Federated States of Micronesia, and the
Republic of the Marshall Islands.
Subordination. An agreement among
the lender, borrower, and Agency
whereby lien priorities on certain assets
pledged to secure payment of the
guaranteed loan will be reduced to a
position junior to, or on parity with, the
lien position of another loan.
Tangible balance sheet equity.
Tangible equity divided by tangible
assets. Formula: ((Assets—intangible
assets)—liabilities)/(Assets—intangible
assets) or (Equity—intangible assets)/
(Assets—intangible assets).
Transfer and assumption. The
conveyance by a borrower to an
assuming borrower of the assets,
collateral, and liabilities of the loan in
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
35999
return for the assuming borrower’s
binding promise to pay the outstanding
debt.
USDA Lender Interactive Network
Connection (LINC). The portal Web site
currently at https://
usdalinc.sc.egov.usda.gov/ used by
lenders to update loan data in the
Agency’s Guaranteed Loan System.
Current LINC capabilities include loan
closing and status reporting.
Veteran. For the purposes of assigning
priority points, a veteran is a person
who is a veteran of any war, as defined
in title 38 U.S.C. 101(12).
Working capital. Current assets
available to support a business’
operations and growth. Working capital
is calculated as current assets less
current liabilities.
(b) Abbreviations. The following
abbreviations apply to this subpart:
B&I—Business and Industry
CFR—Code of Federal Regulations
DCIA—Debt Collection Improvement Act
FDIC—Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation
FSA—Farm Service Agency
GAAP—Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles of the United States
LINC—USDA Lender Interactive Network
Connection
NAD—National Appeals Division
OMB—Office of Management and Budget
REAP—Rural Energy for America Program
U.S.—United States of America
USDA—U.S. Department of Agriculture
(c) Accounting terms. Accounting
terms not otherwise defined in this part
shall have the definition ascribed to
them under GAAP.
§§ 4279.3–4279.14
§ 4279.15
[Reserved]
Exception authority.
The Administrator may, on a case-bycase basis, grant an exception to any
requirement or provision of this subpart
provided that such an exception is in
the best financial interests of the Federal
government. Exercise of this authority
cannot be in conflict with applicable
law.
§ 4279.16
Appeals.
Applicants, borrowers, lenders, and
holders have appeal or review rights for
Agency decisions made under this
subpart, subpart B of this part, or
subpart B of part 4287 of this chapter.
Programmatic decisions based on clear
and objective statutory or regulatory
requirements are not appealable;
however, such decisions are reviewable
for appealability by the National
Appeals Division (NAD). The borrower,
lender, and holder can appeal any
Agency decision that directly and
adversely impacts them. For an adverse
decision that impacts the borrower, the
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
36000
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
lender and borrower must jointly
execute a written request for appeal for
an alleged adverse decision made by the
Agency. An adverse decision that only
impacts the lender may be appealed by
the lender only. An adverse decision
that only impacts the holder may be
appealed by the holder only. A decision
by a lender adverse to the interest of the
borrower is not a decision by the
Agency, whether or not concurred in by
the Agency. Appeals will be conducted
by USDA NAD and will be handled in
accordance with 7 CFR part 11.
§§ 4279.17–4279.28
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
§ 4279.29
[Reserved]
Eligible lenders.
An eligible lender must be domiciled
in a State as defined in § 4279.2 or the
District of Columbia and must not be
debarred or suspended by the Federal
government. If the lender is under a
cease and desist order, or similar
constraint, from a Federal or State
agency, the lender must inform the
Agency. The Agency will evaluate the
lender’s eligibility on a case-by-case
basis, given the risk of loss posed by the
cease and desist order. The Agency will
only approve loan guarantees for
lenders with adequate capital to fund
and cover potential liquidation
expenses for guaranteed loans it
proposes to make and adequate
experience and expertise to make,
secure, service, and collect B&I loans.
The lender must provide documentation
as to its capital and experience in
commercial lending. The lender and the
Agency will execute a Lender’s
Agreement for each lender approved to
participate in the program. If a valid
Lender’s Agreement already exists, it is
not necessary to execute a new Lender’s
Agreement with each loan guarantee;
however, a new Lender’s Agreement
must be executed with any existing
lenders making new loans on or after
August 2, 2016. The Agency may revoke
a lender’s eligible status at any time for
cause, including those examples cited in
§ 4279.29(c).
(a) Regulated lenders. A regulated
lender is any Federal or State chartered
bank, Farm Credit Bank, other Farm
Credit System institution with direct
lending authority, Bank for
Cooperatives, Savings and Loan
Association, Savings Bank, or mortgage
company that is part of a bank-holding
company. These entities must be subject
to credit examination and supervision
by either an agency of the United States
or a State. Eligible lenders may also
include the National Rural Utilities
Cooperative Finance Corporation and
credit unions provided that they are
subject to credit examination and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
supervision by either the National
Credit Union Administration or a State
agency.
(b) Non-regulated lenders. The
Agency may consider an applicant
lender that does not meet the criteria of
paragraph (a) of this section for
eligibility to become a guaranteed
lender for a 3-year period provided that
the Agency determines that the
applicant lender has the legal authority
to operate a lending program and
sufficient lending expertise and
financial strength to operate a successful
lending program. When the applicant
lender is a multi-tiered entity, it will be
considered in its entirety. Insurance
companies (formerly included as
traditional lenders) and non-regulated
lenders (formerly known as other
lenders) previously approved as
guaranteed lenders prior to August 2,
2016 must reapply to become an
approved non-regulated lender in order
to originate new guaranteed loans.
However, both insurance companies
and non-regulated lenders that have
executed a Lender’s Agreement must
continue to service the guaranteed loans
in their portfolios in accordance with
that agreement.
(1) In order to become an eligible
lender, non-regulated lenders must:
(i) Have been making commercial
loans for at least 5 years;
(ii) Have a record of successfully
making at least 10 commercial loans
annually totaling at least $1 million for
each of the last 5 years, with lender’s
delinquent commercial loan portfolio
over this period not exceeding (a) 6
percent of all commercial loans made
and (b) 3 percent in commercial loan
losses (based on the original principal
loan amount);
(iii) Have and maintain tangible
balance sheet equity of at least 10
percent of tangible assets and sufficient
funds available to disburse the
guaranteed loans it proposes to approve
within the first 6 months of being
approved as a guaranteed lender;
(iv) Have and maintain a line of credit
issued by a regulated lender that is
acceptable to the Agency;
(v) Agree to establish and maintain an
Agency approved loss reserve equal to
3 percent of each B&I loan closed and
agree to increase the loss reserve for
anticipated losses as required by the
Agency;
(vi) Have adequate policies and
procedures to ensure that internal credit
controls provide adequate loanmaking
and servicing guidance; and
(vii) Have undergone a credit
examination at its own expense from a
recognized independent reviewer
acceptable to the Agency. The applicant
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
lender should consult with the Agency
prior to receiving an examination to
ensure the examiner will be acceptable.
(2) A non-regulated lender that wishes
consideration to become a guaranteed
lender must submit a request in writing
to the Agency. The Agency will notify
the prospective lender whether the
lender’s request for eligibility is
approved or rejected. If rejected, the
Agency will notify the prospective
lender, in writing, of the reasons for the
rejection. The lender must include in its
written request the following:
(i) An audited financial statement not
more than 1 year old that evidences the
lender has the required tangible balance
sheet equity and the resources to
successfully meet its responsibilities;
(ii) A copy of any license, charter, or
other evidence of authority to engage in
the proposed loanmaking and servicing
activities. If licensing by the State is not
required, an attorney’s opinion stating
that licensing is not required and that
the entity has the legal authority to
engage in the proposed loanmaking and
servicing activities must be submitted;
(iii) Information on lending
experience, including length of time in
the lending business; range and volume
of lending and servicing activity,
including a list of the industries for
which it has provided financing; status
of its loan portfolio, including a list of
loans in the portfolio with each loan’s
current loan classification code and
delinquency and loss rates as outlined
in § 4279.29(b)(1)(ii); experience of
management and loan officers; sources
of funds for the proposed loans; office
location and proposed lending area; an
estimate of the number and size of
guaranteed loan applications the lender
will develop; and proposed rates and
fees, including loan origination, loan
preparation, and servicing fees;
(iv) A copy of the examination
required under paragraph (b)(1)(vii) of
this section; and
(v) Documentation as to how the
lender will fulfill the requirements of
§ 4279.30.
(3) Non-regulated lenders must
submit audited financial statements to
the Agency annually for monitoring
purposes.
(4) Renewal of eligible lender status to
continue making B&I loans is not
automatic. Eligible lender status will
lapse 3 years from the date of Agency
approval and execution of the Lender’s
Agreement unless the lender obtains a
renewal. A lender whose eligible status
has lapsed must continue to service any
outstanding loans guaranteed under this
part but may not submit requests for
new loan guarantees. Lenders whose
eligibility has lapsed may file a
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
subsequent request under this
subsection. Lenders requesting renewal
must complete and execute a new
Lender’s Agreement, along with a
written update of the eligibility criteria
required by this section for approval.
Lenders requesting renewal must
resubmit the information required by
paragraph (b)(2) of this section and must
address how the lender is complying
with each of the required criteria
described in paragraph (b)(1) of this
section. The written update of the
eligibility criteria must also include any
change in the persons designated to
process and service Agency guaranteed
loans or change in the operating
methods used in the processing and
servicing of loans since the original or
last renewal date of eligible lender
status. The lender must provide this
information to the Agency at least 60
days prior to the expiration of the
existing agreement to be assured of a
timely renewal.
(c) Revocation of eligible lender
status. The Agency may revoke a
lender’s status at any time for cause.
Cause for revoking eligible status
includes:
(1) Failure to maintain status as an
eligible lender as set forth in § 4279.29
of this subpart;
(2) Knowingly submitting false
information when requesting a
guarantee or basing a guarantee request
on information known to be false or
which the lender should have known to
be false;
(3) Making a guaranteed loan with
deficiencies that may cause losses not to
be covered by the Loan Note Guarantee,
such as negligent loan origination;
(4) Conviction of the lender or its
officers for criminal acts in connection
with any loan transaction whether or
not the loan was guaranteed by the
Agency;
(5) Violation of usury laws in
connection with any loan transaction
whether or not the loan was guaranteed
by the Agency;
(6) Failure to obtain and maintain the
required security for any loan
guaranteed by the Agency;
(7) Using loan funds guaranteed by
the Agency for purposes other than
those specifically approved by the
Agency in the Conditional Commitment
or amendment thereof in accordance
with § 4279.173(b);
(8) Violation of any term of the
Lender’s Agreement;
(9) Failure to correct any Agency-cited
deficiency in loan documents in a
timely manner;
(10) Failure to submit reports required
by the Agency in a timely manner;
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
(11) Failure to process Agency
guaranteed loans as would a reasonably
prudent lender;
(12) Failure to provide for adequate
construction planning and monitoring
in connection with any loan to ensure
that the project will be completed with
the available funds and, once
completed, will be suitable for the
borrower’s needs;
(13) Repetitive recommendations for
servicing actions or guaranteed loans
with marginal or substandard credit
quality or that do not comply with
Agency requirements;
(14) Negligent loan origination;
(15) Negligent loan servicing;
(16) Failure to conduct any approved
liquidation of a loan guaranteed by the
Agency or its predecessors in a timely
and effective manner and in accordance
with the approved liquidation plan; or
(17) Violation of applicable
nondiscrimination law, including, but
not limited to, statutes, regulations,
USDA Departmental Regulations, the
USDA Non-Discrimination Statement,
and the Equal Credit Opportunity Act.
USDA’s Non-Discrimination Statement
is located at the following Web site:
https://www.usda.gov/wps/portal/usda/
usdahome?navtype=FT&navid=NON_
DISCRIMINATION.
(d) Debarment of lender. The Agency
may debar a lender in addition to the
revocation of the lender’s status.
§ 4279.30 Lenders’ functions and
responsibilities.
(a) General. (1) Lenders have the
primary responsibility for the successful
delivery of the guaranteed loan program.
Any action or inaction on the part of the
Agency does not relieve the lender of its
responsibilities to originate and service
the loan guaranteed under this subpart,
subpart B of this part, and subpart B of
part 4287 of this chapter. Lenders may
contract for services but are ultimately
responsible for underwriting, loan
origination, loan servicing, and
compliance with all Agency regulations.
No person may act as, or work for, both
a loan packager and loan service
provider on the same guaranteed loan.
All lenders obtaining or requesting a
loan guarantee are responsible for:
(i) Processing applications for
guaranteed loans;
(ii) Developing and maintaining
adequately documented loan files,
which must be maintained for at least 3
years after any final loss has been paid;
(iii) Recommending only loan
proposals that are eligible and
financially feasible;
(iv) Properly closing the loan and
obtaining valid evidence of debt and
collateral in accordance with sound
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
36001
lending practices prior to disbursing
loan proceeds;
(v) Keeping an inventory accounting
of all collateral items and reconciling
the inventory of all collateral sold
during loan servicing, including
liquidation;
(vi) Monitoring construction and
operation;
(vii) Distributing loan funds;
(viii) Servicing guaranteed loans in a
prudent manner, including liquidation
if necessary;
(ix) Reporting all conflicts of interest,
or appearances thereof, to the Agency;
(x) Following Agency regulations and
agreements; and
(xi) Obtaining Agency approvals or
concurrence as required.
(2) This subpart, subpart B of this
part, and subpart B of part 4287 of this
chapter contain the regulations for this
program, including the lenders’
responsibilities. If a lender fails to
comply with these requirements, the
Agency may reduce any loss payment in
accordance with the applicable
regulations.
(b) Credit evaluation. The lender must
analyze all credit factors associated with
each proposed loan and apply its
professional judgment to determine that
the credit factors, considered in
combination, ensure loan repayment.
The lender must have an adequate
underwriting process to ensure that
loans are reviewed by persons other
than the originating officer, and there
must be good credit documentation
procedures. The Agency will only issue
guarantees for loans that are sound and
have reasonable assurance of
repayment. The Agency will not issue
guarantees for marginal or substandard
loans.
(c) Environmental responsibilities.
Lenders are responsible for becoming
familiar with Federal environmental
requirements; considering, in
consultation with the prospective
borrower, the potential environmental
impacts of their proposals at the earliest
planning stages; and developing
proposals that minimize the potential to
adversely impact the environment.
(1) Lenders must assist the borrower
in providing details of the project’s
impact on the environment and historic
properties in accordance with 7 CFR
part 1970, ‘‘Environmental Policies and
Procedures,’’ (or successor regulation),
when applicable; assist in the collection
of additional data when the Agency
needs such data to complete its
environmental review of the proposal;
and assist in the resolution of
environmental problems.
(2) Lenders must ensure the borrower
has:
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
36002
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
(i) Provided the necessary
environmental information to enable the
Agency to undertake its environmental
review process in accordance with 7
CFR part 1970, ‘‘Environmental Policies
and Procedures,’’ or successor
regulation, including the provision of all
required Federal, State, and local
permits;
(ii) Complied with any mitigation
measures required by the Agency; and
(iii) Not taken any actions or incurred
any obligations with respect to the
proposed project that will either limit
the range of alternatives to be
considered during the Agency’s
environmental review process or that
will have an adverse effect on the
environment.
(3) Lenders must alert the Agency to
any environmental issues related to a
proposed project or items that may
require extensive environmental review.
§§ 4279.31–4279.43
§ 4279.44
[Reserved]
Access to records.
The lender must permit
representatives of the Agency (or other
agencies of the United States) to inspect
and make copies of any records of the
lender pertaining to Agency guaranteed
loans during regular office hours of the
lender or at any other time upon
agreement between the lender and the
Agency. In addition, the lender must
cooperate fully with Agency oversight
and monitoring of all lenders involved
in any manner with any guarantee to
ensure compliance with this subpart,
subpart B of this part, and subpart B of
part 4287 of this chapter. Such oversight
and monitoring will include, but is not
limited to, reviewing lender records and
meeting with lenders in accordance
with subpart B of part 4287 of this
chapter.
§§ 4279.45–4279.58
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
§ 4279.59
[Reserved]
Environmental requirements.
The Agency is responsible for
ensuring that the requirements of the
National Environmental Policy Act of
1969 (under 40 CFR part 1500) and
related compliance actions, such as
Section 106 of the National Historic
Preservation Act (under 36 CFR part
800) and Section 7 of the Endangered
Species Act, are met and will complete
the appropriate level of environmental
review in accordance with 7 CFR part
1970, ‘‘Environmental Policies and
Procedures,’’ or successor regulation.
Because development of the loan
application occurs simultaneously with
development of the environmental
review, applicants, including lenders
and borrowers, must not take any
actions or incur any obligations that
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
would either limit the range of
alternatives to be considered in the
environmental review or that would
have an adverse effect on the
environment. Satisfactory completion of
the environmental review process must
occur prior to issuance of the
Conditional Commitment to the lender.
§ 4279.60
Civil rights impact analysis.
Issuance of a Conditional
Commitment is conditioned on the
Agency being able to satisfactorily
complete a civil rights impact analysis.
§ 4279.61
Equal Credit Opportunity Act.
In accordance with the Equal Credit
Opportunity Act (15 U.S.C. 1691 et
seq.), with respect to any aspect of a
credit transaction, neither the lender nor
the Agency will discriminate against
any applicant on the basis of race, color,
religion, national origin, sex, marital
status, or age (providing the applicant
has the capacity to contract), or because
all or part of the applicant’s income
derives from a public assistance
program, or because the applicant has,
in good faith, exercised any right under
the Consumer Protection Act. The
lender must comply with the
requirements of the Equal Credit
Opportunity Act as contained in the
Federal Reserve Board’s Regulation
implementing that Act (see 12 CFR part
202) prior to loan closing.
§§ 4279.62–4279.70
[Reserved]
§ 4279.71 Public bodies and nonprofit
corporations.
Audits will be required of any public
body, nonprofit corporation or Indian
Tribe that receives a guaranteed loan
that meets the thresholds established by
2 CFR part 200, subpart F. Any audit
provided by a public body, nonprofit
corporation, or Indian Tribe required by
this paragraph will be considered
adequate to meet the audit requirements
of the B&I program for that year.
§ 4279.72
Conditions of guarantee.
A loan guarantee under this part will
be evidenced by a Loan Note Guarantee
issued by the Agency. The provisions of
this part and part 4287 of this chapter
will apply to all outstanding guarantees.
In the event of a conflict between the
guarantee documents and these
regulations as they exist at the time the
documents are executed, these
regulations will control.
(a) Full faith and credit. A guarantee
under this part constitutes an obligation
supported by the full faith and credit of
the United States and is incontestable
except for fraud or misrepresentation of
which a lender or holder has actual
knowledge at the time it becomes such
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
lender or holder or which a lender or
holder participates in or condones. The
guarantee will be unenforceable to the
extent that any loss is occasioned by a
provision for interest on interest or
default or penalty interest. In addition,
the guarantee will be unenforceable by
the lender to the extent any loss is
occasioned by the violation of usury
laws, use of loan proceeds for
unauthorized purposes, negligent loan
origination, negligent loan servicing, or
failure to obtain or maintain the
required security regardless of the time
at which the Agency acquires
knowledge thereof. Any losses
occasioned will be unenforceable to the
extent that loan funds were used for
purposes other than those specifically
approved by the Agency in its
Conditional Commitment or amendment
thereof in accordance with
§ 4279.173(b). The Agency may for
cause terminate or reduce the Loan Note
Guarantee at any time. The Agency will
guarantee payment as follows:
(1) To any holder, 100 percent of any
loss sustained by the holder on the
guaranteed portion of the loan it owns
and on interest due on such portion less
any outstanding servicing fee. For those
loans closed on or after August 2, 2016,
the lender or the Agency will issue an
interest termination letter to the
holder(s) establishing the termination
date for interest accrual. The guarantee
will not cover interest to any holder
accruing after the greater of: 90 days
from the date of the most recent
delinquency effective date as reported
by the lender or 30 days from the date
of the interest termination letter.
(2) To the lender, subject to the
provisions of this part and subpart B of
part 4287 of this chapter, the lesser of:
(i) Any loss sustained by the lender
on the guaranteed portion, including
principal and interest (for loans closed
on or after August 2, 2016, the guarantee
will not cover note interest to the lender
accruing after 90 days from the most
recent delinquency effective date)
evidenced by the notes or assumption
agreements and secured advances for
protection and preservation of collateral
made with the Agency’s authorization;
or
(ii) The guaranteed principal
advanced to or assumed by the borrower
and any interest due thereon. For loans
closed on or after August 2, 2016, the
guarantee will not cover note interest to
the lender accruing after 90 days from
the most recent delinquency effective
date.
(b) Rights and liabilities. When a
guaranteed portion of a loan is sold to
a holder, the holder will succeed to all
rights of the lender under the Loan Note
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
Guarantee to the extent of the portion
purchased. The full, legal interest in the
note must remain with the lender, and
the lender will remain bound to all
obligations under the Loan Note
Guarantee, Lender’s Agreement, and
Agency program regulations. A
guarantee and right to require purchase
will be directly enforceable by a holder
notwithstanding any fraud or
misrepresentation by the lender or any
unenforceability of the guarantee by the
lender, except for fraud or
misrepresentation of which the holder
had actual knowledge at the time it
became the holder or in which the
holder participates in or condones. The
lender will reimburse the Agency for
any payments the Agency makes to a
holder on the lender’s guaranteed loan
that, under the Loan Note Guarantee,
would not have been paid to the lender
had the lender retained the entire
interest in the guaranteed loan and not
conveyed an interest to a holder.
(c) Payments. A lender will receive all
payments of principal and interest on
account of the entire loan and must
promptly remit to the holder its pro rata
share thereof, determined according to
its respective interest in the loan, less
only the lender’s servicing fee.
§§ 4279.73–4279.74
[Reserved]
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
§ 4279.75 Sale or assignment of
guaranteed loan.
The lender may sell all or part of the
guaranteed portion of the loan on the
secondary market or retain the entire
loan. The lender must fully disburse
and properly close a loan prior to sale
of the note(s) on the secondary market.
The lender cannot sell or participate any
amount of the guaranteed or
unguaranteed portion of the loan to the
borrower or its parent, subsidiary, or
affiliate or to officers, directors,
stockholders, other owners, or members
of their immediate families. The lender
cannot share any premium received
from the sale of a guaranteed loan in the
secondary market with a loan packager
or other loan service provider. If the
lender desires to market all or part of
the guaranteed portion of the loan at or
subsequent to loan closing, such loan
must not be in default. Lenders may use
either the single note or multi-note
system as outlined in paragraphs (a) and
(b) of this section. The lender may also
obtain participation in the loan under
its normal operating procedures;
however, the lender must retain title to
the notes if any of them are
unguaranteed and retain the lender’s
interest in the collateral.
(a) Single note system. The entire loan
is evidenced by one note, and one Loan
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
Note Guarantee is issued. The lender
must retain title to the note, retain the
lender’s interest in the collateral, and
retain the servicing responsibilities for
the guaranteed loan. When the loan is
evidenced by one note, the lender may
not at a later date cause any additional
notes to be issued. The lender may
assign all or part of the guaranteed
portion of the loan to one or more
holders by using an Assignment
Guarantee Agreement. The lender must
complete and execute the Assignment
Guarantee Agreement and return it to
the Agency for execution prior to holder
execution. In order to validate
authenticity, holders are encouraged to
consult with the Agency. Additionally,
a Certificate of Incumbency and
Signature may be requested. The holder,
with written notice to the lender and the
Agency, may reassign the unpaid
guaranteed portion of the loan, in full,
sold under the Assignment Guarantee
Agreement. Holders may only reassign
the entire guaranteed portion they have
received and cannot subdivide or
further split the guaranteed portion of a
loan or retain an interest strip. Upon
notification and completion of the
Assignment Guarantee Agreement, the
assignee shall succeed to all rights and
obligations of the holder thereunder.
Subsequent assignments require notice
to the lender and Agency using any
format, including that used by the
Securities Industry and Financial
Markets Association (formerly known as
the Bond Market Association), together
with the transfer of the original
Assignment Guarantee Agreement. The
Agency will neither execute a new
Assignment Guarantee Agreement to
effect a subsequent reassignment nor
reissue a duplicate Assignment
Guarantee Agreement unless the
original was lost, stolen, destroyed,
mutilated, or defaced in accordance
with § 4279.84. The Assignment
Guarantee Agreement clearly states the
percentage and corresponding amount
of the guaranteed portion it represents
and the lender’s servicing fee. A
servicing fee may be charged by the
lender to a holder and is calculated as
a percentage per annum of the unpaid
balance of the guaranteed portion of the
loan assigned by the Assignment
Guarantee Agreement. The Agency is
not and will not be a party to any
contract between the lender and another
party where the lender sells its servicing
fee. The Agency will not acknowledge,
approve, nor have any liability to any of
the parties of this contract.
(b) Multi-note system. Under this
option, the lender may provide one note
for the unguaranteed portion of the loan
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
36003
and no more than 10 notes for the
guaranteed portion. All promissory
notes must reflect the same payment
terms. The lender must retain its
interest in the collateral and servicing
responsibilities for the guaranteed loan.
When the lender selects this option, the
holder will receive one of the borrower’s
executed notes and a Loan Note
Guarantee. The Agency will issue a
Loan Note Guarantee for each note,
including the unguaranteed note, to be
attached to each note. An Assignment
Guarantee Agreement will not be used
when the multi-note option is utilized.
§ 4279.76
[Reserved]
§ 4279.77
Minimum retention.
The lender is required to hold in its
own portfolio a minimum of 5 percent
of the original total loan amount. The
amount required to be maintained must
be of the unguaranteed portion of the
loan and cannot be participated to
another. The lender may enter into no
agreement that reduces its exposure
below the minimum 5 percent it is
required to retain in its portfolio. The
lender may sell the remaining amount of
the unguaranteed portion of the loan
only through participation.
§ 4279.78
Repurchase from holder.
(a) Repurchase by lender. A lender
has the option to repurchase the unpaid
guaranteed portion of the loan from a
holder within 30 days of written
demand by the holder when the
borrower is in default not less than 60
days on principal or interest due on the
loan; or when the lender has failed to
remit to the holder its pro rata share of
any payment made by the borrower
within 30 days of the lender’s receipt
thereof. The repurchase by the lender
must be for an amount equal to the
unpaid guaranteed portion of principal
and accrued interest less the lender’s
servicing fee. The holder must
concurrently send a copy of the demand
letter to the Agency. The lender must
accept an assignment without recourse
from the holder upon repurchase. For
those loans closed on or after August 2,
2016, the lender or the Agency will
issue an interest termination letter to the
holder(s) establishing the termination
date for interest accrual if the default is
not cured. The guarantee will not cover
interest to any holder accruing after the
greater of: 90 days from the date of the
most recent delinquency effective date
as reported by the lender or 30 days
from the date of the interest termination
letter. If, in the opinion of the lender,
repurchase of the guaranteed portion of
the loan is necessary to adequately
service the loan, the holder must sell the
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
36004
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
guaranteed portion of the loan to the
lender for an amount equal to the
unpaid principal and interest on such
portion less the lender’s servicing fee.
The lender must not repurchase from
the holder for arbitrage or other
purposes to further its own financial
gain. Any repurchase must only be
made after the lender obtains the
Agency’s written approval. If the lender
does not repurchase the guaranteed
portion from the holder, the Agency
may, at its option, purchase such
guaranteed portion for servicing
purposes. The lender is encouraged to
repurchase the loan to facilitate the
accounting of funds, resolve any loan
problems, and prevent default, where
and when reasonable. The benefit to the
lender is that it may resell the
guaranteed portion of the loan in order
to continue collection of its servicing fee
if the default is cured. When the lender
repurchases the guaranteed portion from
the secondary market for servicing
purposes, the lender must discontinue
interest accrual if Federal or State
regulators place the loan in non-accrual
status if the default is not cured within
90 days. The lender will notify the
holder and the Agency of its decision.
(b) Agency repurchase. (1) The
lender’s servicing fee will stop on the
date that interest was last paid by the
borrower when the Agency purchases
the guaranteed portion of the loan from
a holder. The lender cannot charge such
servicing fee to the Agency and must
apply all loan payments and collateral
proceeds received to the guaranteed and
unguaranteed portions of the loan on a
pro rata basis.
(2) If the Agency repurchases 100
percent of the guaranteed portion of the
loan and becomes the holder, interest
accrual on the loan will cease, and the
Agency will not continue collection of
the annual renewal fee from the lender.
(3) If the lender does not repurchase
the unpaid guaranteed portion of the
loan as provided in paragraph (a) of this
section, the Agency will purchase from
the holder the unpaid principal balance
of the guaranteed portion together with
accrued interest to date of repurchase,
less the lender’s servicing fee, within 30
days after written demand to the Agency
from the holder. For those loans closed
on or after August 2, 2016, the lender or
the Agency will issue an interest
termination letter to the holder(s)
establishing the termination date for
interest accrual. The guarantee will not
cover interest to any holder accruing
after the greater of: 90 days from the
date of the most recent delinquency
effective date as reported by the lender
or 30 days from the date of the interest
termination letter. Once the holder
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
makes demand upon the Agency, the
request cannot be rescinded.
(4) When the guaranteed loan has
been delinquent more than 60 days and
no holder comes forward, the Agency
may issue a letter to the holder(s)
establishing the cutoff date for interest
accrual. Accrued interest to be paid the
holder will be calculated from the date
interest was last paid on the loan with
a cutoff date being no more than 90 days
from the date of the most recent
delinquency effective date as reported
by the lender.
(5) When the lender has accelerated
the account and holds all or a portion
of the guaranteed loan, an estimated loss
claim (loan in the liquidation process)
must be filed by the lender with the
Agency within 60 days. Accrued
interest paid to the lender will be
calculated from the date interest was
last paid on the loan with a cutoff date
being no more than 90 days from the
most recent delinquency effective date
as reported by the lender.
(6) The holder’s demand to the
Agency must include a copy of the
written demand made upon the lender.
The holder must also include evidence
of its right to require payment from the
Agency. Such evidence must consist of
either the original of the Loan Note
Guarantee properly endorsed to the
Agency or the original of the
Assignment Guarantee Agreement
properly assigned to the Agency without
recourse, including all rights, title, and
interest in the loan. When the singlenote system is utilized and the initial
holder has sold its interest, the current
holder must present the original
Assignment Guarantee Agreement and
an original of each Agency-approved
reassignment document in the chain of
ownership, with the latest reassignment
being assigned to the Agency without
recourse, including all rights, title, and
interest in the guarantee. The holder
must include in its demand the amount
due, including unpaid principal, unpaid
interest to date of demand, and interest
subsequently accruing from date of
demand to proposed payment date. The
Agency will be subrogated to all rights
of the holder.
(7) Upon request by the Agency, the
lender must promptly furnish a current
statement certified by an appropriate
authorized officer of the lender of the
unpaid principal and interest then owed
by the borrower on the loan and the
amount then owed to any holder, along
with the information necessary for the
Agency to determine the appropriate
amount due the holder. Any
discrepancy between the amount
claimed by the holder and the
information submitted by the lender
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
must be resolved between the lender
and the holder before payment will be
approved. Such conflict will suspend
the running of the 30-day payment
requirement.
(8) Purchase by the Agency neither
changes, alters, nor modifies any of the
lender’s obligations to the Agency
arising from the loan or guarantee nor
does it waive any of the Agency’s rights
against the lender. The Agency will
have the right to set-off against the
lender all rights inuring to the Agency
as the holder of the instrument against
the Agency’s obligation to the lender
under the program.
§§ 4279.79–4279.83
§ 4279.84
[Reserved]
Replacement of document.
(a) The Agency may issue a
replacement Loan Note Guarantee or
Assignment Guarantee Agreement that
was lost, stolen, destroyed, mutilated, or
defaced to the lender or holder upon
receipt of an acceptable certificate of
loss and an indemnity bond.
(b) When a Loan Note Guarantee or
Assignment Guarantee Agreement is
lost, stolen, destroyed, mutilated, or
defaced while in the custody of the
lender or holder, the lender must
coordinate the activities of the party
who seeks the replacement documents
and submit the required documents to
the Agency for processing. The
requirements for replacement are as
follows:
(1) A certificate of loss, notarized and
containing a jurat, which includes:
(i) Name and address of owner;
(ii) Name and address of the lender of
record;
(iii) Capacity of person certifying;
(iv) Full identification of the Loan
Note Guarantee or Assignment
Guarantee Agreement, including the
name of the borrower, the Agency’s case
number, date of the Loan Note
Guarantee or Assignment Guarantee
Agreement, face amount of the evidence
of debt purchased, date of evidence of
debt, present balance of the loan,
percentage of guarantee, and, if an
Assignment Guarantee Agreement, the
original named holder and the
percentage of the guaranteed portion of
the loan assigned to that holder. Any
existing parts of the document to be
replaced must be attached to the
certificate;
(v) A full statement of circumstances
of the loss, theft, destruction,
defacement, or mutilation of the Loan
Note Guarantee or Assignment
Guarantee Agreement; and
(vi) For the holder, evidence
demonstrating current ownership of the
Loan Note Guarantee and promissory
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
note or the Assignment Guarantee
Agreement. If the present holder is not
the same as the original holder, a copy
of the endorsement of each successive
holder in the chain of transfer from the
initial holder to present holder must be
included. If copies of the endorsement
cannot be obtained, best available
records of transfer must be submitted to
the Agency (e.g., order confirmation,
canceled checks, etc.).
(2) An indemnity bond acceptable to
the Agency must accompany the request
for replacement except when the holder
is the United States, a Federal Reserve
Bank, a Federal corporation, a State or
territory, or the District of Columbia.
The bond must be with surety except
when the outstanding principal balance
and accrued interest due the present
holder is less than $1 million, verified
by the lender in writing in a letter of
certification of balance due. The surety
must be a qualified surety company
holding a certificate of authority from
the Secretary of the Treasury and listed
in Treasury Department Circular 570.
(3) All indemnity bonds must be
issued and payable to the United States
of America acting through the Agency.
The bond must be in an amount not less
than the unpaid principal and interest.
The bond must hold the Agency
harmless against any claim or demand
that might arise or against any damage,
loss, costs, or expenses that might be
sustained or incurred by reasons of the
loss or replacement of the instruments.
(4) The Agency will not attempt to
obtain, or participate in the obtaining of,
replacement notes from the borrower.
The holder is responsible for bearing the
costs of note replacement if the
borrower agrees to issue a replacement
instrument. Should such note be
replaced, the terms of the note cannot be
changed. If the evidence of debt has
been lost, stolen, destroyed, mutilated,
or defaced, such evidence of debt must
be replaced before the Agency will
replace any instruments.
§§ 4279.85–4279.99
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
§ 4279.100
[Reserved]
OMB control number.
In accordance with the Paperwork
Reduction Act of 1995, the information
collection requirements contained in
this subpart have been submitted to the
Office of Management and Budget
(OMB) under OMB Control Number
0570–0069 for OMB approval.
■ 3. Revise Subpart B to read as follows:
Subpart B—Business and Industry Loans
Sec.
4279.101 Introduction.
4279.102 Definitions and abbreviations.
4279.103 Exception authority.
4279.104 Appeals.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
4279.105–4279.107 [Reserved]
4279.108 Eligible borrowers.
4279.109–4279.112 [Reserved]
4279.113 Eligible uses of funds.
4279.114 [Reserved]
4279.115 Cooperative stock/cooperative
equity.
4279.116 New Markets Tax Credit program.
4279.117 Ineligible purposes and entity
types.
4279.118 [Reserved]
4279.119 Loan guarantee limits.
4279.120 Fees and charges.
4279.121–4279.124 [Reserved]
4279.125 Interest rates.
4279.126 Loan terms.
4279.127–4279.130 [Reserved]
4279.131 Credit quality.
4279.132 Personal and corporate
guarantees.
4279.133–4279.135 [Reserved]
4279.136 Insurance.
4279.137 Financial statements.
4279.138–4279.143 [Reserved]
4279.144 Appraisals.
4279.145–4279.149 [Reserved]
4279.150 Feasibility studies.
4279.151–4279.160 [Reserved]
4279.161 Filing preapplications and
applications.
4279.162–4279.164 [Reserved]
4279.165 Evaluation of application.
4279.166 Loan priority scoring.
4279.167 Planning and performing
development.
4279.168 Timeframe for processing
applications.
4279.169–4279.172 [Reserved]
4279.173 Loan approval and obligating
funds.
4279.174 Transfer of lenders.
4279.175–4279.179 [Reserved]
4279.180 Changes in borrower.
4279.181 Conditions precedent to issuance
of the Loan Note Guarantee.
4279.182–4279.186 [Reserved]
4279.187 Refusal to execute Loan Note
Guarantee.
4279.188–4279.199 [Reserved]
4279.200 OMB control number.
Subpart B—Business and Industry
Loans
§ 4279.101
Introduction.
(a) Content. This subpart contains
loan processing regulations for the
Business and Industry (B&I) Guaranteed
Loan Program. It is supplemented by
subpart A of this part, which contains
general guaranteed loan regulations, and
subpart B of part 4287 of this chapter,
which contains loan servicing
regulations.
(b) Purpose. The purpose of the B&I
Guaranteed Loan Program is to improve,
develop, or finance business, industry,
and employment and improve the
economic and environmental climate in
rural communities. This purpose is
achieved by bolstering the existing
private credit structure through the
guarantee of quality loans that will
provide lasting community benefits. It is
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
36005
not intended that the guarantee
authority will be used for marginal or
substandard loans or for relief of lenders
having such loans.
(c) Documents. Whether specifically
stated or not, whenever Agency
approval is required, it must be in
writing. Copies of all forms and
regulations referenced in this subpart
may be obtained from any Agency office
and from the USDA Rural Development
Web site at https://www.rd.usda.gov/
publications. Whenever a form is
designated in this subpart, that
designation includes predecessor and
successor forms, if applicable, as
specified by the Agency.
§ 4279.102
Definitions and abbreviations.
The definitions and abbreviations in
§ 4279.2 are applicable to this subpart.
§ 4279.103
Exception authority.
Section 4279.15 applies to this
subpart.
§ 4279.104
Appeals.
Section 4279.16 applies to this
subpart.
§§ 4279.105–4279.107
§ 4279.108
[Reserved]
Eligible borrowers.
(a) Type of entity. A borrower may be
a cooperative organization, corporation,
partnership, or other legal entity
organized and operated on a profit or
nonprofit basis; an Indian tribe on a
Federal or State reservation or other
federally recognized tribal group; a
public body; or an individual. A
borrower must be engaged in or
proposing to engage in a business. A
business may include manufacturing,
wholesaling, retailing, providing
services, or other activities that will
provide employment and improve the
economic or environmental climate.
(b) Citizenship. Individual borrowers
must be citizens of the United States or
reside in the United States after being
legally admitted for permanent
residence. For purposes of this subpart,
citizens and residents of the Republic of
Palau, the Federated States of
Micronesia, American Samoa, Guam,
the Commonwealth of the Northern
Mariana Islands, and the Republic of the
Marshall Islands are considered U.S.
citizens. Individuals that reside in the
United States after being legally
admitted for permanent residence must
provide a permanent green card as
evidence of eligibility. Private entity
borrowers must demonstrate, to the
Agency’s satisfaction, that loan funds
will remain in the United States and the
facility being financed will primarily
create new or save existing jobs for rural
U.S. residents.
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
36006
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
(c) Rural area. The business financed
with a guaranteed loan under this
subpart must be located in a rural area,
except for cooperative organizations
financed in accordance with
§ 4279.113(j)(2) and local foods projects
financed in accordance with
§ 4279.113(y)(2). Loans to borrowers
with facilities located in both rural and
non-rural areas will be limited to the
amount necessary to finance the facility
located in the eligible rural area, except
for those cooperative organizations
financed in accordance with
§ 4279.113(j)(2) and those local foods
projects financed in accordance with
§ 4279.113(y)(2).
(1) Rural areas are any area of a State
other than a city or town that has a
population of greater than 50,000
inhabitants and any urbanized area
contiguous and adjacent to such a city
or town. In making this determination,
the Agency will use the latest decennial
census of the United States.
(2) For the purposes of this definition,
cities and towns are incorporated
population centers with definite
boundaries, local self government, and
legal powers set forth in a charter
granted by the State.
(3) For the Commonwealth of Puerto
Rico, the island is considered rural,
except for the San Juan Census
Designated Place (CDP) and any other
CDP with greater than 50,000
inhabitants. However, CDPs with greater
than 50,000 inhabitants, other than the
San Juan CDP, may be eligible if they
are determined to be ‘‘not urban in
character.’’
(4) For the State of Hawaii, all areas
within the State are considered rural,
except for the Honolulu CDP within the
County of Honolulu.
(5) For the Republic of Palau, the
Federated States of Micronesia,
American Samoa, Guam, the
Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana
Islands, and the Republic of the
Marshall Islands, the Agency will
determine what constitutes a rural area
based on available population data.
(6) Notwithstanding any other
provision of this definition, in
determining which census blocks in an
urbanized area are not in a rural area,
the Agency will exclude any cluster of
census blocks that would otherwise be
considered not in a rural area only
because the cluster is adjacent to not
more than two census blocks that are
otherwise considered not in a rural area
under this definition.
(7) The Under Secretary, whose
authority may not be redelegated, may
determine that an area is ‘‘rural in
character.’’ Any determination made by
the Under Secretary under this
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
provision will be to areas that are
determined to be ‘‘rural in character’’
and are within: An urbanized area that
has two points on its boundary that are
at least 40 miles apart, which is not
contiguous or adjacent to a city or town
that has a population of greater than
150,000 inhabitants or the urbanized
area of such city or town; or an area
within an urbanized area contiguous
and adjacent to a city or town of greater
than 50,000 inhabitants that is within 1⁄4
mile of a rural area.
(i) Units of local government may
petition the Under Secretary for a ‘‘rural
in character’’ designation by submitting
a petition to both the appropriate Rural
Development State Director and the
Administrator on behalf of the Under
Secretary. The petition must document
how the area meets the requirements of
paragraph (c)(7) of this section and
discuss why the petitioner believes the
area is ‘‘rural in character,’’ including,
but not limited to, the area’s population
density; demographics; topography; and
how the local economy is tied to a rural
economic base. Upon receiving a
petition, the Under Secretary will
consult with the applicable Governor
and Rural Development State Director
and request comments within 10
business days, unless those comments
were submitted with the petition. The
Under Secretary will release to the
public a notice of a petition filed by a
unit of local government not later than
30 days after receipt of the petition by
way of notice in a local newspaper and
notice on the applicable Rural
Development State Office Web site. The
Under Secretary will make a
determination not less than 15 days, but
no more than 60 days, after the release
of the notice. The public notice will
appear for at least 3 consecutive days if
published in a daily newspaper or
otherwise in two consecutive
publications. Upon a negative
determination, the Under Secretary will
provide to the petitioner an opportunity
to appeal a determination to the Under
Secretary for reconsideration, and the
petitioner will have 10 business days to
appeal the determination and provide
further information for consideration.
(ii) Rural Development State Directors
may also initiate a request to the Under
Secretary to determine if an area is
‘‘rural in character.’’ A written
recommendation should be sent to the
Administrator, on behalf of the Under
Secretary, that documents how the area
meets the statutory requirements of
paragraph (c)(7) of this section and
discusses why the State Director
believes the area is ‘‘rural in character,’’
including, but not limited to, the area’s
population density; demographics;
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
topography; and how the local economy
is tied to a rural economic base. Upon
receipt of such a request, the
Administrator will review the request
for compliance with the ‘‘rural in
character’’ provisions and make a
recommendation to the Under Secretary.
Provided a favorable determination is
made, the Under Secretary will consult
with the applicable Governor and
request comments within 10 business
days, unless gubernatorial comments
were submitted with the request. A
public notice will be published by the
State Office in accordance with
paragraph (c)(7)(i) of this section. There
is no appeal process for requests made
on the initiative of the State Director.
(d) Other credit. All applications for
assistance will be accepted and
processed without regard to the
availability of credit from any other
source.
(e) Prohibition under Agency
programs. No loans guaranteed by the
Agency will be conditioned on any
requirement that the recipients of such
assistance accept or receive electric or
other services from any particular
utility, supplier, or cooperative.
§§ 4279.109–4279.112
§ 4279.113
[Reserved]
Eligible uses of funds.
Eligible uses of funds must be
consistent with § 4279.101(b) and
§ 4279.108(a) and include, but are not
limited to, the following:
(a) Purchase and development of land,
buildings, and associated infrastructure
for commercial or industrial properties,
including expansion or modernization.
(b) Business acquisitions provided
that jobs will be created or saved. A
business acquisition is considered the
acquisition of an entire business, not a
partial stock acquisition in a business.
(c) Leasehold improvements when the
lease contains no reverter clauses or
restrictive clauses that would impair the
use or value of the property as security
for the loan. The term of the lease must
be equal to or greater than the term of
the loan.
(d) Constructing or equipping
facilities for lease to private businesses
engaged in commercial or industrial
operations. Financing for mixed-use
properties, involving both commercial
business and residential space, is
authorized provided that not less than
50 percent of the building’s projected
revenue will be generated from business
use.
(e) Purchase of machinery and
equipment.
(f) Startup costs, working capital,
inventory, and supplies in the form of
a permanent working capital term loan.
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
(g) Debt refinancing when it is
determined that the project is viable and
refinancing is necessary to improve cash
flow and create new or save existing
jobs. Debt being refinanced must be debt
of the borrower reflected on its balance
sheet. The lender’s analysis must
document that, except for the
refinancing of lines of credit, the debt
being refinanced was for an eligible loan
purpose under this subpart. Except as
provided for in paragraph (j)(3) of this
section, existing lender debt may be
included provided that, at the time of
application, the loan being refinanced
has been closed and current for at least
the past 12 months (current status
cannot be achieved by the lender
forgiving the borrower’s debt or
servicing actions that impact the
borrower’s repayment schedule), and
the lender is providing better rates or
terms. Unless the amount to be
refinanced is owed directly to the
Federal government or is federally
guaranteed, existing lender debt may
not exceed 50 percent of the overall
loan.
(h) Takeout of interim financing.
Guaranteeing a loan that provides for
permanent, long-term financing after
project completion to pay off a lender’s
interim loan will not be treated as debt
refinancing provided that the lender
submits a complete preapplication or
application that proposes such interim
financing prior to closing the interim
loan. The borrower must take no action
that would have an adverse impact on
the environment or limit the range of
alternatives to be considered by the
Agency during the environmental
review process. The Agency will not
guarantee takeout of interim financing
loans that prevent a meaningful
environmental assessment prior to
Agency loan approval. Even for projects
with interim financing, the Agency
cannot approve the loan and issue a
Conditional Commitment until the
environmental process is complete. The
Agency assumes no responsibility or
obligation for interim loans.
(i) Purchase of membership, stocks,
bonds, or debentures necessary to obtain
a loan from Farm Credit System
institutions and other lenders provided
the purchase is required for all of their
borrowers and is the minimum amount
required.
(j) Loans to cooperative organizations.
(1) Guaranteed loans to eligible
cooperative organizations may be made
in principal amounts up to $40 million
if the project is located in a rural area,
the cooperative facility being financed
provides for the value-added processing
of agricultural commodities, and the
total amount of loans exceeding $25
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
million does not exceed 10 percent of
the funds available for the fiscal year.
(2) Guaranteed loans to eligible
cooperative organizations may also be
made in non-rural areas provided:
(i) The primary purpose of the loan is
for a facility to provide value-added
processing for agricultural producers
that are located within 80 miles of the
facility;
(ii) The applicant satisfactorily
demonstrates that the primary benefit of
the loan will be to provide employment
for rural residents;
(iii) The principal amount of the loan
does not exceed $25 million; and
(iv) The total amount of loans
guaranteed under this paragraph does
not exceed 10 percent of the funds
available for the fiscal year.
(3) An eligible cooperative
organization may refinance an existing
B&I loan provided the existing loan is
current and performing; the existing
loan is not and has not been in
monetary default (more than 30 days
late) or the collateral of which has not
been converted; and there is adequate
security or full collateral for the new
guaranteed loan.
(k) The purchase of cooperative stock
by individual farmers or ranchers in a
farmer or rancher cooperative or the
purchase of transferable cooperative
stock in accordance with § 4279.115(a);
or the purchase of stock in a business
by employees forming an Employee
Stock Ownership Plan or worker
cooperative in accordance with
§ 4279.115(c).
(l) The purchase of preferred stock or
similar equity issued by a cooperative
organization or a fund that invests
primarily in cooperative organizations
in accordance with § 4279.115(b).
(m) Taxable corporate bonds when the
bonds are fully amortizing and comply
with all provisions of § 4279.126, and
the bond holder (lender) retains 5
percent of the bond in accordance with
§ 4279.77. The bonds must be fully
secured with collateral in accordance
with § 4279.131(b). The bonds must
only provide for a trustee when the
trustee is totally under the control of the
lender. The bonds must provide no
rights to bond holders other than the
right to receive the payments due under
the bond. For instance, the bonds must
not provide for bond holders replacing
the trustee or directing the trustee to
take servicing actions, such as
accelerating the bonds. Convertible
bonds are not eligible under this
paragraph due to the potential conflict
of interest of a lender having an
ownership interest in the borrower.
(1) The bond issuer (borrower) must
not issue more than 11 bonds, with no
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
36007
more than 10 of those bonds being
guaranteed under this program. The
bond issuer must obtain the services
and opinion of an experienced bond
counsel who must present a legal
opinion stating that the bonds are legal,
valid, and binding obligations of the
issuer and that the issuer has adhered to
all applicable laws.
(2) The bond holder must purchase all
of the bonds and comply with all
Agency regulations. There must be a
bond purchase agreement between the
issuer and the bond holder. The bond
purchase agreement must contain
similar language to what is required to
be in a loan agreement in accordance
with § 4279.161(b)(11) and must not be
in conflict with subparts A or B of part
4279 or subpart B of part 4287 of this
chapter. The bond holder is responsible
for all servicing of the loan (bond),
although the bond holder may contract
for servicing assistance, including
contracting with a trustee who remains
under the lender’s total control.
(n) Interest (including interest on
interim financing) during the period
before the first principal payment
becomes due or when the facility
becomes income producing, whichever
is earlier.
(o) Fees and charges outlined in
§ 4279.120(a), (c) and (d).
(p) Feasibility studies.
(q) Agricultural production, when not
eligible for Farm Service Agency (FSA)
farm loan programs assistance and when
it is part of an integrated business also
involved in the processing of
agricultural products. Any agricultural
production considered for guaranteed
loan financing must be owned,
operated, and maintained by the
business receiving the loan for which a
guarantee is provided. Except for
cooperative stock purchase loans in
accordance with § 4279.115(a),
independent agricultural production
operations are not eligible, even if not
eligible for FSA farm loan programs
assistance.
(1) The agricultural-production
portion of any loan must not exceed 50
percent of the total loan or $5 million,
whichever is less.
(2) This paragraph does not preclude
financing the following types of
businesses:
(i) Commercial nurseries engaged in
the production of ornamental plants,
trees, and other nursery products, such
as bulbs, flowers, shrubbery, flower and
vegetable seeds, sod, and the growing of
plants from seed to the transplant stage;
and forestry, which includes businesses
primarily engaged in the operation of
timber tracts, tree farms, forest
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
36008
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
nurseries, and related activities, such as
reforestation.
(ii) The growing of mushrooms or
hydroponics.
(iii) The boarding and/or training of
animals.
(iv) Commercial fishing.
(v) Aquaculture, including
conservation, development, and
utilization of water for aquaculture.
(r) Educational or training facilities.
(s) Industries undergoing adjustment
from terminated Federal agricultural
price and income support programs or
increased competition from foreign
trade.
(t) Community facility projects that
are not listed as an ineligible loan
purpose in § 4279.117.
(u) Nursing homes and assisted living
facilities where constant medical care is
provided and available onsite to the
residents. Independent living facilities
are considered residential in nature and
are not eligible in accordance with
§ 4279.117(d).
(v) Tourist and recreation facilities,
including hotels, motels, bed and
breakfast establishments, and resort
trailer parks and campgrounds, except
as prohibited under ineligible purposes
in § 4279.117.
(w) Pollution control and abatement.
(x) Energy projects that are not
eligible for the Rural Energy for America
Program (REAP) (7 CFR part 4280,
subpart B), unless sufficient funding is
not available under REAP, and when the
facility has been constructed according
to plans and specifications and is
producing at the quality and quantity
projected in the application. This does
not preclude the guarantee of joint
REAP/B&I projects. Eligible energy
projects must be commercially
available. Eligible energy projects also
include those that reduce reliance on
nonrenewable energy resources by
encouraging the development and
construction of solar energy systems and
other renewable energy systems
(including wind energy systems and
anaerobic digesters for the purpose of
energy generation), including the
modification of existing systems in rural
areas.
(1) Projects that produce renewable
biomass or biofuel as an output must
utilize commercially available
technologies and have completed two
operating cycles at design performance
levels prior to issuance of a Loan Note
Guarantee.
(2) Projects that produce steam or
electricity as an output must have met
acceptance test performance criteria
acceptable to the Agency and be
successfully interconnected with the
purchaser of the output. An executed
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
power purchase agreement acceptable to
the Agency will be required prior to
issuance of a Loan Note Guarantee.
(3) Performance or acceptance test
requirements for all other energy
projects will be determined by the
Agency on a case-by-case basis.
(y) Projects that process, distribute,
aggregate, store, and/or market locally or
regionally produced agricultural food
products to support community
development and farm and ranch
income, subject to each of the following:
(1) The term ‘‘locally or regionally
produced agricultural food product’’
means any agricultural food product
that is raised, produced, and distributed
in the locality or region in which the
final product is marketed, so that the
distance the product is transported is
less than 400 miles from the origin of
the product, or within the State in
which the product is produced. Food
products could be raw, cooked, or a
processed edible substance, beverage, or
ingredient used or intended for use or
for sale in whole or in part for human
consumption.
(2) Projects may be located in urban
areas, as well as rural areas.
(3) A significant amount of the food
product sold by the borrower is locally
or regionally produced, and a significant
amount of the locally or regionally
produced food product is sold locally or
regionally. The Agency is choosing not
to set a threshold for ‘‘significant’’ but
reserves the right to do so in periodic
notices in the Federal Register.
(4) The borrower must include in an
appropriate agreement, with retail and
institutional facilities to which the
borrower sells locally or regionally
produced agricultural food products, a
requirement to inform consumers of the
retail or institutional facilities that the
consumers are purchasing or consuming
locally or regionally produced
agricultural food products.
(5) The Agency will give funding
priority to projects that provide a benefit
to underserved communities in
accordance with § 4279.166(b)(4)(i)(G).
An underserved community is a
community (including an urban or rural
community and an Indian tribal
community) that has limited access to
affordable, healthy foods, including
fresh fruits and vegetables, in grocery
retail stores or farmer to consumer
direct markets and that has either a high
rate of hunger or food insecurity or a
high poverty rate as reflected in the
most recent decennial census or other
Agency-approved census.
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
§ 4279.114
[Reserved]
§ 4279.115
equity.
Cooperative stock/cooperative
(a) Cooperative stock purchase
program. The Agency may guarantee
loans for the purchase of cooperative
stock by individual farmers or ranchers
in a farmer or rancher cooperative
established for the purpose of
processing an agricultural commodity.
The cooperative may use the proceeds
from the stock sale to recapitalize, to
develop a new processing facility or
product line, or to expand an existing
production facility. The cooperative
may contract for services to process
agricultural commodities or otherwise
process value-added agricultural
products during the 5-year period
beginning on the operation startup date
of the cooperative in order to provide
adequate time for the planning and
construction of the processing facility of
the cooperative. Loan proceeds must
remain in the cooperative from which
stock was purchased, and the
cooperative must not reinvest those
funds into another entity. The Agency
may also guarantee loans for the
purchase of transferable stock shares of
any type of existing cooperative, which
would primarily involve new or
incoming members. Such stock may
provide delivery or some form of
participation rights and may only be
traded among cooperative members.
Paragraphs (5) through (7) of this section
are not applicable for guaranteed loans
for the purchase of transferable
cooperative stock.
(1) The maximum loan amount is the
threshold established in § 4279.161(c),
and all applications will be processed in
accordance with § 4279.161(c).
(2) The maximum term is 7 years.
(3) The lender will, at a minimum,
obtain a valid lien on the stock, an
assignment of any patronage refund, and
the ability to transfer the stock to
another party, or otherwise liquidate
and dispose of the collateral in the event
of a borrower default.
(4) The lender must complete a
written credit analysis of each stock
purchase loan and a complete credit
analysis of the cooperative prior to
making its first stock purchase loan.
(5) The borrower may provide
financial information in the manner that
is generally required by commercial
agricultural lenders.
(6) A feasibility study of the
cooperative is required for startup
cooperatives and may be required by the
Agency for existing cooperatives when
the cooperative’s operations will be
significantly affected by the proceeds
that were generated from the stock sale.
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
(7) The Agency will conduct an
appropriate environmental assessment
on the processing facility and will not
process individual applications for the
purchase of stock until the
environmental assessment on the
cooperative processing facility is
completed. Typically, an individual
loan for the purchase of cooperative
stock is considered a categorical
exclusion.
(b) Cooperative equity security
guarantees. The Agency may guarantee
loans for the purchase of preferred stock
or similar equity issued by a cooperative
organization or for a fund that invests
primarily in cooperative organizations.
In either case, the guarantee must
significantly benefit one or more entities
eligible for assistance under the B&I
program.
(1) ‘‘Similar equity’’ is any special
class of equity stock that is available for
purchase by non-members and/or
members and lacks voting and other
governance rights.
(2) A fund that invests ‘‘primarily’’ in
cooperative organizations is determined
by its percentage share of investments in
and loans to cooperatives. A fund
portfolio must have at least 50 percent
of its loans and investments in
cooperatives to be considered eligible
for loan guarantees for the purchase of
preferred stock or similar equity.
(3) The principal amount of the loan
will not exceed $10 million.
(4) The maximum term is 7 years or
no longer than the specified holding
period for redemption as stated by the
stock offering, whichever is less.
(5) All borrowers purchasing
preferred stock or similar equity must
provide documentation of the terms of
the offering that includes compliance
with State and Federal securities laws
and financial information about the
issuer of the preferred stock to both the
lender and the Agency.
(6) Issuer(s) of preferred stock must be
a cooperative organization or a fund and
must be able to issue preferred stock to
the public that, if required, complies
with State and Federal securities laws.
(7) A fund must use a loan guaranteed
under this subpart to purchase preferred
stock that is issued by cooperatives.
(8) The lender will, at a minimum,
obtain a valid lien on the preferred
stock, an assignment of any patronage
refund, and the ability to transfer the
stock to another party, or otherwise
liquidate and dispose of the collateral in
the event of a borrower default. For the
purpose of recovering losses from loan
defaults, lenders may take ownership of
all equities purchased with such loans,
including additional shares derived
from reinvestment of dividends.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
(9) Shares of preferred stock that are
purchased with guaranteed loan
proceeds cannot be converted to
common or voting stock.
(10) In the absence of adequate
provisions for investors’ rights to early
redemption of preferred stock or similar
equity, a borrower must request from a
cooperative or fund issuing such
equities a contingent waiver of the
holding or redemption period in
advance of share purchases. This
contingent waiver provides that in the
event a borrower defaults on a loan
financed under the guaranteed loan
program, the borrower waives any
ownership rights in the stock, and the
lender and Agency will then have the
right to redeem the stock.
(11) Guaranteed loans for the
purchase of preferred stock must be
prepaid in the event a cooperative or
fund that issued the stock exercises an
early redemption. If the cooperative
enters into bankruptcy, to the extent the
cooperative can redeem the preferred
stock, the borrower is required to repay
the loan from the redemption of the
stock.
(c) Employee ownership succession.
The Agency may guarantee loans for
conversions of businesses to either
cooperatives or Employee Stock
Ownership Plans (ESOP) within 5 years
from the date of initial transfer of stock.
(1) The maximum loan amount is the
threshold established in § 4279.161(c),
and all applications will be processed in
accordance with § 4279.161(c).
(2) The maximum term is 7 years.
(3) The lender will, at a minimum,
obtain a valid lien on the stock, an
assignment of any patronage refund, and
the ability to transfer the stock to
another party, or otherwise liquidate
and dispose of the collateral in the event
of a borrower default.
(4) The lender must complete a
written credit analysis of each stock
purchase loan and a complete credit
analysis of the cooperative or ESOP
prior to making its first stock purchase
loan.
(5) If a cooperative is organized, the
selling owner(s) become members with
special control rights to protect their
stake in the business while a succession
plan is implemented. At the completion
of the stock transfer, selling owners may
retain their membership in the
cooperative provided that their control
rights are the same as all other members.
Any special covenants that selling
owners may have held must be
extinguished upon completion of the
transfer.
(6) If an ESOP is organized for
transferring ownership to employees,
selling owner(s) may not retain
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
36009
ownership in the business after 5 years
from the date of the initial transfer of
stock.
§ 4279.116
program.
New Markets Tax Credit
This section identifies the provisions
specific to guaranteed loans involving
projects that include new markets tax
credits available under the New Markets
Tax Credit (NMTC) program. Such
applicants and applications must
comply with the provisions in subparts
A and B of this part, except as modified
in this section.
(a) Loan guarantees for Qualified
Active Low Income Community
Businesses (QALICB). (1) To be an
eligible lender for a loan guarantee that
involves NMTCs, the organization must
meet the applicable eligibility criteria in
§ 4279.29 as otherwise modified by
paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (ii) of this
section.
(i) Sub-entities under the control of a
non-regulated lender approved as a
lender for this program do not need to
separately meet the requirements of
§ 4279.29(b). An eligible non-regulated
lender may modify its list of eligible
sub-entities under its control at any time
by notifying the Agency in writing.
(ii) In order to take advantage of the
requirement exemption in paragraph
(a)(1)(i) of this section, the nonregulated lender must include in its
application to be a lender each subentity under its control and must clearly
define the multiple-entity organizational
and control structure. In addition, the
lender must include each such subentity in the audited financial
statements, commercial loan portfolio,
and commercial loan performance
statistics.
(2) The provisions of § 4279.117(q)
notwithstanding, a lender that is a
Department of Treasury certified
Community Development Entity (CDE)
or subsidiary of a CDE (sub-CDE) may
have an ownership interest in the
borrower provided that each of the
conditions specified in paragraphs
(a)(2)(i) through (iv) of this section is
met.
(i) The lender does not have an
ownership interest in the borrower prior
to the guaranteed loan application.
(ii) The lender does not take a
controlling interest in the borrower.
(iii) The lender cannot provide equity
or take an ownership interest in a
borrower at a level that would result in
the lender owning 20 percent or more
interest in the borrower.
(iv) In its guaranteed loan application,
the lender provides an Agencyapproved exit strategy when the NMTCs
expire after the seventh year. The CDE’s
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
36010
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
(or sub-CDE’s) exit strategy must
include a general plan to address the
lender’s equity in the project, and, if the
lender will divest its equity interest,
how this will be accomplished and the
impact on the borrower.
(3) Notwithstanding § 4279.117(p), a
CDE’s (or sub-CDE’s) ownership interest
in the borrower does not constitute a
conflict of interest. The Agency will
mitigate the potential for or appearance
of a conflict of interest by requiring
appropriate loan covenants regarding
limitations on dividends and
distributions of earnings be established,
as well as other covenants in accordance
with § 4279.161(b)(11). The Agency will
also ensure that the lender limits
waivers of loan covenants and future
modifications of loan documents.
(4) For purposes of calculating
tangible balance sheet equity, the CDE’s
or sub-CDE’s loan that is subordinated
to the guaranteed loan will be
considered equity when calculating
tangible balance sheet equity. The
QALICB’s financial statements must be
prepared in accordance with GAAP.
(b) Loan guarantees for the leveraged
lender. The provisions of § 4279.117(s)
notwithstanding, a sub-CDE may be an
eligible borrower as specified in
paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
Paragraphs (b)(2) through (13) of this
section identify modifications to subpart
B of this part that apply when the
eligible borrower is a sub-CDE.
(1) To be an eligible borrower for a
NMTC loan, each of the following
conditions must be met:
(i) The sub-CDE must be established
for a single specific NMTC investment;
(ii) The lender is not an affiliate of the
sub-CDE;
(iii) One hundred percent of the
guaranteed loan funds are or will be
loaned by the sub-CDE to the QALICB,
as defined by applicable regulations of
the Internal Revenue Service and are or
will be used by the QALICB in
accordance with §§ 4279.113 and
4279.117. All of the B&I guaranteed loan
funds must be ‘‘passed through’’ the
sub-CDE to the QALICB through a direct
tracing method. The QALICB’s project
must be the ultimate use of the B&I
guaranteed loan funds; and
(iv) The QALICB meets the
requirements of § 4279.108.
(2) The provisions of § 4279.119 apply
except that the loan guarantee limits
apply to the QALICB and not to the subCDE, who would otherwise be
understood to be the ‘‘borrower.’’
(3) Section 4279.126 applies to both
the borrower (sub-CDE) and the
QALICB. The terms and payment
schedule of the lender’s loan to the subCDE must be at least equal to the terms
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
and payment schedule of the sub-CDE’s
loan to the QALICB. An Agency
approved unequal or escalating
schedule of principal and interest
payments may be used for a NMTC loan.
The lender may require additional
principal repayment by a co-borrower,
such as an owner or principal of the
QALICB. The lender or sub-CDE may
require a debt repayment reserve fund
or sinking fund; however, such fund is
not in lieu of a principal repayment
schedule in accordance with § 4279.126
as amended by this paragraph.
(4) Except for § 4279.131(b), section
4279.131 applies to both the lender’s
loan to the sub-CDE and the sub-CDE’s
loan to the QALICB. Section 4279.131(b)
applies only to the sub-CDE’s loan to the
QALICB. Section 4279.116(a)(4) also
applies when calculating tangible
balance sheet equity.
(5) The personal and corporate
guarantee provisions of § 4279.132 and
the insurance provisions of § 4279.136
apply only to the QALICB and the subCDE’s loan to the QALICB.
(6) Section 4279.137 applies to both
the borrower (sub-CDE) and the
QALICB.
(7) Sections 4279.144 and 4279.150
apply to both the QALICB and the subCDE’s loan to the QALICB.
(8) Section 4279.161 applies to both
the borrower (sub-CDE) and the
QALICB. As part of the application
completed by the lender in accordance
with § 4279.161, the application
documentation must include
comparable information for the loan
(using the B&I guaranteed loan funds)
between the sub-CDE and QALICB. The
requirements of § 4279.161 apply to the
loan application, application analysis
and underwriting, and loan documents
between the sub-CDE and QALICB. The
lender must include these materials in
its guaranteed loan application to the
Agency.
(9) The environmental requirements
specified in § 4279.165(b) apply to both
the loan between the sub-CDE and
QALICB and the QALICB’s project.
(10) When assigning the priority score
to a NMTC loan application under
§ 4279.166, the Agency will score the
project based on the sub-CDE’s loan to
the QALICB, the QALICB, and the
QALICB’s project as the ultimate use of
B&I guaranteed loan funds.
(11) When complying with the
planning and performing development
provisions in § 4279.167, the lender is
responsible for ensuring that both the
sub-CDE’s loan to the QALICB and the
QALICB’s project comply with the
provisions in § 4279.167.
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(12) Section 4279.180 applies to both
the sub-CDE (borrower) and the
QALICB.
(13) Section 4279.181 applies to both
the sub-CDE (borrower) and the
QALICB.
§ 4279.117
types.
Ineligible purposes and entity
(a) Distribution or payment to an
individual or entity that will retain an
ownership interest in the borrower or
distribution or payment to a beneficiary
of the borrower. Distribution or payment
to a member of the immediate family of
an owner, partner, or stockholder will
not be permitted, except for a change in
ownership of the business where the
selling immediate family member does
not retain an ownership interest and the
Agency determines the price paid to be
reasonable. As this type of transaction is
not an arm’s length transaction,
reasonableness of the price paid will be
based upon an appraisal. In situations
where there is common ownership or an
otherwise closely-related company is
being paid to do construction or
installation work for a borrower, only
documented costs associated with
construction or installation can be paid
with loan proceeds. Documented
construction or installation costs may
not include any profit or wages to a
related person, and all work must be
done at cost with no profit built into the
cost. This paragraph does not apply to
transfers of ownership for ESOPs or
worker cooperatives, to cooperatives
where the cooperative pays the member
for product or services, or where
member stock is transferred among
members of the cooperative in
accordance with § 4279.115.
(b) Projects in excess of $1 million
that would likely result in the transfer
of jobs from one area to another and
increase direct employment by more
than 50 employees. However, this
limitation is not to be construed to
prohibit assistance for the expansion of
an existing business entity through the
establishment of a new branch, affiliate,
or subsidiary of such entity if the
establishment of such branch, affiliate,
or subsidiary will not result in an
increase in unemployment in the area of
original location or in any other area
where such entity conducts business
operations, unless there is reason to
believe that such branch, affiliate, or
subsidiary is being established with the
intention of closing down the operations
of the existing business entity in the
area or its original location or in any
other area where it conducts such
operations.
(c) Projects in excess of $1 million
that would increase direct employment
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
by more than 50 employees, which is
calculated to or likely to result in an
increase in the production of goods,
materials, or commodities, or the
availability of services or facilities in the
area, when there is not sufficient
demand for such goods, materials,
commodities, services, or facilities to
employ the efficient capacity of existing
competitive commercial or industrial
enterprises, unless such financial or
other assistance will not have an
adverse effect upon existing competitive
enterprises in the area.
(d) The financing of timeshares,
residential trailer parks, housing
development sites, apartments,
duplexes, or other residential housing,
except as authorized in § 4279.113(d).
(e) Owner-occupied housing, such as
bed and breakfasts, hotels and motels,
storage facilities, etc., are only allowed
when the pro rata value of the owner’s
living quarters, based on square footage,
is deducted from the use of loan
proceeds.
(f) Guaranteeing lease payments or
any lines of credit.
(g) Guaranteeing loans made by other
Federal agencies.
(h) Loans made with the proceeds of
any obligation the interest on which is
excludable from income under 26 U.S.C.
103 or a successor statute. Funds
generated through the issuance of taxexempt obligations shall neither be used
to purchase the guaranteed portion of
any Agency guaranteed loan nor shall
an Agency guaranteed loan serve as
collateral for a tax-exempt issue. The
Agency may guarantee a loan for a
project that involves tax-exempt
financing only when the guaranteed
loan funds are used to finance a part of
the project that is separate and distinct
from the part that is financed by the taxexempt obligation, and the guaranteed
loan has at least a parity security
position with the tax-exempt obligation.
(i) Guarantees supporting inherently
religious activities, such as worship,
religious instruction, proselytization, or
to pay costs associated with acquisition,
construction, or rehabilitation of
structures for inherently religious
activities, including the financing of
multi-purpose facilities where religious
activities will be among the activities
conducted.
(j) Businesses that derive more than
10 percent of annual gross revenue
(including any lease income from space
or machines) from gambling activity,
excluding State-authorized lottery
proceeds.
(k) Businesses deriving income from
activities of a prurient sexual nature or
illegal activities.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
(l) Racetracks or facilities for the
conduct of races by animals,
professional or amateur drivers, jockeys,
etc.
(m) Golf courses and golf course
infrastructure, including par 3 and
executive golf courses.
(n) Cemeteries.
(o) Research and development
projects and projects that involve
technology that is not commercially
available.
(p) Any project that the Agency
determines creates a conflict of interest
or an appearance thereof between any
party related to the project.
(q) Guarantees where the lender or
any of the lender’s officers has an
ownership interest in the borrower or is
an officer or director of the borrower or
where the borrower or any of its officers,
directors, stockholders, or other owners
have more than a 5 percent ownership
interest in the lender. Any of the
lender’s directors, stockholders, or other
owners that are officers, directors,
stockholders, or other owners of the
borrower must be recused from the
decisionmaking process.
(r) Other than cooperative stock
purchase loans and cooperative equity
security guarantees in accordance with
§ 4279.115, guarantees supporting
investment or arbitrage or speculative
real estate investment.
(s) Lending institutions, investment
institutions, or insurance companies.
(t) Charitable or fraternal
organizations. Businesses that derive
more than 10 percent of annual gross
revenue from tax deductible charitable
donations, based on historical financial
statements required by § 4279.161(b),
are considered charitable organizations
for the purpose of this paragraph. Fees
for services rendered or that are
otherwise ineligible for deduction under
the Internal Revenue Code are not
considered tax deductible charitable
donations.
(u) Any business located within the
Coastal Barriers Resource System that
does not qualify for an exception as
defined in section 6 of the Coastal
Barriers Resource Act, 16 U.S.C. 3501 et
seq.
(v) Any business located in a special
flood or mudslide hazard area as
designated by the Federal Emergency
Management Agency in a community
that is not participating in the National
Flood Insurance Program unless the
project is an integral part of a
community’s flood control plan.
(w) Any project that drains, dredges,
fills, levels, or otherwise manipulates a
wetland or engages in any activity that
results in impairing or reducing the
flow, circulation, or reach of water,
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
36011
except in the case of activity related to
the maintenance of previously
converted wetlands. This does not apply
to loans for utility lines.
§ 4279.118
[Reserved]
§ 4279.119
Loan guarantee limits.
(a) Loan amount. The total amount of
B&I loans to one borrower (including
the guaranteed and unguaranteed
portions, the outstanding principal and
interest balance of any existing B&I
guaranteed loans, and the new loan
request) must not exceed $10 million,
except as outlined in paragraphs (a)(1)
and (2) of this section. In addition to the
borrower loan limit, there is a guarantor
loan limit of $50 million.
(1) The Administrator may, at the
Administrator’s discretion, grant an
exception to the $10 million limit for
loans of $25 million or less under the
following circumstances:
(i) The project to be financed is a
high-priority project as defined in
§ 4279.2. Priority points will be awarded
in accordance with the criteria
contained in § 4279.166;
(ii) The lender must document to the
satisfaction of the Agency that the loan
will not be made and the project will
not be completed if the guaranteed loan
is not approved; and
(iii) The percentage of guarantee will
not exceed 60 percent. No exception to
this requirement will be approved under
paragraph (b) of this section for loans
exceeding $10 million.
(2) The Secretary, whose authority
may not be redelegated, may approve
guaranteed loans in excess of $25
million, at the Secretary’s discretion, for
rural cooperative organizations that
process value-added agricultural
commodities in accordance with
§ 4279.113(j)(1).
(b) Percentage of guarantee. The
percentage of guarantee, up to the
maximum allowed by this section, is a
matter of negotiation between the lender
and the Agency. The maximum
percentage of guarantee is 80 percent for
loans of $5 million or less, 70 percent
for loans between $5 and $10 million,
and 60 percent for loans exceeding $10
million. For subsequent guaranteed
loans, the maximum percentage of
guarantee will be based on the
cumulative amount of outstanding
principal and interest of any existing
B&I guaranteed loans and the new loan
request. Notwithstanding the preceding,
the Administrator may, at the
Administrator’s discretion, grant an
exception allowing guarantees of up to
90 percent on loans of $5 million or less
if the conditions of either paragraph
(b)(1) or (b)(2) are met. Each fiscal year,
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
36012
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
the Agency will establish a limit on the
maximum portion of guarantee
authority available for that fiscal year
that may be used to guarantee loans
with an increased percentage of
guarantee. The Agency will publish a
notice announcing this limit in the
Federal Register.
(1) The project to be financed is a
high-priority project as defined in
§ 4279.2. Priority points will be awarded
in accordance with the criteria
contained in § 4279.166; or
(2) The lender documents, to the
satisfaction of the Agency, that the loan
will not be made and the project will
not be completed due to the bank’s legal
or regulatory lending limit if the higher
percentage of guarantee is not approved.
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
§ 4279.120
Fees and charges.
There are two types of non-refundable
fees—the guarantee fee and the annual
renewal fee. These fees are to be paid by
the lender but may be passed on to the
borrower.
(a) Guarantee fee. The guarantee fee is
paid at the time the Loan Note
Guarantee is issued and may be
included as an eligible use of
guaranteed loan proceeds. The amount
of the guarantee fee is determined by
multiplying the total loan amount by the
guarantee fee rate by the percentage of
guarantee. The rate of the guarantee fee
is established by the Agency in an
annual notice published in the Federal
Register. Subject to annual limits set by
the Agency in the published notice, the
Agency may charge a reduced guarantee
fee if requested by the lender for loans
of $5 million or less when the
borrower’s business:
(1) Supports value-added agriculture
and results in farmers benefiting
financially,
(2) Promotes access to healthy foods,
or
(3) Is a high impact business
development investment as defined in
§ 4279.2 and applied in accordance with
§ 4279.166(b)(4) and is located in a rural
community that:
(i) Is experiencing long-term
population decline;
(ii) Has remained in poverty for the
last 30 years;
(iii) Is experiencing trauma as a result
of natural disaster;
(iv) Is located in a city or county with
an unemployment rate 125 percent of
the Statewide rate or greater; or
(v) Is located within the boundaries of
a federally recognized Indian tribe’s
reservation or within tribal trust lands
or within land owned by an Alaska
Native Regional or Village Corporation
as defined by the Alaska Native Claims
Settlement Act.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
(b) Annual renewal fee. The annual
renewal fee is paid by the lender to the
Agency once a year. Payment of the
annual renewal fee is required in order
to maintain the enforceability of the
guarantee as to the lender.
(1) The Agency will establish the rate
of the annual renewal fee in an annual
notice published in the Federal
Register. The amount of the annual
renewal fee is determined by
multiplying the outstanding principal
loan balance as of December 31 of each
year by the annual renewal fee rate by
the percentage of guarantee. The rate
that is in effect at the time the loan is
obligated remains in effect for the life of
the guarantee on the loan.
(2) Annual renewal fees are due on
January 31. Payments not received by
April 1 are considered delinquent and,
at the Agency’s discretion, may result in
the Agency terminating the guarantee to
the lender. The Agency will provide the
lender 30 calendar days’ notice that the
annual renewal fee is delinquent before
terminating the guarantee. Holders’
rights will continue in effect as
specified in Form RD 4279–5, ‘‘Loan
Note Guarantee,’’ and Form RD 4279–6,
‘‘Assignment Guarantee Agreement,’’
unless the holder took possession of an
interest in the Loan Note Guarantee
knowing the annual renewal fee had not
been paid. Until the Loan Note
Guarantee is terminated by the Agency,
any delinquent annual renewal fees will
bear interest at the note rate, and any
delinquent annual renewal fees,
including any interest due thereon, will
be deducted from any loss payment due
the lender. For loans where the Loan
Note Guarantee is issued between
October 1 and December 31, the first
annual renewal fee payment is due
January 31 of the second year following
the date the Loan Note Guarantee was
issued.
(3) Lenders are prohibited from
selling guaranteed loans on the
secondary market if there are unpaid
annual renewal fees.
(c) Routine lender fees. The lender
may establish charges and fees for the
loan provided they are similar to those
normally charged other applicants for
the same type of loan in the ordinary
course of business, and these fees are an
eligible use of loan proceeds. The lender
must document such routine fees on
Form RD 4279–1, ‘‘Application for Loan
Guarantee.’’ The lender may charge
prepayment penalties and late payment
fees that are stipulated in the loan
documents, as long as they are
reasonable and customary; however, the
Loan Note Guarantee will not cover
either prepayment penalties or late
payment fees.
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(d) Professional services. Professional
services are those rendered by persons
generally licensed or certified by States
or accreditation associations, such as
architects, engineers, accountants,
attorneys, or appraisers, and those
rendered by loan packagers. The
borrower may pay fees for professional
services needed for planning and
developing a project. Such fees are an
eligible use of loan proceeds provided
that the Agency agrees that the amounts
are reasonable and customary. The
lender must document these fees on
Form RD 4279–1.
§§ 4279.121–4279.124
§ 4279.125
[Reserved]
Interest rates.
The interest rate for the guaranteed
loan will be negotiated between the
lender and the borrower and may be
either fixed or variable, or a
combination thereof, as long as it is a
legal rate. Interest rates will not be more
than those rates customarily charged
borrowers for loans without guarantees
and are subject to Agency review and
approval. Lenders are encouraged to
utilize the secondary market and pass
interest-rate savings on to the borrower.
(a) A variable interest rate must be a
rate that is tied to a published base rate,
published in a national or regional
financial publication, agreed to by the
lender and the Agency. The variable
interest rate must be specified in the
promissory note and may be adjusted at
different intervals during the term of the
loan, but the adjustments may not be
more often than quarterly. The lender
must incorporate, within the variable
rate promissory note at loan closing, the
provision for adjustment of payment
installments. The lender must fully
amortize the outstanding principal
balance within the prescribed loan
maturity in order to eliminate the
possibility of a balloon payment at the
end of the loan.
(b) It is permissible to have different
interest rates on the guaranteed and
unguaranteed portions of the loan
provided that the rate of the guaranteed
portion does not exceed the rate on the
unguaranteed portion, except for
situations where a fixed rate on the
guaranteed portion becomes a higher
rate than the variable rate on the
unguaranteed portion due to the normal
fluctuations in the approved variable
interest rate.
(c) Any change in the base rate or
fixed interest rate between issuance of
Form RD 4279–3, ‘‘Conditional
Commitment,’’ and Form RD 4279–5
must be approved in writing by the
Agency. Approval of such change must
be shown as an amendment to the
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
Conditional Commitment in accordance
with § 4279.173(b) and must be reflected
on Form RD 1980–19, ‘‘Guaranteed Loan
Closing Report.’’
(d) The lender’s promissory note must
not contain provisions for default or
penalty interest nor will default or
penalty interest, interest on interest, or
late payment fees or charges be paid
under the Loan Note Guarantee.
§ 4279.126
Loan terms.
(a) The length of the loan term must
be the same for both the guaranteed and
unguaranteed portions of the loan. The
maximum repayment for loans for real
estate will not exceed 30 years;
machinery and equipment repayment
will not exceed the useful life of the
machinery and equipment or 15 years,
whichever is less; and working capital
repayment will not exceed 7 years. The
term for a debt refinancing loan may be
based on the collateral the lender will
take to secure the loan.
(b) A loan’s maturity will take into
consideration the use of proceeds, the
useful life of assets being financed and
those used as collateral, and the
borrower’s ability to repay the loan.
(c) Only loans that require a periodic
payment schedule that will retire the
debt over the term of the loan without
a balloon payment will be guaranteed.
(d) The first installment of principal
and interest will, if possible, be
scheduled for payment after the facility
is operational and has begun to generate
income. However, the first full
installment must be due and payable
within 3 years from the date of the
promissory note and be paid at least
annually thereafter. In cases where there
is an interest-only period, interest will
be paid at least annually from the date
of the note.
(e) There must be no ‘‘due-ondemand’’ clauses without cause.
Regardless of any ‘‘due-on-demand’’
with cause provision in a lender’s
promissory note, the Agency must
concur in any acceleration of the loan
unless the basis for acceleration is
monetary default.
§§ 4279.127–4279.130
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
§ 4279.131
[Reserved]
Credit quality.
The Agency will only guarantee loans
that are sound and that have a
reasonable assurance of repayment. The
lender is responsible for conducting a
financial analysis that involves the
systematic examination and
interpretation of information to assess a
company’s past performance, present
condition, and future viability. The
lender is primarily responsible for
determining credit quality and must
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
address all of the elements of credit
quality in a comprehensive, written
credit analysis, including capacity
(sufficient cash flow to service the debt),
collateral (assets to secure the loan),
conditions (borrower, economy, and
industry), capital (equity/net worth),
and character (integrity of management),
as further described in paragraphs (a)
through (e) of this section. The lender’s
analysis is the central underwriting
document and must be sufficiently
detailed to describe the proposed loan
and business situation and document
that the proposed loan is sound. The
lender’s analysis must include a written
discussion of repayment ability with a
cash-flow analysis, history of debt
repayment, borrower’s management,
necessity of any debt refinancing, and
credit reports of the borrower,
principals, and any parent, affiliate, or
subsidiary. The lender’s analysis must
also include spreadsheets and
discussion of the 3 years of historical
balance sheets and income statements
(for existing businesses) and 2 years of
projected balance sheets, income
statements, and cash flow statements,
with appropriate ratios and comparisons
with industrial standards (such as Dun
& Bradstreet or the Risk Management
Association). All data must be shown in
total dollars and also in common size
form, obtained by expressing all balance
sheet items as a percentage of assets and
all income and expense items as a
percentage of sales.
(a) Capacity/cash flow. The lender
must make all efforts to ensure the
borrower has adequate working capital
or operating capital and to structure or
restructure debt so that the borrower has
adequate debt coverage and the ability
to accommodate expansion.
(b) Collateral. The lender must ensure
that the collateral for the loan has a
documented value sufficient to protect
the interest of the lender and the
Agency. The discounted collateral value
must be at least equal to the loan
amount.
(1) The lender must discount
collateral consistent with the sound
loan-to-discounted value policy
outlined in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through
(iv) of this section. The type, quality,
and location of collateral are relevant
factors used to assess collateral
adequacy and appropriate levels of
discounting. Other factors to be
considered in the discounted value of
collateral must include the
marketability and alternative uses of the
collateral. That is, specialized buildings
or equipment will be discounted greater
than multi-purpose facilities or
equipment. When using discounts other
than those outlined in paragraphs
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
36013
(b)(1)(i) through (b)(1)(iv) and when in
accordance with paragraph (b)(2), the
lender must document why such
discounts are appropriate.
(i) A maximum of 80 percent of
current fair market value will be given
to real estate. Special purpose real estate
must be assigned less value.
(ii) A maximum of 70 percent of cost
or current fair market value will be
given to machinery, equipment, and
furniture and fixtures and will be based
on its marketability, mobility, useful
life, specialization, and alternative uses,
if any.
(iii) A maximum of 60 percent of book
value will be assigned to acceptable
inventory and accounts receivable;
however, all accounts over 90 days past
due, contra accounts, affiliated
accounts, and other accounts deemed
not to be acceptable collateral, as
determined by the Agency, will be
omitted. Calculations to determine the
percentage to be applied in the analysis
are to be based on the realizable value
of the accounts receivable taken from a
current aging of accounts receivable
from the borrower’s most recent
financial statement. At a minimum,
reviewed annual financial statements
will be required when there is a
predominant reliance on inventory and/
or receivable collateral that exceeds
$250,000. Except for working capital
loans, term debt must not be dependent
upon accounts receivable and inventory
to meet collateral requirements.
(iv) No value will be assigned to
unsecured personal, partnership, or
corporate guarantees.
(2) Some businesses are
predominantly cash-flow oriented, and
where cash flow and profitability are
strong, loan-to-value discounts may be
adjusted accordingly with satisfactory
documentation. A loan primarily based
on cash flow must be supported by a
successful and documented financial
history. Under no circumstances must
the loan-to-value of the collateral (loanto-fair market value) ever be equal to or
greater than 100 percent.
(3) Intangible assets cannot serve as
primary collateral.
(4) A parity or junior lien position
may be considered provided the loan-todiscounted value is adequate to secure
the guaranteed loan in accordance with
this section.
(5) The entire loan must be secured by
the same security with equal lien
priority for the guaranteed and
unguaranteed portions of the loan. The
unguaranteed portion of the loan will
neither be paid first nor given any
preference or priority over the
guaranteed portion.
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
36014
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
(c) Conditions. The lender must
consider the current status of the
borrower, overall economy, and
industry for which credit is being
extended. The regulatory environment
surrounding the particular business or
industry must also be considered.
Businesses in areas of decline will be
required to provide strong business
plans that outline how they differ from
the current trends. Local, regional, and
national condition of the industry must
be addressed.
(d) Capital/equity. (1) A minimum of
10 percent tangible balance sheet equity
(or a maximum debt to tangible net
worth ratio of 9:1) will be required at
loan closing for borrowers that are
existing businesses. A minimum of 20
percent tangible balance sheet equity (or
a maximum debt to tangible net worth
ratio of 4:1) will be required at loan
closing for borrowers that are new
businesses. For energy projects, the
minimum tangible balance sheet equity
requirement range will be between 25
percent and 40 percent (or a maximum
debt to tangible net worth ratio between
3:1 and 1.5:1) at loan closing,
considering whether the business is an
existing business with a successful
financial and management history or a
new business; the value of personal/
corporate guarantees offered;
contractual relationships with suppliers
and buyers; credit rating; and strength of
the business plan/feasibility study.
(2) Tangible balance sheet equity will
be determined based upon financial
statements prepared in accordance with
GAAP. The capital/equity requirement
must be met in the form of either cash
or tangible earning assets contributed to
the business and reflected on the
borrower’s balance sheet. Transfers of
assets at fair market value between
related parties, which are not arm’s
length transactions, must be in
accordance with GAAP and require
evidence that the transaction was
entered into at market terms. Tangible
equity cannot include appraisal surplus,
bargain purchase gains, or intangible
assets. Owner subordinated debt may be
included when the subordinated debt is
in exchange for cash injected into the
business that remains in the business for
the life of the guaranteed loan. The note
or other form of evidence must be
submitted to the Agency in order for
subordinated debt to count towards
meeting the tangible balance sheet
equity requirement.
(3) The lender must certify, in
accordance with § 4279.181(a)(9)(i), that
the capital/equity requirement was
determined, based on a balance sheet
prepared in accordance with GAAP, and
met, as of the date the guaranteed loan
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
was closed, giving effect to the entirety
of the loan in the calculation, whether
or not the loan itself is fully advanced.
A copy of the loan closing balance sheet
must be included with the lender’s
certification.
(4) In situations where a real estate
holding company and an operating
entity are dependent upon one another’s
operations and are effectively one
business, they must be co-borrowers,
unless waived by the Agency when the
Agency determines that adequate
justification exists to not require the
entities to be co-borrowers. The capital/
equity requirement will apply to all
borrowing entities on a consolidated
basis, and financial statements must be
prepared both individually and on a
consolidated basis.
(5) In situations where co-borrowers
are independent operations, the capital/
equity requirement will apply to all coborrowers on an individual basis.
(6) For sole proprietorships and other
situations where business assets are
held personally, financial statements
must be prepared using only the assets
and liabilities directly attributable to the
business. Assets, plus any
improvements, must be valued at the
lower of cost or fair market value.
(7) Increases in the equity
requirement may be imposed by the
Agency. A reduction in the capital/
equity requirement for existing
businesses may be permitted by the
Administrator under the following
conditions:
(i) Collateralized personal and/or
corporate guarantees, in accordance
with § 4279.132, when feasible and
legally permissible, are obtained; and
(ii) All pro forma and historical
financial statements indicate the
business to be financed meets or
exceeds the median quartile (as
identified in the Risk Management
Association’s Annual Statement Studies
or similar publication) for the current
ratio, quick ratio, debt-to-worth ratio,
and debt coverage ratio.
(e) Character. The lender must
conduct a thorough review of key
management personnel to ensure that
the business has adequately trained and
experienced managers. The borrower
and all owners with a 20 percent or
more ownership interest must have a
good credit history, reflecting a record
of meeting obligations in a timely
manner. If there have been credit
problems in the past, the lender must
provide a satisfactory explanation to
show that the problems are unlikely to
recur.
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
§ 4279.132 Personal and corporate
guarantees.
(a) Full, unconditional personal and/
or corporate guarantees for the full term
of the loan are required from those
owning 20 percent or more interest in
the borrower, where legally permissible,
unless the Agency grants an exception.
The Agency may grant an exception for
existing businesses only when the
lender requests it and documents to the
Agency’s satisfaction that collateral,
equity, cash flow and profitability
indicate an above-average ability to
repay the loan. Partial guarantees for the
full term of the loan at least equal to
each owner’s percentage of interest in
the borrower times the loan amount may
be required in lieu of full, unconditional
guarantees when the guarantors’
percentages equal 100 percent so that
the loan is fully guaranteed.
(b) When warranted by an Agency
assessment of potential financial risk,
the Agency may require the following:
(1) Guarantees to be secured;
(2) Guarantees of parent, subsidiaries,
or affiliated companies owning less than
a 20 percent interest in the borrower;
and
(3) Guarantees from persons whose
ownership interest in the borrower is
held indirectly through intermediate
entities.
(c) All personal and corporate
guarantors must execute Form RD 4279–
14, ‘‘Unconditional Guarantee,’’ and any
guarantee form required by the lender.
The Agency will retain the original,
executed Form RD 4279–14.
(1) Any amounts paid by the Agency
on behalf of an Agency guaranteed loan
borrower will constitute a Federal debt
owed to the Agency by the guaranteed
loan borrower.
(2) Any amounts paid by the Agency
pursuant to a claim by a guaranteed
program lender will constitute a Federal
debt owed to the Agency by a guarantor
of the loan, to the extent of the amount
of the guarantor’s guarantee.
(3) In all instances under paragraphs
(c)(1) and (2) of this section, interest
charges will be assessed in accordance
with 7 CFR 1951.133.
§§ 4279.133–4279.135
§ 4279.136
[Reserved]
Insurance.
The lender is responsible for ensuring
that required insurance is maintained by
the borrower.
(a) Hazard. Hazard insurance with a
standard clause naming the lender as
mortgagee or loss payee, as applicable,
is required for the life of the guaranteed
loan. The amount must be at least equal
to the replacement value of the
collateral or the outstanding balance of
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
the loan, whichever is the greater
amount.
(b) Life. The lender may require a
collateral assignment of life insurance to
insure against the risk of death of
persons critical to the success of the
business. When required, coverage must
be in amounts necessary to provide for
management succession or to protect the
business. The Agency may require life
insurance on key individuals for loans
where the lender has not otherwise
proposed such coverage. The cost of
insurance and its effect on the
applicant’s working capital must be
considered, as well as the amount of
existing insurance that could be
assigned without requiring additional
expense.
(c) Worker compensation. Worker
compensation insurance is required in
accordance with State law.
(d) Flood. National flood insurance is
required in accordance with applicable
law.
(e) Other. The lender must consider
whether public liability, business
interruption, malpractice, and other
insurance is appropriate to the
borrower’s particular business and
circumstances and must require the
borrower to obtain such insurance as is
necessary to protect the interests of the
borrower, the lender, or the Agency.
§ 4279.137
Financial statements.
Except for audited financial
statements required by § 4279.71, the
lender will determine the type and
frequency of submission of financial
statements by the borrower and any
guarantors. At a minimum, annual
financial statements prepared by an
accountant in accordance with GAAP
are required, except for personal
financial statements and cooperative
stock purchase loans in accordance with
§ 4279.115(a) that do not have to be
prepared in accordance with GAAP.
However, if the loan amount exceeds
$10 million or if circumstances warrant,
the Agency may require annual audited
financial statements.
§§ 4279.138–4279.143
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
§ 4279.144
[Reserved]
Appraisals.
Lenders must obtain appraisals for
real estate and chattel collateral when
the value of the collateral exceeds
$250,000. For collateral values under
this threshold, lenders must follow their
primary regulator’s policies relating to
appraisals and evaluations or, if the
lender is not regulated, normal banking
practices and generally accepted
methods of determining value. Lenders
must use the fair market value as
established by the appraisal and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
discounting policies outlined in
§ 4279.131(b) to meet the discounted
collateral coverage requirements of this
subpart. Lenders are responsible for
ensuring that appraisal values
adequately reflect the actual value of the
collateral. The Agency will require
documentation that the appraiser has
the necessary experience and
competency to appraise the property in
question. Appraisals must not be more
than 1 year old, and a more recent
appraisal may be requested by the
Agency in order to reflect more current
market conditions. For loan servicing
purposes, an appraisal may be updated
in lieu of a complete new appraisal
when the original appraisal is more than
1 year old but less than 2 years old.
Failure by the lender to follow these
requirements will be considered not
acting in a reasonably prudent manner.
(a) All real property appraisals
associated with Agency guaranteed
loanmaking and servicing transactions
must meet the requirements contained
in the Financial Institutions Reform,
Recovery and Enforcement Act
(FIRREA) of 1989, and the appropriate
guidelines contained in Standards 1 and
2 of the Uniform Standards of
Professional Appraisal Practices
(USPAP) and be performed by a State
Certified General Appraiser.
Notwithstanding any exemption that
may exist for transactions guaranteed by
a Federal government agency, all
appraisals obtained by the lender for
loanmaking and servicing must conform
to the Interagency Appraisal and
Evaluations Guidelines established by
the lender’s primary Federal or State
regulator. All appraisals must include
consideration of the potential effects
from a release of hazardous substances
or petroleum products or other
environmental hazards on the fair
market value of the collateral, if
applicable. The lender must complete
and submit its technical review of the
appraisal. For construction projects, the
lender must use the ‘‘as-completed’’
market value of the real estate to
determine value of the real estate
property.
(b) Values of both tangible and
intangible assets, including values
attributed to business valuation or as a
going concern, must be reported
individually/separately in the appraisal
as values attributed to business
valuation or as a going concern will be
deducted from the reconciled fair
market value of the hard assets for
purposes of calculating collateral
coverage.
(c) Chattels with values under the
$250,000 threshold must be evaluated in
accordance with the lender’s primary
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
36015
regulator’s policies relating to appraisals
and evaluations or, if the lender is not
regulated, normal banking practices and
generally accepted methods of
determining value. Chattel appraisals
must reflect the age, condition, and
remaining useful life of the equipment.
If the appraisal is completed by a State
licensed/certified appraiser, the
appraisal report must comply with
USPAP Standards 7 and 8.
§§ 4279.145–4279.149
§ 4279.150
[Reserved]
Feasibility studies.
A feasibility study, by a qualified
independent consultant acceptable to
the Agency, is required for new
businesses. The Agency may require a
feasibility study for existing businesses
when the project will significantly affect
the borrower’s operations, and cash flow
from the existing facility is not
sufficient to service the new debt. At a
minimum, a feasibility study must
include an evaluation of the economic,
market, technical, financial, and
management feasibility and an
executive summary that reaches an
overall conclusion as to the business’
chance of success. The income approach
of an appraisal is not an acceptable
feasibility study.
§§ 4279.151–4279.160
[Reserved]
§ 4279.161 Filing preapplications and
applications.
Borrowers and lenders are encouraged
to file preapplications and obtain
Agency comments before completing an
application. However, if they prefer,
borrowers and lenders may file a
complete application without filing a
preapplication. The Agency will neither
accept nor process preapplications and
applications unless a lender has agreed
to finance the proposal. For borrowers
other than individuals, a Dun and
Bradstreet Universal Numbering System
(DUNS) number is required, which can
be obtained online at https://fedgov/
dnd.com/webform. Guaranteed loans
exceeding $600,000 must be submitted
under the requirements specified in
paragraph (b) of this section. However,
guaranteed loans of $600,000 and less
may be submitted under the
requirements of either paragraph (b) or
(c) of this section.
(a) Preapplications. Lenders may file
preapplications by submitting the
following to the Agency:
(1) A letter or preliminary lender
credit analysis, signed by the lender,
containing the following:
(i) Name of the proposed borrower,
organization type, address, contact
person, Federal tax identification
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
36016
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
number, email address, and telephone
number;
(ii) Name of the proposed lender,
address, telephone number, contact
person, email address, and lender’s
Internal Revenue Service (IRS)
identification number;
(iii) Amount of the loan request,
percent of guarantee requested, and the
proposed rates and terms;
(iv) Description of collateral to be
offered with estimated value(s) and the
amount and source of equity to be
contributed to the project;
(v) A brief description of the project,
products or services provided, and
availability of raw materials and
supplies; and
(vi) The number of current full-time
equivalent jobs, the number of jobs to be
created as a result of the proposed loan,
and the overall average wage rate.
(2) The borrower’s current (not more
than 90 days old) balance sheet and
year-to-date income statement. For
existing businesses, also include
balance sheets and income statements
for the last 3 years; and
(3) A completed Form RD 4279–2,
‘‘Certification of Non-Relocation and
Market Capacity Information Report,’’ if
the proposed loan is in excess of $1
million and will increase direct
employment by more than 50
employees.
(b) Applications. Lenders must submit
the information specified in paragraphs
(b)(1) through (19) of this section when
filing an application with the Agency.
(1) A completed Form RD 4279–1.
(2) A completed Form RD 4279–2, if
the proposed loan is in excess of $1
million and will increase direct
employment by more than 50
employees, unless already submitted in
accordance with § 4279.161(a)(3).
(3) Environmental review
documentation in accordance with 7
CFR part 1970, ‘‘Environmental Policies
and Procedures,’’ or successor
regulation.
(4) A personal or commercial credit
report from an acceptable credit
reporting company for each individual
or entity owning 20 percent or more
interest in the borrower, except for those
corporations listed on a major stock
exchange. Credit reports are not
required for elected and appointed
officials when the applicant is a public
body or non-profit corporation.
(5) Commercial credit reports for the
borrower(s) and any parent, affiliate,
and subsidiary companies.
(6) Current (not more than 90 days
old) financial statements for any parent,
affiliate, and subsidiary companies.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
(7) Current (not more than 90 days
old) personal and corporate financial
statements of any guarantors.
(8) For all borrowers, a current (not
more than 90 days old) balance sheet
and year-to-date income statement, a
pro forma balance sheet projected for
loan closing, and projected balance
sheets, income statements, and cash
flow statements for the next 2 years.
Projections must be prepared in line
with GAAP standards and supported by
a list of assumptions showing the basis
for the projections. In the event
processing of the loan is not complete
within 90 days, a current set of financial
statements will be required every 90
days.
(9) For borrowers that are existing
businesses, balance sheets and income
statements for the last 3 years. If the
business has been in operation for less
than 3 years, balance sheets and income
statements for all years for which
financial information is available.
(10) The lender’s comprehensive,
written credit analysis of the proposal,
as described in § 4279.131.
(11) A draft loan agreement. A final
loan agreement must be executed by the
lender and borrower before the Agency
issues a Loan Note Guarantee and must
contain any additional requirements
imposed by the Agency in its
Conditional Commitment. The loan
agreement must establish prudent,
adequate controls to protect the interests
of the lender and Agency. At a
minimum, the following requirements
must be included in the loan agreement:
(i) Type and frequency of borrower
and guarantor financial statements to be
required for the duration of the loan;
(ii) Prohibition against assuming
liabilities or obligations of others;
(iii) Limitations on dividend
payments and compensation of officers
and owners;
(iv) Limitation on the purchase and
sale of equipment and other fixed assets;
(v) Restrictions concerning
consolidations, mergers, or other
circumstances and a limitation on
selling the business without the
concurrence of the lender;
(vi) Maximum debt-to-net worth ratio;
and
(vii) Minimum debt service coverage
ratio.
(12) Intergovernmental consultation
comments in accordance with 2 CFR
part 415, subpart C, or successor
regulation, unless exemptions have been
granted by the State single point of
contact.
(13) Appraisals, accompanied by a
copy of the appropriate environmental
site assessment, if available, and the
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
technical review of the appraisals
required by § 4279.144(a).
(14) A business plan or similar
document that must include a
description of the business and project;
management experience; sources of
capital; products, services, and pricing;
marketing plan; proposed use of funds;
availability of labor, raw materials, and
supplies; contracts in place; distribution
channels; and the names of any
corporate parent, affiliates, and
subsidiaries with a description of the
relationship. A business plan may be
omitted if the information is included in
a feasibility study. A business plan may
also be omitted when loan proceeds are
used exclusively for debt refinancing
and fees.
(15) Independent feasibility study, if
required.
(16) For companies listed on a major
stock exchange or subject to the
Securities and Exchange Commission
regulations, a copy of SEC Form 10–K,
‘‘Annual Report Pursuant to sections 13
or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934.’’
(17) For health care facilities, a
certificate of need, if required by statute
or State law.
(18) For guaranteed loan applications
for five or more residential units,
including nursing homes and assistedliving facilities, an Affirmative Fair
Housing Marketing Plan that is in
conformance with 7 CFR 1901.203(c)(3).
(19) Any additional information
required by the Agency to make a
decision, including any information
needed to score the project in
accordance with § 4279.166.
(c) Applications of $600,000 and less.
Guaranteed loan applications may be
processed under this paragraph if the
request does not exceed $600,000,
provided the Agency determines that
there is not a significant increased risk
of a default on the loan. A lender may
need to resubmit an application under
paragraph (b) of this section if the
application under this paragraph does
not contain sufficient information for
the Agency to make a decision to
guarantee the loan. Applications
submitted under this paragraph must
include the information contained in
paragraphs (b)(1) (with the short
application box marked at the top of
Form RD 4279–1), (b)(3), (b)(8) through
(10), (b)(12), and (b)(13) of this section.
The lender must have the
documentation identified in paragraph
(b) of this section, with the exception of
paragraph (b)(2), available in its file for
review.
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
§§ 4279.162–4279.164
§ 4279.165
[Reserved]
Evaluation of application.
(a) General review. The Agency will
evaluate the application and make a
determination whether the borrower is
eligible, the proposed loan is for an
eligible purpose, there is reasonable
assurance of repayment ability, there is
sufficient collateral and equity, and the
proposed loan complies with all
applicable statutes and regulations. If
the Agency determines it is unable to
guarantee the loan, it will inform the
lender in writing.
(b) Environmental requirements. The
environmental review process must be
completed, in accordance with 7 CFR
part 1970, ‘‘Environmental Policies and
Procedures,’’ or successor regulation,
prior to loan approval.
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
§ 4279.166
Loan priority scoring.
The Agency will consider
applications and preapplications in the
order they are received by the Agency;
however, for the purpose of assigning
priority points as described in
paragraph (b) of this section, the Agency
will compare an application to other
pending applications that are competing
for funding. The Agency may establish
a minimum loan priority score to fund
projects from the National Office reserve
and will publish any minimum loan
priority score in a notice published in
the Federal Register.
(a) When applications on hand
otherwise have equal priority, the
Agency will give preference to
applications for loans from qualified
veterans.
(b) The Agency will assign priority
points on the basis of the point system
contained in this section. The Agency
will use the application and supporting
information to determine an eligible
proposed project’s priority for available
guarantee authority. To the extent
possible, all lenders must consider
Agency priorities when choosing
projects for guarantee. The lender must
provide necessary information related to
determining the score, if requested.
(1) Population priority. Projects
located in an unincorporated area or in
a city with a population under 25,000
(10 points).
(2) Demographics priority. The
priority score for demographics priority
will be the total score for the following
categories:
(i) Located in an eligible area of longterm population decline according to
the last three decennial censuses (5
points);
(ii) Located in a rural county that has
had 20 percent or more of its population
living in poverty based on the last three
decennial censuses (10 points);
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
(iii) Located in a rural community that
is experiencing trauma as a result of
natural disaster (5 points);
(iv) Located in a city or county with
an unemployment rate 125 percent of
the Statewide rate or greater (5 points);
(v) Located within the boundaries of
a Federally recognized Indian tribe’s
reservation, within tribal trust lands, or
within land owned by an Alaska Native
Regional or Village Corporation as
defined by the Alaska Native Claims
Settlement Act (5 points); and
(vi) Business is owned by a qualified
veteran as defined by § 4279.2 (5
points).
(3) Loan features. The priority score
for loan features will be the total score
for each of the following categories:
(i) Lender will price the guaranteed
loan at an interest rate equal to or less
than the equivalent of the Wall Street
Journal published Prime Rate plus 1.5
percent (5 points);
(ii) Lender will price the guaranteed
loan at an interest rate equal to or less
than the equivalent of the Wall Street
Journal published Prime Rate plus 1
percent (5 points);
(iii) The Agency guaranteed loan is
less than 60 percent of project cost (5
points);
(iv) The Agency guaranteed loan is
less than 50 percent of project cost (5
points);
(v) The Agency guaranteed loan is less
than 40 percent of project cost (5
points); and
(vi) For loans not requesting an
exception under § 4279.119(b), the
percentage of guarantee is 10 or more
percentage points less than the
maximum allowable for a loan of its size
(5 points).
(4) High impact business investment
priorities. The priority score for high
impact business investment will be the
total score for the following categories:
(i) Business/industry. The priority
score for business/industry will be the
total score for the following:
(A) Industry that is not already
present in the community (5 points);
(B) Business that has 20 percent or
more of its sales in international
markets (5 points);
(C) Business that offers high value,
specialized products and/or services
that command high prices (5 points);
(D) Business that provides an
additional market for existing local
businesses (5 points);
(E) Business that is locally owned and
managed (5 points);
(F) Business that will produce a
natural resource value-added product (5
points); and
(G) Business that processes,
distributes, aggregates, stores, and/or
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
36017
markets locally or regionally produced
agricultural food products to
underserved communities in accordance
with § 4279.113(y)(5) (10 points).
(ii) Occupations. The priority score
for occupations will be the total score
for the following:
(A) Business that creates or saves jobs
with an average wage exceeding 125
percent of the Federal minimum wage (5
points);
(B) Business that creates or saves jobs
with an average wage exceeding 150
percent of the Federal minimum wage (5
points); and
(C) Business that offers a healthcare
benefits package to all employees, with
at least 50 percent of the premium paid
by the employer (5 points).
(5) Administrative points. The State
Director may assign up to 10 additional
points to an application to account for
Statewide distribution of funds, natural
disasters or economic emergency
conditions, community economic
development strategies, State strategic
plans, fundamental structural changes
in a community’s economic base, or
projects that will fulfill an Agency
initiative. In addition to the State
Director assigned points, if an
application is considered in the
National Office, the Administrator may
assign up to an additional 10 points to
account for geographic distribution of
funds, emergency conditions caused by
economic problems or natural disasters,
or projects that will fulfill an Agency
initiative.
§ 4279.167 Planning and performing
development.
(a) Design policy. The lender must
ensure that all facilities constructed
with program funds are designed, and
costs estimated, by an independent
professional, utilizing accepted
architectural, engineering, and design
practices. The Agency may require an
independent professional architect on
complex projects. The lender must
ensure the design conforms to
applicable Federal, State, and local
codes and requirements. The lender
must also ensure that the project will be
completed with available funds and,
once completed, will be used for its
intended purpose and produce in the
quality and quantity proposed in the
completed application approved by the
Agency. Once construction is
completed, the lender must provide the
Agency with a copy of the Notice of
Completion or similar document issued
by the relevant building jurisdiction.
(b) Issuing the Loan Note Guarantee
prior to project completion. If the lender
requests that the Loan Note Guarantee
be issued prior to construction or
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
36018
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
completion of a project, the lender must
have a construction monitoring plan
acceptable to the Agency and undertake
the added responsibilities set forth in
this paragraph. The lender must monitor
the progress of construction and
undertake the reviews and inspections
necessary to ensure that construction
conforms to applicable Federal, State,
and local code requirements; proceeds
are used in accordance with the
approved plans, specifications, and
contract documents; and that funds are
used for eligible project costs. The
lender must expeditiously report any
problems in project development to the
Agency.
(1) In cases of takeout of interim
financing where the Loan Note
Guarantee is issued prior to
construction or completion of a project,
the promissory note must contain the
terms and conditions of the interim
financing and the permanent financing
and convert the interim financing to the
permanent note as the Loan Note
Guarantee can only be placed on one
note.
(2) Prior to disbursement of
construction funds, the lender must
have:
(i) A complete set of plans and
specifications for the project on file;
(ii) A detailed timetable for the project
with a corresponding budget of costs
setting forth the parties responsible for
payment. The timetable and budget
must be agreed to by the borrower;
(iii) A person, who may be the project
architect or engineer, with demonstrated
experience relating to the project’s
industry, confirm that the budget is
adequate for the planned development;
(iv) A firm, fixed-price construction
contract with an independent general
contractor with costs and provisions for
change order approvals, a retainage
percentage, and a disbursement
schedule; a 100 percent performance/
payment bond on the borrower’s
contractor; or a contract with an
independent disbursement and
monitoring firm where project
construction and completion are
guaranteed. A bonding agent must be
listed on Treasury Circular 570; and
(v) Contingencies in place to handle
unforeseen cost overruns without
seeking additional guaranteed
assistance. These are to be agreed to by
the borrower.
(3) Once construction begins, the
lender is to:
(i) Use any borrower funds in the
project first;
(ii) Ensure that the project is built to
support the functions at the level and
quality contemplated by the borrower
through the use of accepted
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
architectural and engineering practices.
There is no absolute requirement that
the goal be achieved by the use of a
professional inspection. However, if
after careful review, it appears that the
use of a professional inspector is the
only method that ensures the project is
built to support the functions at the
level and quality contemplated by the
borrower through the use of accepted
architectural and engineering practices,
one may be required by the Agency. If
one is required, inspections must be
made by a qualified, independent
inspector prior to any progress payment.
If other less expensive or rigorous
methods will achieve the same result,
they may be utilized. The decision will
be made on a case-by-case basis and
must be reasonable under the specific
circumstances of the case;
(iii) Obtain lien waivers from all
contractors and materialmen prior to
any disbursement; and
(iv) Provide at least monthly, written
reports to the Agency on fund
disbursement and project status.
(4) Once construction is completed,
the lender is to provide the Agency with
a copy of the Notice of Completion or
similar document issued by the relevant
building jurisdiction.
(c) Compliance with other Federal
laws. Lenders must comply with other
applicable Federal laws, including
Equal Employment Opportunities, the
Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair
Housing Act, and the Civil Rights Act of
1964. Guaranteed loans that involve the
construction of or addition to facilities
that accommodate the public must
comply with the Architectural Barriers
Act Accessibility Standard. The
borrower and lender are responsible for
ensuring compliance with these
requirements.
(d) Environmental responsibilities.
The lender must ensure that the
borrower has:
(1) Provided the necessary
environmental information to enable the
Agency to undertake its environmental
review process in accordance with 7
CFR part 1970, ‘‘Environmental Policies
and Procedures,’’ or successor
regulation, including the provision of all
required Federal, State, and local
permits;
(2) Complied with any mitigation
measures required by the Agency; and
(3) Not taken any actions or incurred
any obligations with respect to the
proposed project that would either limit
the range of alternatives to be
considered during the Agency’s
environmental review process or that
would have an adverse effect on the
environment.
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
§ 4279.168 Timeframe for processing
applications.
All complete guaranteed loan
applications will be approved or
disapproved within 60 days, unless
approval is prevented by a lack of
guarantee authority or there are delays
resulting from public comment
requirements of the environmental
assessment or outstanding DOL
clearance issues.
§§ 4279.169–4279.172
§ 4279.173
funds.
[Reserved]
Loan approval and obligating
(a) Upon approval of a loan guarantee,
the Agency will issue a Conditional
Commitment to the lender, containing
conditions under which a Loan Note
Guarantee will be issued. No
Conditional Commitment can be issued
until the loan is obligated. If a Loan
Note Guarantee is not issued by the
Conditional Commitment expiration
date, the Conditional Commitment may
be extended at the request of the lender
and only if there has been no material
adverse change in the borrower or the
borrower’s financial condition since
issuance of the Conditional
Commitment. If the Conditional
Commitment is not accepted, the
Conditional Commitment may be
withdrawn and funds may be
deobligated. Likewise, if the Conditional
Commitment expires, funds may be
deobligated.
(b) If certain conditions of the
Conditional Commitment cannot be
met, the lender and borrower may
request changes to the Conditional
Commitment. Within the requirements
of the applicable regulations and
prudent lending practices, the Agency
may negotiate with the lender and the
borrower regarding any proposed
changes to the Conditional
Commitment. Any changes to the
Conditional Commitment must be
documented by written amendment to
the Conditional Commitment.
(c) The borrower must comply with
all Federal requirements then in effect
for receiving Federal assistance.
§ 4279.174
Transfer of lenders.
(a) The Agency may approve the
substitution of a new eligible lender in
place of a former lender who has been
issued and has accepted an outstanding
Conditional Commitment when the
Loan Note Guarantee has not yet been
issued, provided that there are no
changes in the borrower’s ownership or
control, loan purposes, or scope of
project, and the loan terms and
conditions in the Conditional
Commitment and the loan agreement
remain the same. Any request for a
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
transfer of lender must be submitted in
writing by the current lender, the
proposed lender, and the borrower. The
original lender must state the reason(s)
it no longer desires to be the lender for
the project.
(b) Unless the new lender is already
an approved lender, the Agency will
analyze the new lender’s servicing
capability, eligibility, and experience
prior to approving the substitution. The
substituted lender must execute a new
part B of Form 4279–1, ‘‘Application for
Loan Guarantee;’’ Form RD 4279–4,
‘‘Lender’s Agreement’’ (unless a valid
Lender’s Agreement with the Agency
already exists); and complete a new
lender’s analysis in accordance with
§ 4279.131. The new lender may also be
required to provide other updated
application items outlined in
§ 4279.161(b).
§§ 4279.175–4279.179
§ 4279.180
[Reserved]
Changes in borrower.
Any changes in borrower ownership
or organization prior to the issuance of
the Loan Note Guarantee must meet the
eligibility requirements of the program
and be approved by the Agency.
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
§ 4279.181 Conditions precedent to
issuance of the Loan Note Guarantee.
(a) The lender must not close the loan
until all conditions of the Conditional
Commitment are met. When loan
closing plans are established, the lender
must notify the Agency. Coincident
with, or immediately after loan closing,
the lender must provide the following to
the Agency:
(1) An executed Form RD 4279–4,
unless a valid Lender’s Agreement
exists that was issued after August 2,
2016;
(2) Form RD 1980–19 and appropriate
guarantee fee;
(3) Copy of the executed promissory
note(s);
(4) Copy of the executed loan
agreement;
(5) Copy of the executed settlement
statement;
(6) Original, executed Forms RD
4279–14, as required;
(7) Any other documents required to
comply with applicable law or required
by the Conditional Commitment.
(8) Borrower’s loan closing balance
sheet, supporting paragraph (a)(9)(i) of
the lender certification, demonstrating
required tangible balance sheet equity;
and
(9) The lender’s certification to each
of the following certifications:
(i) The capital/equity requirement was
determined, based on a balance sheet
prepared in accordance with GAAP, and
met, as of the date the guaranteed loan
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
was closed, giving effect to the entirety
of the loan in the calculation, whether
or not the loan itself is fully advanced.
(ii) All requirements of the
Conditional Commitment have been
met.
(iii) No major changes have been
made in the lender’s loan conditions
and requirements since the issuance of
the Conditional Commitment, unless
such changes have been approved by
the Agency in writing.
(iv) There is a reasonable prospect
that the guaranteed loan and other
project debt will be repaid on time and
in full (including interest) from project
cash flow according to the terms
proposed in the application for loan
guarantee.
(v) All planned property acquisition
has been or will be completed, all
development has been or will be
substantially completed in accordance
with plans and specifications, conforms
with applicable Federal, State, and local
codes, and costs have not exceeded the
amount approved by the lender and the
Agency.
(vi) The borrower has marketable title
to the collateral then owned by the
borrower, subject to the instrument
securing the loan to be guaranteed and
to any other exceptions approved in
writing by the Agency.
(vii) The loan has been properly
closed, and the required security
instruments have been properly
executed or will be obtained on any
acquired property that cannot be
covered initially under State law.
(viii) Lien priorities are consistent
with the requirements of the
Conditional Commitment. No claims or
liens of laborers, subcontractors,
suppliers of machinery and equipment,
materialmen, or other parties have been
filed against the collateral, and no suits
are pending or threatened that would
adversely affect the collateral.
(ix) When required, personal and/or
corporate guarantees have been obtained
in accordance with § 4279.132.
(x) The loan proceeds have been or
will be disbursed for purposes and in
amounts consistent with the
Conditional Commitment (or Agencyapproved amendment thereof) and the
application submitted to the Agency.
When applicable, the entire amount of
the loan for working capital has been
disbursed to the borrower, except in
cases where the Agency has approved
disbursement over an extended period
of time and funds are escrowed so that
the settlement statement reflects the full
amount to be disbursed.
(xi) All truth-in-lending and equal
credit opportunity requirements have
been met.
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
36019
(xii) There has been neither any
material adverse change in the
borrower’s financial condition nor any
other material adverse change in the
borrower, for any reason, during the
period of time from the Agency’s
issuance of the Conditional
Commitment to the issuance of the Loan
Note Guarantee regardless of the cause
or causes of the change and whether or
not the change or causes of the change
were within the lender’s or borrower’s
control. The lender must address any
assumptions or reservations in the
requirement and must address all
adverse changes of the borrower, any
parent, affiliate, or subsidiary of the
borrower, and guarantors.
(xiii) Neither the lender nor any of the
lender’s officers has an ownership
interest in the borrower or is an officer
or director of the borrower, and neither
the borrower nor its officers, directors,
stockholders, or other owners have more
than a 5 percent ownership interest in
the lender.
(xiv) The loan agreement includes all
measures identified in the Agency’s
environmental impact analysis for this
proposal with which the borrower must
comply for the purpose of avoiding or
reducing adverse environmental
impacts of the project’s construction or
operation.
(xv) If required, hazard, flood,
liability, workers compensation, and life
insurance are in effect.
(b) The Agency may, at its discretion,
request copies of additional loan
documents for its file.
(c) When the Agency is satisfied that
all conditions for the guarantee have
been met, the Agency will issue the
Loan Note Guarantee and the following
documents, as appropriate.
(1) Assignment Guarantee Agreement.
In the event the lender uses the single
note option and assigns the guaranteed
portion of the loan to a holder, the
lender, holder, and the Agency will
execute Form RD 4279–6 in accordance
with § 4279.75(a); and
(2) Certificate of Incumbency. If
requested by the lender, the Agency will
provide the lender with a certification
on Form RD 4279–7, ‘‘Certificate of
Incumbency and Signature,’’ of the
signature and title of the Agency official
who signs the Loan Note Guarantee,
Lender’s Agreement, and Assignment
Guarantee Agreement.
§§ 4279.182–4279.186
[Reserved]
§ 4279.187 Refusal to execute Loan Note
Guarantee.
If the Agency determines that it
cannot execute the Loan Note
Guarantee, the Agency will promptly
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
36020
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
inform the lender of the reasons and
give the lender a reasonable period
within which to satisfy the objections. If
the lender satisfies the objections within
the time allowed, the Agency will issue
the Loan Note Guarantee. If the lender
requests additional time in writing and
within the period allowed, the Agency
may grant the request.
§§ 4279.188–4279.199
§ 4279.200
[Reserved]
OMB control number.
In accordance with the Paperwork
Reduction Act of 1995, the information
collection requirements contained in
this rule have been submitted to the
Office of Management and Budget
(OMB) under OMB Control Number
0570–0069 for OMB approval.
PART 4287—SERVICING
4. The authority citation for part 4287
is revised to read as follows:
■
Authority: 5 U.S.C. 301; 7 U.S.C. 1932(a);
7 U.S.C. 1989.
■
5. Revise Subpart B to read as follows:
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
Subpart B—Servicing Business and
Industry Guaranteed Loans
Sec.
4287.101 Introduction.
4287.102 Definitions and abbreviations.
4287.103 Exception authority.
4287.104–4287.105 [Reserved]
4287.106 Appeals.
4287.107 Routine servicing.
4287.108–4287.111 [Reserved]
4287.112 Interest rate changes.
4287.113 Release of collateral.
4287.114–4287.122 [Reserved]
4287.123 Subordination of lien position.
4287.124 Alterations of loan instruments.
4287.125–4287.132 [Reserved]
4287.133 Sale of corporate stock.
4287.134 Transfer and assumption.
4287.135 Substitution of lender.
4287.136 Lender failure.
4287.137–4287.144 [Reserved]
4287.145 Default by borrower.
4287.146–4287.155 [Reserved]
4287.156 Protective advances.
4287.157 Liquidation.
4287.158 Determination of loss and
payment.
4287.159–4287.168 [Reserved]
4287.169 Future recovery.
4287.170 Bankruptcy.
4287.171–4287.179 [Reserved]
4287.180 Termination of guarantee.
4287.181–4287.199 [Reserved]
4287.200 OMB control number.
Subpart B—Servicing Business and
Industry Guaranteed Loans
§ 4287.101
Introduction.
(a) This subpart supplements subparts
A and B of part 4279 of this chapter by
providing additional requirements and
instructions for servicing and
liquidating all B&I Guaranteed Loans.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
This includes Drought and Disaster,
Disaster Assistance for Rural Business
Enterprises, Business and Industry
Disaster, and American Recovery and
Reinvestment Act guaranteed loans.
(b) The lender is responsible for
servicing the entire loan and must
remain mortgagee and secured party of
record, notwithstanding the fact that
another party may hold a portion of the
loan.
(c) Whether specifically stated or not,
whenever Agency approval is required,
it must be in writing. Copies of all forms
and regulations referenced in this
subpart may be obtained from any
Agency office and from the USDA Rural
Development Web site at https://
www.rd.usda.gov/publications.
Whenever a form is designated in this
subpart, that designation includes
predecessor and successor forms, if
applicable, as specified by the Agency.
§ 4287.102
Definitions and abbreviations.
The definitions and abbreviations
contained in § 4279.2 of this chapter
apply to this subpart.
§ 4287.103
Exception authority.
Section 4279.15 of this chapter
applies to this subpart.
§§ 4287.104–4287.105
§ 4287.106
[Reserved]
Appeals.
Section 4279.16 of this chapter
applies to this subpart.
§ 4287.107
Routine servicing.
The lender is responsible for servicing
the entire loan and for taking all
servicing actions that a reasonably
prudent lender would perform in
servicing its own portfolio of loans that
are not guaranteed. The lender may
contract for services but is ultimately
responsible for underwriting, loan
origination, loan servicing, and
compliance with all Agency regulations.
Form RD 4279–4, ‘‘Lender’s
Agreement,’’ is the contractual
agreement between the lender and the
Agency that sets forth some of the
lender’s loan servicing responsibilities.
These responsibilities include, but are
not limited to, periodic borrower visits,
the collection of payments, obtaining
compliance with the covenants and
provisions in the loan agreement,
obtaining and analyzing financial
statements, ensuring payment of taxes
and insurance premiums, maintaining
liens on collateral, keeping an inventory
accounting of all collateral items, and
reconciling the inventory of all
collateral sold during loan servicing,
including liquidation.
(a) Lender reports and annual renewal
fee. The lender must report the
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
outstanding principal and interest
balance and the current loan
classification on each guaranteed loan
semiannually (at June 30 and December
31), using either the USDA Lender
Interactive Network Connection (LINC)
system or Form RD 1980–41,
‘‘Guaranteed Loan Status Report.’’ The
lender must transmit the annual
renewal fee to the Agency in accordance
with § 4279.120(b) of this chapter
calculated based on the December 31
semiannual status report.
(b) Loan classification. The lender
must provide the loan classification or
rating under its regulatory standards as
of loan closing, using either the LINC
system or Form 1980–19, ‘‘Guaranteed
Loan Closing Report.’’ When the lender
changes the loan classification in the
future, the lender must notify the
Agency within 30 days, in writing, of
any change in the loan classification.
(c) Agency and lender conference. At
the Agency’s request, the lender must
consult with the Agency to ascertain
how the guaranteed loan is being
serviced and that the conditions and
covenants of the loan agreement are
being enforced.
(d) Borrower financial reports. The
lender must obtain, analyze, and
forward to the Agency the borrower’s
and any guarantor’s annual financial
statements required by the loan
agreement within 120 days of the end of
the borrower’s fiscal year. The lender
must analyze these financial statements
and provide the Agency with a written
summary of the lender’s analysis, ratio
analysis, and conclusions, which, at a
minimum, must include trends,
strengths, weaknesses, extraordinary
transactions, violations of loan
covenants and covenant waivers
proposed by the lender, any routine
servicing actions performed, and other
indications of the financial condition of
the borrower. Spreadsheets of the
financial statements must also be
included. Following the Agency’s
review of the lender’s financial analysis,
the Agency will provide a written report
of any concerns to the lender. Any
concerns based upon the Agency’s
review must be addressed by the lender.
If the lender makes a reasonable attempt
to obtain financial statements but is
unable to obtain the borrower’s
cooperation, the failure to obtain
financial statements will not impair the
validity of the Loan Note Guarantee.
(e) Protection of Agency interests. If
the Agency determines that the lender is
not in compliance with its servicing
responsibilities, the Agency reserves the
right to take any action the Agency
determines necessary to protect the
Agency’s interests with respect to the
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
loan. If the Agency exercises this right,
the lender must cooperate with the
Agency to rectify the situation. In
determining any loss, the Agency will
assess against the lender any cost to the
Agency associated with such action.
§§ 4287.108–4287.111
§ 4287.112
[Reserved]
Interest rate changes.
(a) The borrower, lender, and holder
(if any) may collectively initiate a
permanent or temporary reduction in
the interest rate of the guaranteed loan
at any time during the life of the loan
upon written agreement among these
parties. The lender must obtain prior
Agency concurrence and provide a copy
of the modification agreement to the
Agency. If any of the guaranteed portion
has been purchased by the Agency, the
Agency (as a holder) will affirm or reject
interest rate change proposals in
writing.
(b) No increases in interest rates will
be permitted, except the normal
fluctuations in approved variable
interest rates, unless a temporary
interest rate reduction occurred.
(c) The interest rate, after adjustments,
must comply with the interest rate
requirements set forth in § 4279.125 of
this chapter.
(d) The lender is responsible for the
legal documentation of interest-rate
changes by an endorsement or any other
legally effective amendment to the
promissory note; however, no new notes
shall be issued. The lender must
provide copies of all legal documents to
the Agency.
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
§ 4287.113
Release of collateral.
(a) Within the parameters of
paragraph (c) of this section, lenders
may, over the life of the loan, release
collateral (other than personal and
corporate guarantees) with a cumulative
value of up to 20 percent of the original
loan amount without Agency
concurrence if the proceeds generated
are used to reduce the guaranteed loan
or to buy replacement collateral.
Working assets, such as accounts
receivable, inventory, and work-inprogress that are routinely depleted or
sold and proceeds used for the normal
course of business operations may be
used in and released for routine
business purposes without prior
concurrence of the Agency as long as
the loan has not been accelerated.
(b) If a release of collateral does not
meet the requirements of paragraph (a)
of this section, the lender must
complete a written evaluation to justify
the release and obtain written Agency
concurrence in advance of the release.
(c) Collateral must remain sufficient
to provide for adequate collateral
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
coverage. The lender must support all
releases of collateral with a value
exceeding $250,000 with a current
appraisal on the collateral being
released. The appraisal must meet the
requirements of § 4279.144 of this
chapter. The cost of this appraisal will
not be paid for by the Agency. The
Agency may, at its discretion, require an
appraisal of the remaining collateral in
cases where it has been determined that
the Agency may be adversely affected by
the release of collateral. The sale or
release of the collateral must be based
on an arm’s length transaction, and
there must be adequate consideration
for the release of collateral. Such
consideration may include, but is not
limited to:
(1) Application of the net proceeds
from the sale of collateral to the
borrower’s debts in order of their lien
priority against the sold collateral;
(2) Use of the net proceeds from the
sale of collateral to purchase other
collateral of equal or greater value for
which the lender will obtain as security
for the benefit of the guaranteed loan
with a lien position equal or superior to
the position previously held;
(3) Application of the net proceeds
from the sale of collateral to the
borrower’s business operation in such a
manner that a significant improvement
to the borrower’s debt service ability
will be clearly demonstrated. The
lender’s written request must detail how
the borrower’s debt service ability will
be improved; or
(4) Assurance that the release of
collateral is essential for the success of
the business, thereby furthering the
goals of the program. Such assurance
must be supported by written
documentation from the lender
acceptable to the Agency.
§ 4287.114–4287.122
§ 4287.123
[Reserved]
Subordination of lien position.
A subordination of the lender’s lien
position must be requested in writing by
the lender and concurred with in
writing by the Agency in advance of the
subordination. The lender’s
subordination proposal must include a
financial analysis of the servicing action
and be fully supported by current
financial statements of the borrower and
guarantors that are less than 90 days
old.
(a) The subordination of lien position
must enhance the borrower’s business
and not adversely affect the potential for
collection of the B&I loan through
repayment or liquidation.
(b) The lien to which the guaranteed
loan is subordinated is for a fixed dollar
limit and for a fixed term after which
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
36021
the guaranteed loan lien priority will be
restored.
(c) Collateral must remain sufficient
to provide for adequate collateral
coverage. The Agency may require a
current independent appraisal in
accordance with § 4279.144 of this
chapter.
(d) Lien priorities must remain for the
portion of the collateral that was not
subordinated.
(e) A subordination to a line of credit
cannot exceed 1 year. The term of the
line of credit cannot be extended.
§ 4287.124
Alterations of loan instruments.
The lender must neither alter nor
approve any alterations or modifications
of any loan instrument without the prior
written approval of the Agency.
§ 4287.125–4287.132
§ 4287.133
[Reserved]
Sale of corporate stock.
Any sale or transfer of corporate stock
must be approved by the Agency in
writing and must be to an eligible
individual or entity in accordance with
§ 4279.108(a) and 4279.108(b) of this
chapter. In the event a portion of the
borrower’s stock is sold or transferred,
the Agency may require personal or
corporate guarantees from those then
owning a 20 percent or more interest in
the borrower in accordance with
§ 4279.132 of this chapter.
§ 4287.134
Transfer and assumption.
The lender may request a transfer and
assumption of a guaranteed loan in
situations where the total indebtedness,
or less than the total indebtedness, is
transferred to another eligible borrower
on the same or different terms. A
transfer and assumption of the
borrower’s operation can be
accomplished before or after the loan
goes into liquidation. However, if the
collateral has been purchased through
foreclosure or the borrower has
conveyed title to the lender, no transfer
and assumption is permitted.
Additionally, no transfer and
assumption is permitted when the
Agency has repurchased 100 percent of
the guaranteed portion of the loan.
(a) Documentation of request. All
transfers and assumptions must be
approved in writing by the Agency and
must be to an eligible borrower. The
lender must provide credit reports for
each individual or entity owning 20
percent or more interest in the
transferee, along with such other
documentation as the Agency may
request to determine eligibility. In
accordance with § 4279.132 of this
chapter, the Agency will require
personal and/or corporate guarantee(s)
from all owners that have a 20 percent
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
36022
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
or more ownership interest in the
transferee. When warranted by an
Agency assessment of potential
financial risk, the Agency may also
require guarantees of parent,
subsidiaries, or affiliated companies
(owning less than a 20 percent interest
in the borrower) and may require
security for any guarantee. The new
borrower must sign Form RD 4279–1,
‘‘Application for Loan Guarantee,’’ and
any guarantors of the guaranteed loan
must sign Form RD 4279–14,
‘‘Unconditional Guarantee.’’
(b) Terms. Loan terms may be
changed with the concurrence of the
Agency, all holders, and the transferor
(including guarantors) if the transferor
has not been or will not be released
from liability. Any new loan terms must
be within the terms authorized by
§ 4279.126 of this chapter.
(c) Release of liability. The transferor,
including any guarantor, may be
released from liability only with prior
Agency written concurrence and only
when the fair market value of the
collateral being transferred is at least
equal to the amount of the loan being
assumed and is supported by a current
appraisal and a current financial
statement of the transferee. The Agency
will not pay for the appraisal. If the
transfer is for less than the debt, for a
release of liability, the lender must
demonstrate to the Agency that the
transferor and guarantors have no
reasonable debt-paying ability
considering their assets and income in
the foreseeable future.
(d) Proceeds. The lender must credit
any proceeds received from the sale of
collateral before a transfer and
assumption to the transferor’s
guaranteed loan debt in order of lien
priority before the transfer and
assumption is closed.
(e) Additional loans. Loans to provide
additional funds in connection with a
transfer and assumption must be
considered a new loan application,
which requires submission of a
complete Agency application in
accordance with § 4279.161(b) of this
chapter.
(f) Credit quality. The lender will
provide a credit analysis of the proposal
that addresses capacity (sufficient cash
flow to service the debt), capital (net
worth), collateral (assets to secure the
debt), conditions (of the borrower,
industry trends, and the overall
economy), and character (integrity of the
transferee management) in accordance
with § 4279.131 of this chapter.
(g) Appraisals. If the proposed
transfer and assumption is for the full
amount of the Agency guaranteed loan,
the Agency will not require an
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
appraisal, unless a guarantor is being
released from liability in accordance
with paragraph (c) of this section. If the
proposed transfer and assumption is for
less than the full amount of the Agency
guaranteed loan, the Agency will
require an appraisal on all of the
collateral being transferred, and the
amount of the assumption must not be
less than this appraised value. The
lender is responsible for obtaining this
appraisal, which must conform to the
requirements of § 4279.144 of this
chapter. The Agency will not pay the
appraisal fee or any other costs
associated with this transfer.
(h) Documents. Prior to Agency
approval, the lender must provide the
Agency a written legal opinion that the
transaction can be properly and legally
transferred and assurance that the
conveyance instruments will be
appropriately filed, registered, and
recorded.
(1) The lender must not issue any new
promissory notes. The assumption must
be completed in accordance with
applicable law and must contain the
Agency case number of the transferor
and transferee. The lender must provide
the Agency with a copy of the transfer
and assumption agreement. The lender
must ensure that all transfers and
assumptions are noted on all original
Loan Note Guarantees.
(2) A new loan agreement, consistent
in principle with the original loan
agreement, must be executed to
establish the terms and conditions of the
loan being assumed. An assumption
agreement can be used to establish the
loan covenants.
(3) Upon execution of the transfer and
assumption, the lender must provide the
Agency with a written legal opinion that
the transfer and assumption is
completed, valid, and enforceable, and
certification that the transfer and
assumption is consistent with the
conditions outlined in the Agency’s
conditions of approval for the transfer
and complies with all Agency
regulations.
(i) Loss/repurchase resulting from
transfer. (1) Any resulting loss must be
processed in accordance with
§ 4287.158.
(2) If a holder owns any of the
guaranteed portion, such portion must
be repurchased by the lender or the
Agency in accordance with § 4279.78 of
this chapter.
(j) Related party. If the transferor and
transferee are affiliated or related
parties, any transfer and assumption
must be for the full amount of the debt.
(k) Cash downpayment. The lender
may allow the transferee to make cash
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
downpayments directly to the transferor
provided:
(1) The transfer and assumption is
made for the total indebtedness;
(2) The lender recommends that the
cash be released, and the Agency
concurs prior to the transaction being
completed. The lender may require that
an amount be retained for a defined
period of time as a reserve against future
defaults. Interest on such account may
be paid periodically to the transferor or
transferee as agreed;
(3) The lender determines that the
transferee has the repayment ability to
meet the obligations of the assumed
guaranteed loan, as well as any other
indebtedness; and
(4) Any payments by the transferee to
the transferor will not suspend the
transferee’s obligations to continue to
meet the guaranteed loan payments as
they come due under the terms of the
assumption.
(l) Annual renewal fees. The lender
must pay any annual renewal fee
published in the Federal Register and
then in effect at the time the loan is
closed for the duration of the Loan Note
Guarantee. Annual renewal fees are due
for the entire year even if the Loan Note
Guarantee is terminated before the end
of the year.
§ 4287.135
Substitution of lender.
After the issuance of a Loan Note
Guarantee, the lender is prohibited from
selling or transferring the entire loan
without the prior written approval of
the Agency. Because the Loan Note
Guarantee is associated with a specific
promissory note and cannot be
transferred to a new promissory note,
the lender must transfer the original
promissory note to the new lender, who
must agree to its current loan terms,
including the interest rate, secondary
market holder (if any), collateral, loan
agreement terms, and guarantors. The
new lender must also obtain the original
Loan Note Guarantee, original personal
and corporate guarantee(s), and the loan
payment history from the transferor
lender. If the new lender wishes to
modify the loan terms after acquisition,
the new lender must submit a request to
the Agency.
(a) The Agency may approve the
substitution of a new lender if:
(1) The proposed substitute lender:
(i) Is an eligible lender in accordance
with § 4279.29 of this chapter and is
approved as such;
(ii) Is able to service the loan in
accordance with the original loan
documents; and
(iii) Agrees in writing to acquire title
to the unguaranteed portion of the loan
held by the original lender and assumes
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
all original loan requirements, including
liabilities and servicing responsibilities.
(2) The substitution of the lender is
requested in writing by the borrower,
the proposed substitute lender, and the
original lender of record, if still in
existence.
(b) The Agency will not pay any loss
or share in any costs (e.g., appraisal fees
and environmental assessments) with a
new lender unless a relationship is
established through a substitution of
lender in accordance with paragraph (a)
of this section. This includes situations
where a lender is merged with or
acquired by another lender and
situations where the lender has failed
and been taken over by a regulatory
agency such as the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation (FDIC) and the
loan is subsequently sold to another
lender.
(c) Where the lender has failed and
been taken over by the FDIC and the
loan is liquidated by the FDIC rather
than being sold to another lender, the
Agency will pay losses and share in
costs as if the FDIC were an approved
substitute lender.
(d) In cases where there is a
substitution of the lender, the Agency
and the new lender must execute a new
Form RD 4279–4, ‘‘Lender’s
Agreement,’’ unless a valid Lender’s
Agreement already exists with the new
lender.
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
§ 4287.136
Lender failure.
(a) Uninsured lender. The lender or
insuring agency cannot arbitrarily
change the Lender’s Agreement and
related documents on the guaranteed
loan, and the Agency will make the
successor to the failed institution aware
of the statutory and regulatory
requirements. If the acquiring
institution is not an eligible lender as
set forth in § 4279.29 of this chapter, the
Loan Note Guarantee will not be
enforceable, and the institution must
promptly apply to become an eligible
lender. The failure of the uninsured
lender to become an eligible lender will
result in the Loan Note Guarantee being
unenforceable. A new lender approved
by the Agency will be afforded the
benefits of the Loan Note Guarantee in
the sharing of any loss and eligible
expenses subject to the limits that are
set forth in the regulations governing the
program.
(b) Insured lender. The FDIC and the
Agency have entered into an InterAgency Agreement and all parties are to
abide by this Agreement or successor
document(s). This document sets forth
the duties and responsibilities of each
Agency when an institution fails. The
lender must take such action that a
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
reasonably prudent lender would take if
it did not have a Loan Note Guarantee
to protect the lender and Agency’s
mutual interest.
§ 4287.137–4287.144
§ 4287.145
[Reserved]
Default by borrower.
The lender’s primary responsibilities
in default are to act prudently and
expeditiously, to work with the
borrower to bring the account current or
cure the default through restructuring if
a realistic plan can be developed, or to
accelerate the account and conduct a
liquidation in a manner that will
minimize any potential loss. The lender
may initiate liquidation subject to
submission and approval of a complete
liquidation plan.
(a) The lender must notify the Agency
when a borrower is more than 30 days
past due on a payment and the
delinquency cannot be cured within 30
days or when a borrower is otherwise in
default of covenants in the loan
agreement by promptly submitting Form
RD 1980–44, ‘‘Guaranteed Loan
Borrower Default Status,’’ or processing
the Default Status report in LINC. The
lender must update the loan’s status
each month using either Form RD 1980–
44 or the LINC Default Status report
until such time as the loan is no longer
in default. If a monetary default exceeds
60 days, the lender must meet with the
Agency and, if practical, the borrower to
discuss the situation.
(b) In considering options, the
prospects for providing a permanent
cure without adversely affecting the risk
to the Agency and the lender is the
paramount objective.
(1) Curative actions (subject to the
rights of any holder and Agency
concurrence) include, but are not
limited to:
(i) Deferment of principal and/or
interest payments;
(ii) An additional unguaranteed
temporary loan by the lender to bring
the account current;
(iii) Reamortization of or rescheduling
the payments on the loan;
(iv) Transfer and assumption of the
loan in accordance with § 4287.134;
(v) Reorganization;
(vi) Liquidation; and
(vii) Changes in interest rates with the
Agency’s, the lender’s, and any holder’s
approval. Any interest payments must
be adjusted proportionately between the
guaranteed and unguaranteed portion of
the loan.
(2) The term of any deferment,
rescheduling, reamortization, or
moratorium will be limited to the lesser
of the remaining useful life of the
collateral or remaining limits as set forth
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
36023
in § 4279.126 of this chapter (excluding
paragraph (c)). During a period of
deferment or moratorium on the
guaranteed loan, the lender’s
unguaranteed loan(s) and any
stockholder loans must also be under
deferment or moratorium. Balloon
payments are permitted as a loan
servicing option as long as there is a
reasonable prospect for success and the
remaining life of the collateral supports
the action.
(3) In the event of a loss or a
repurchase, the lender cannot claim
default or penalty interest, late payment
fees, or interest on interest. If the
restructuring includes the capitalization
of interest, interest accrued on the
capitalized interest will not be covered
by the guarantee. Consequently, it is not
eligible for repurchase from the holder
and cannot be included in the loss
claim.
(c) Debt write-downs for an existing
borrower, where the same principals
retain control of and decisionmaking
authority for the business, are
prohibited, except as directed or
ordered under the Bankruptcy Code.
(d) For loans closed on or after August
2, 2016, in the event of a loss, the
guarantee will not cover note interest to
the lender accruing after 90 days from
the most recent delinquency effective
date.
(e) For loans closed on or after August
2, 2016, the lender or the Agency will
issue an interest termination letter to the
holder(s) establishing the termination
date for interest accrual. The guarantee
will not cover interest to any holder
accruing after the greater of: 90 days
from the date of the most recent
delinquency effective date as reported
by the lender or 30 days from the date
of the interest termination letter.
(f) For repurchases of guaranteed
loans, refer to § 4279.78 of this chapter.
§ 4286.146–4287.155
§ 4287.156
[Reserved]
Protective advances.
Protective advances are advances
made by the lender for the purpose of
preserving and protecting the collateral
where the debtor has failed to, will not,
or cannot meet its obligations. Lenders
must exercise sound judgment in
determining that the protective advance
preserves collateral and recovery is
actually enhanced by making the
advance. Lenders cannot make
protective advances in lieu of additional
loans. A protective advance claim will
be paid only at the time of the final
report of loss payment.
(a) The maximum loss to be paid by
the Agency will never exceed the
original loan amount plus accrued
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
36024
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
interest times the percentage of
guarantee regardless of any protective
advances made.
(b) In the event of a final loss,
protective advances will accrue interest
at the note rate and will be guaranteed
at the same percentage of guarantee as
provided for in the Loan Note
Guarantee. The guarantee will not cover
interest on the protective advance
accruing after 90 days from the most
recent delinquency effective date.
(c) Protective advances must
constitute an indebtedness of the
borrower to the lender and be secured
by the security instruments. Agency
written authorization is required when
the cumulative total of protective
advances exceeds $200,000 or 10
percent of the aggregate outstanding
balance of principal and interest,
whichever is less.
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
§ 4287.157
Liquidation.
In the event of one or more incidents
of default or third party actions that the
borrower cannot or will not cure within
a reasonable period of time, the lender,
with Agency consent, must liquidate the
loan. In accordance with § 4287.145(d),
for loans closed on or after August 2,
2016, in the event of a loss, the
guarantee will not cover note interest to
the lender accruing after 90 days from
the most recent delinquency effective
date.
(a) Decision to liquidate. A decision to
liquidate must be made when the lender
determines that the default cannot be
cured through actions such as those
contained in § 4287.145, or it has been
determined that it is in the best interest
of the Agency and the lender to
liquidate. The decision to liquidate or
continue with the borrower must be
made as soon as possible when one or
more of the following exist:
(1) A loan is 90 days behind on any
scheduled payment and the lender and
the borrower have not been able to cure
the delinquency through actions such as
those contained in § 4287.145.
(2) It is determined that delaying
liquidation will jeopardize full recovery
on the loan.
(3) The borrower or lender is
uncooperative in resolving the problem
or the Agency or lender has reason to
believe the borrower is not acting in
good faith, and it would improve the
position of the guarantee to liquidate
immediately.
(b) Repurchase of loan. When the
decision to liquidate is made, if any
portion of the loan has been sold or
assigned under § 4279.75 of this chapter
and not already repurchased, provisions
will be made for repurchase in
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
accordance with § 4279.78 of this
chapter.
(c) Lender’s liquidation plan. The
lender is responsible for initiating
actions immediately and as necessary to
assure a prompt, orderly liquidation that
will provide maximum recovery. Within
30 days after a decision to liquidate, the
lender must submit a written, proposed
plan of liquidation to the Agency for
approval. The liquidation plan must be
detailed and include at least the
following:
(1) Such proof as the Agency requires
to establish the lender’s ownership of
the guaranteed loan promissory note
and related security instruments and a
copy of the payment ledger, if available,
that reflects the current loan balance,
accrued interest to date, and the method
of computing the interest;
(2) A full and complete list of all
collateral, including any personal and
corporate guarantees;
(3) The recommended liquidation
methods for making the maximum
collection possible on the indebtedness
and the justification for such methods,
including recommended action for
acquiring and disposing of all collateral
and collecting from guarantors;
(4) Necessary steps for preservation of
the collateral;
(5) Copies of the borrower’s most
recently available financial statements;
(6) Copies of each guarantor’s most
recently available financial statements;
(7) An itemized list of estimated
liquidation expenses expected to be
incurred along with justification for
each expense;
(8) A schedule to periodically report
to the Agency on the progress of
liquidation, not to exceed every 60 days;
(9) Estimated protective advance
amounts with justification;
(10) Proposed protective bid amounts
on collateral to be sold at auction and
a breakdown to show how the amounts
were determined. A protective bid may
be made by the lender, with prior
Agency written approval, at a
foreclosure sale to protect the lender’s
and the Agency’s interest. The
protective bid will not exceed the
amount of the loan, including expenses
of foreclosure, and must be based on the
liquidation value considering estimated
expenses for holding and reselling the
property. These expenses include, but
are not limited to, expenses for resale,
interest accrual, length of time
necessary for resale, maintenance, guard
service, weatherization, and prior liens;
(11) If a voluntary conveyance is
considered, the proposed amount to be
credited to the guaranteed debt;
(12) Legal opinions, if needed by the
lender’s legal counsel; and
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(13) An estimate of fair market and
potential liquidation value of the
collateral. If the value of the collateral
is $250,000 or more, the lender must
obtain an independent appraisal report
meeting the requirements of § 4279.144
of this chapter for the collateral securing
the loan, which reflects the fair market
value and potential liquidation value.
For collateral values under this
threshold, lenders must follow their
primary regulator’s policies relating to
appraisals and evaluations or, if the
lender is not regulated, normal banking
practices and generally accepted
methods of determining value. The
liquidation appraisal of the collateral
must evaluate the impact on market
value of any release of hazardous
substances, petroleum products, or
other environmental hazards. The
independent appraiser’s fee, including
the cost of the environmental site
assessment, will be shared equally by
the Agency and the lender. In order to
assure prompt action, the liquidation
plan can be submitted with an estimate
of collateral value, and the liquidation
plan may be approved by the Agency
subject to the results of the final
liquidation appraisal.
(d) Approval of liquidation plan. The
lender’s liquidation plan must be
approved by the Agency in writing. The
lender and Agency must attempt to
resolve any Agency concerns. If the
liquidation plan is approved by the
Agency, the lender must proceed
expeditiously with liquidation and must
take all legal action necessary to
liquidate the loan in accordance with
the approved liquidation plan. The
lender must update or modify the
liquidation plan when conditions
warrant, including a change in value
based on a liquidation appraisal. If the
liquidation plan is not approved by the
Agency, the lender must take such
actions that a reasonably prudent lender
would take without a guarantee and
keep the Agency informed in writing.
The lender must continue to develop a
liquidation plan in accordance with this
section.
(e) Acceleration. The lender will
proceed to accelerate the indebtedness
as expeditiously as possible when
acceleration is necessary, including
giving any notices and taking any other
legal actions required. The guaranteed
loan will be considered in liquidation
once the loan has been accelerated and
a demand for payment has been made
upon the borrower. The lender must
obtain Agency concurrence prior to the
acceleration of the loan if the sole basis
for acceleration is a nonmonetary
default. In the case of monetary default,
prior approval by the Agency of the
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
lender’s acceleration is not required,
although Agency concurrence must still
be given not later than at the time the
liquidation plan is approved. The lender
will provide a copy of the acceleration
notice or other acceleration document to
the Agency.
(f) Filing an estimated loss claim.
When the lender owns any of the
guaranteed portion of the loan, the
lender must file an estimated loss claim
once a decision has been made to
liquidate if the liquidation is expected
to exceed 90 days. The estimated loss
payment will be based on the
liquidation value of the collateral. For
the purpose of reporting and loss claim
computation, for loans closed on or after
August 2, 2016, the guarantee will not
cover note interest to the lender
accruing after 90 days from the most
recent delinquency effective date. The
Agency will promptly process the loss
claim in accordance with applicable
Agency regulations as set forth in
§ 4287.158.
(g) Accounting and reports. The
lender must account for funds during
the period of liquidation and must, in
accordance with the Agency-approved
liquidation plan, provide the Agency
with reports on the progress of
liquidation including disposition of
collateral, resulting costs, and
additional procedures necessary for
successful completion of the
liquidation.
(h) Transmitting payments and
proceeds to the Agency. When the
Agency is the holder of a portion of the
guaranteed loan, the lender must
transmit to the Agency its pro rata share
of any payments received from the
borrower, liquidation, or other proceeds
using Form RD 1980–43, ‘‘Lender’s
Guaranteed Loan Payment to Rural
Development.’’
(i) Abandonment of collateral. When
the lender adequately documents that
the cost of liquidation would exceed the
potential recovery value of certain
collateral and receives Agency
concurrence, the lender may abandon
that collateral. When the lender makes
a recommendation for abandonment of
collateral, it must comply with 7 CFR
part 1970, ‘‘Environmental Policies and
Procedures.’’
(j) Personal or corporate guarantees.
The lender must take action to
maximize recovery from all personal
and corporate guarantees, including
seeking deficiency judgments when
there is a reasonable chance of future
collection.
(k) Compromise settlement.
Compromise settlements must be
approved by the lender and the Agency.
Complete current financial information
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
on all parties obligated for the loan must
be provided. At a minimum, the
compromise settlement must be
equivalent to the value and timeliness of
that which would be received from
attempting to collect on the guarantee.
The guarantor cannot be released from
liability until the full amount of the
compromise settlement has been
received. In weighing whether the
compromise settlement should be
accepted, among other things, the
Agency will weigh whether the
comparison is more financially
advantageous than collecting on the
guarantee.
(l) Litigation. In all litigation
proceedings involving the borrower, the
lender is responsible for protecting the
rights of the lender and the Agency with
respect to the loan and keeping the
Agency adequately and regularly
informed, in writing, of all aspects of
the proceedings. If the Agency
determines that the lender is not
adequately protecting the rights of the
lender or the Agency with respect to the
loan, the Agency reserves the right to
take any legal action the Agency
determines necessary to protect the
rights of the lender, on behalf of the
lender, or the Agency with respect to
the loan. If the Agency exercises this
right, the lender must cooperate with
the Agency. Any cost to the Agency
associated with such action will be
assessed against the lender.
§ 4287.158
payment.
Determination of loss and
Unless the Agency anticipates a future
recovery, the Agency will make a final
settlement with the lender after the
collateral is liquidated or after
settlement and compromise of all
parties has been completed. The Agency
has the right to recover losses paid
under the guarantee from any party that
may be liable.
(a) Report of loss form. Form RD 449–
30, ‘‘Loan Note Guarantee Report of
Loss,’’ will be used for reporting and
calculating all estimated and final loss
determinations.
(b) Estimated loss. In accordance with
the requirements of § 4287.157(f), the
lender must prepare an estimated loss
claim, based on liquidation appraisal
value, and submit it to the Agency.
When the lender is conducting the
liquidation and owns any or all of the
guaranteed portion of the loan, the
lender must file an estimated loss claim
once a decision has been made to
liquidate if the liquidation will exceed
90 days. The estimated loss payment
will be based on the liquidation value
of the collateral.
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
36025
(1) Such estimate will be prepared
and submitted by the lender on Form
RD 449–30 using the basic formula as
provided on the report, except that the
liquidation appraisal value will be used
in lieu of the amount received from the
sale of collateral. Interest accrual
eligible for payment under the guarantee
on the defaulted loan will be
discontinued when the estimated loss is
paid.
(2) A protective advance claim will be
paid only at the time of the final report
of loss payment.
(c) Final loss. Within 30 days after
liquidation of all collateral is completed
(except for certain unsecured personal
or corporate guarantees as provided for
in this section), the lender must prepare
a final report of loss and submit it to the
Agency. If the lender holds all or a
portion of the guaranteed loan, the
Agency will not guarantee interest to the
lender accruing after 90 days from the
most recent delinquency effective date.
The Agency will not guarantee interest
to any holder accruing after the greater
of: 90 days from the date of the most
recent delinquency effective date as
reported by the lender or 30 days from
the date of the interest termination
letter. Before approval by the Agency of
any final loss report, the lender must
account for all funds during the period
of liquidation, disposition of the
collateral, all costs incurred, and any
other information necessary for the
successful completion of liquidation.
Upon receipt of the final accounting and
report of loss, the Agency may audit all
applicable documentation to determine
the final loss. The lender must make its
records available and otherwise assist
the Agency in making any investigation.
The documentation accompanying the
report of loss must support the amounts
reported as losses on Form RD 449–30.
(1) The lender must make a
determination regarding the
collectability of unsecured personal and
corporate guarantees. If reasonably
possible, the lender must promptly
collect or otherwise dispose of such
guarantees in accordance with
§ 4287.157(j) prior to completion of the
final loss report. However, in the event
that collection from the guarantors
appears unlikely or will require a
prolonged period of time, the lender
must file the report of loss when all
other collateral has been liquidated.
Unsecured personal or corporate
guarantees outstanding at the time of the
submission of the final loss claim will
be treated as a future recovery with the
net proceeds to be shared on a pro rata
basis by the lender and the Agency.
Debts owed to the Agency (Federal debt)
may be collected using DCIA authority.
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
36026
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
The Agency may consider a compromise
settlement of Federal debt after it has
processed a final report of loss and
issued a 60 day due process letter. Any
funds collected on Federal debt will not
be shared with the lender.
(2) The lender must document that all
of the collateral has been accounted for
and properly liquidated and that
liquidation proceeds have been
accounted for and applied correctly to
the loan.
(3) The lender must provide receipts
and a breakdown of any protective
advance amount as to the payee,
purpose of the expenditure, date paid,
and evidence that the amount expended
was proper.
(4) The lender must provide receipts
and a breakdown of liquidation
expenses as to the payee, purpose of the
expenditure, date paid, and evidence
that the amount expended was proper.
Liquidation expenses are recoverable
only from liquidation proceeds. The
Agency may approve attorney/legal fees
as liquidation expenses provided that
the fees are reasonable, require the
assistance of attorneys, and cover legal
issues pertaining to the liquidation that
could not be properly handled by the
lender and its employees.
(5) The lender must support accrued
interest by documenting how the
amount was accrued. If the interest rate
was a variable rate, the lender must
include documentation of changes in
both the selected base rate and the loan
rate.
(6) The Agency will pay loss
payments within 60 days after it has
reviewed the complete final loss report
and accounting of the collateral.
(d) Loss limit. The amount payable by
the Agency to the lender cannot exceed
the limits set forth in the Loan Note
Guarantee.
(e) Liquidation expenses. The Agency
will deduct liquidation expenses from
the liquidation proceeds of the
collateral. The lender cannot claim any
liquidation expenses in excess of
liquidation proceeds. Any changes to
the liquidation expenses that exceed 10
percent of the amount proposed in the
liquidation plan must be approved by
the Agency. Reasonable attorney/legal
expenses will be shared by the lender
and Agency equally, including those
instances where the lender has incurred
such expenses from a trustee conducting
the liquidation of assets. The lender
cannot claim the guarantee fee or the
annual renewal fee as authorized
liquidation expenses, and no in-house
expenses of the lender will be allowed.
In-house expenses include, but are not
limited to, employee’s salaries, staff
lawyers, travel, and overhead.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
(f) Rent. The lender must apply any
net rental or other income that it
receives from the collateral to the
guaranteed loan debt.
(g) Payment. Once the Agency
approves Form RD 449–30 and
supporting documents submitted by the
lender:
(1) If the loss is greater than any
estimated loss payment, the Agency will
pay the additional amount owed by the
Agency to the lender.
(2) If the loss is less than the
estimated loss payment, the lender must
reimburse the Agency for the
overpayment plus interest at the note
rate from the date of payment.
§§ 4287.159–4287.168
§ 4287.169
[Reserved]
Future recovery.
Unless notified otherwise by the
Agency, after the final loss claim has
been paid, the lender must use
reasonable efforts to attempt collection
from any party still liable on any loan
that was guaranteed. Any net proceeds
from that effort must be split pro rata
between the lender and the Agency
based on the percentage of guarantee.
Any collection of Federal debt made by
the United State from any liable party to
the guaranteed loan will not be split
with the lender.
§ 4287.170
Bankruptcy.
(a) Lender’s responsibilities. It is the
lender’s responsibility to protect the
guaranteed loan and all of the collateral
securing it in bankruptcy proceedings,
including taking actions that result in
greater recoveries and not taking actions
that would not likely be cost-effective.
These responsibilities include, but are
not limited to, the following:
(1) Monitoring confirmed bankruptcy
plans to determine borrower
compliance, and, if the borrower fails to
comply, seeking a dismissal of the
bankruptcy plan;
(2) Filing a proof of claim, where
necessary, and all the necessary papers
and pleadings concerning the case;
(3) Attending and, where necessary,
participating in meetings of the
creditors and all court proceedings;
(4) Requesting modifications of any
bankruptcy plan whenever it appears
that additional recoveries are likely; and
(5) Keeping the Agency adequately
and regularly informed in writing of all
aspects of the proceedings.
(6) The lender must submit a default
status report when the borrower defaults
and every 30 days until the default is
resolved or a final loss claim is paid by
the Agency. The default status report
will be used to inform the Agency of the
bankruptcy filing, the plan confirmation
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
date, when the plan is complete, and
when the borrower is not in compliance
with the plan.
(7) With written Agency consent, the
lender and Agency will equally share
the cost of any independent appraisal
fee to protect the guaranteed loan in any
bankruptcy proceedings.
(b) Reports of loss during bankruptcy.
In bankruptcy proceedings, payment of
loss claims will be made as provided in
this section. Attorney/legal fees and
protective advances as a result of a
bankruptcy are only recoverable from
liquidation proceeds.
(1) Estimated loss payments. (i) If a
borrower has filed for bankruptcy and
all or a portion of the debt has been
discharged, the lender must request an
estimated loss payment of the
guaranteed portion of the accrued
interest and principal discharged by the
court. Only one estimated loss payment
is allowed during the bankruptcy. All
subsequent claims of the lender during
bankruptcy will be considered revisions
to the initial estimated loss. A revised
estimated loss payment may be
processed by the Agency, at its option,
in accordance with any court-approved
changes in the bankruptcy plan. Once
the bankruptcy plan has been
completed, the lender is responsible for
submitting the documentation necessary
for the Agency to review and adjust the
estimated loss claim to reflect any actual
discharge of principal and interest and
to reimburse the lender for any courtordered interest-rate reduction under
the terms of the bankruptcy plan.
(ii) The lender must use Form RD
449–30 to request an estimated loss
payment and to revise any estimated
loss payments during the course of the
bankruptcy plan. The estimated loss
claim, as well as any revisions to this
claim, must be accompanied by
documentation to support the claim.
(iii) Upon completion of a bankruptcy
plan, the lender must complete Form
RD 1980–44 and forward it to the
Agency.
(iv) Upon completion of the
bankruptcy plan, the lender must
provide the Agency with the
documentation necessary to determine
whether the estimated loss paid equals
the actual loss sustained. If the actual
loss sustained as a result of the
bankruptcy is less than the estimated
loss, the lender must reimburse the
Agency for the overpayment plus
interest at the note rate from the date of
payment of the estimated loss. If the
actual loss is greater than the estimated
loss payment, the lender must submit a
revised estimated loss claim in order to
obtain payment of the additional
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES4
amount owed by the Agency to the
lender.
(2) Bankruptcy loss payments. (i) The
lender must request a bankruptcy loss
payment of the guaranteed portion of
the accrued interest and principal
discharged by the court for all
bankruptcies when all or a portion of
the debt has been discharged. Unless a
court approves a subsequent change to
the bankruptcy plan that is adverse to
the lender, only one bankruptcy loss
payment is allowed during the
bankruptcy. Once the court has
discharged all or part of the guaranteed
loan and any appeal period has run, the
lender must submit the documentation
necessary for the Agency to review and
adjust the bankruptcy loss claim to
reflect any actual discharge of principal
and interest.
(ii) The lender must use Form RD
449–30 to request a bankruptcy loss
payment and to revise any bankruptcy
loss payments during the course of the
bankruptcy. The lender must include
with the bankruptcy loss claim
documentation to support the claim, as
well as any revisions to this claim.
(iii) Upon completion of a bankruptcy
plan, restructure, or liquidation, the
lender must either complete Form RD
1980–44 and forward it to the Agency or
enter the data directly into LINC.
(iv) If an estimated loss claim is paid
during a bankruptcy and the borrower
repays in full the remaining balance
without an additional loss sustained by
the lender, a final report of loss is not
necessary.
(3) Interest rate losses as a result of
bankruptcy reorganization. (i) For
guaranteed loans approved prior to
August 2, 2016:
(A) Interest losses sustained during
the period of the bankruptcy plan will
be processed in accordance with
paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
(B) Interest losses sustained after the
bankruptcy plan is confirmed will be
processed annually when the lender
sustains a loss as a result of a permanent
interest rate reduction that extends
beyond the period of the bankruptcy
plan.
(C) If a bankruptcy loss claim is paid
during the operation of the bankruptcy
plan and the borrower repays in full the
remaining balance without an
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:04 Jun 02, 2016
Jkt 238001
additional loss sustained by the lender,
a final report of loss is not necessary.
(ii) For guaranteed loans approved on
or after August 2, 2016, the Agency will
not compensate the lender for any
difference in the interest rate specified
in the Loan Note Guarantee and the rate
of interest specified in the bankruptcy
plan.
(4) Final bankruptcy loss payments.
The Agency will process final
bankruptcy loss payments when the
loan is fully liquidated.
(5) Application of loss claim
payments. The lender must apply
estimated loss payments first to the
unsecured principal of the guaranteed
portion of the debt and then to the
unsecured interest of the guaranteed
portion of the debt. In the event a court
attempts to direct the payments to be
applied in a different manner, the
lender must immediately notify the
Agency in writing.
(6) Protective advances. If approved
protective advances, as authorized by
§ 4287.156, were incurred in connection
with the initiation of liquidation action
and were required to provide repairs,
insurance, etc., to protect the collateral
as a result of delays in the case of failure
of the borrower to maintain the security
prior to the borrower having filed
bankruptcy, the protective advances
together with accrued interest, are
payable under the guarantee in the final
loss claim.
(c) Expenses during bankruptcy
proceedings. (1) Under no
circumstances will the guarantee cover
liquidation expenses in excess of
liquidation proceeds.
(2) Expenses, such as reasonable
attorney/legal fees and the cost of
appraisals incurred by the lender as a
direct result of the borrower’s
bankruptcy filing, are considered
liquidation expenses. Liquidation
expenses must be reasonable,
customary, and provide a demonstrated
economic benefit to the lender and the
Agency. Lender’s in-house expenses,
which are those expenses that would
normally be incurred for administration
of the loan, including in-house lawyers,
are not covered by the guarantee.
Liquidation expenses must be deducted
from collateral sale proceeds. The
lender and Agency will share
liquidation expenses equally. To
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
36027
accomplish this, the lender will deduct
50 percent of the liquidation expenses
from the collateral sale proceeds.
(3) When a bankruptcy proceeding
results in a liquidation of the borrower
by a bankruptcy trustee, expenses will
be handled as directed by the court, and
the lender cannot claim liquidation
expenses for the sale of the assets.
(4) If the property is abandoned by the
bankruptcy trustee and any relief from
the stay has been obtained, the lender
will conduct the liquidation in
accordance with § 4287.157.
(5) Proceeds received from the partial
sale of collateral during bankruptcy may
be used by the lender to pay reasonable
costs associated with the partial sale,
such as freight, labor, and sales
commissions. Reasonable use of
proceeds for this purpose must be
documented with the final loss claim.
(6) Reasonable and customary
liquidation expenses in bankruptcy may
be deducted from liquidation proceeds
of collateral.
§§ 4287.171–4287.179
§ 4287.180
[Reserved]
Termination of guarantee.
The Loan Note Guarantee will
terminate under any of the following
conditions:
(a) Upon full payment of the
guaranteed loan;
(b) Upon full payment of any loss
obligation; or
(c) Upon written notice from the
lender to the Agency that the guarantee
will terminate 30 days after the date of
notice, provided that the lender holds
all of the guaranteed portion and the
Loan Note Guarantee is returned to the
Agency to be canceled.
§§ 4287.181–4287.199
§ 4287.200
[Reserved]
OMB control number.
In accordance with the Paperwork
Reduction Act of 1995, the information
collection requirements contained in
this rule have been submitted to the
Office of Management and Budget
(OMB) under OMB Control Number
0570–0069 for OMB approval.
Dated: May 26, 2016.
Lisa Mensah,
Under Secretary, Rural Development.
[FR Doc. 2016–12945 Filed 6–2–16; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3410–XY–P
E:\FR\FM\03JNR4.SGM
03JNR4
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 81, Number 107 (Friday, June 3, 2016)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 35983-36027]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2016-12945]
[[Page 35983]]
Vol. 81
Friday,
No. 107
June 3, 2016
Part IV
Department of Agriculture
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Rural Business-Cooperative Service
Rural Utilities Service
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
7 CFR Parts 4279 and 4287
Guaranteed Loanmaking and Servicing Regulations; Final Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 81 , No. 107 / Friday, June 3, 2016 / Rules
and Regulations
[[Page 35984]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE
Rural Business-Cooperative Service
Rural Utilities Service
7 CFR Parts 4279 and 4287
RIN 0570-AA85
Guaranteed Loanmaking and Servicing Regulations
AGENCY: Rural Business-Cooperative Service and Rural Utilities Service,
USDA.
ACTION: Final rule.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: The Rural Business-Cooperative Service (Agency) is an agency
within the Rural Development mission area of the United States
Department of Agriculture (USDA) responsible for administering the
Business and Industry (B&I) Guaranteed Loan Program. The B&I Guaranteed
Loan Program is authorized by the Consolidated Farm and Rural
Development Act and provides loan guarantees to banks and other
approved lenders to finance private businesses located in rural areas.
The Agency published a proposed rule on September 15, 2014, that
proposed changes to refine the regulations for the B&I Guaranteed Loan
Program in an effort to improve program delivery, clarify the
regulations to make them easier to understand, and reduce
delinquencies. The changes to the program are expected to reduce the
subsidy rate and thereby lower program subsidy costs over time as the
rule is implemented. By lowering the subsidy rate, the Agency may be
able to provide greater leverage for the budget authority provided by
Congress. This will allow the Agency to guarantee a higher total dollar
amount of loan requests and, assuming the same average size of loans
being guaranteed, to guarantee more loans. These changes could also
result in increased lending activity, expanded business opportunities,
and creation of more jobs in rural areas.
DATES: Effective August 2, 2016.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Brenda Griffin, Rural Development,
Business Programs, U.S. Department of Agriculture, 1400 Independence
Avenue SW., Stop 3224, Washington, DC 20250-3224; email:
brenda.griffin@wdc.usda.gov; telephone (202) 720-6802.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Executive Summary
Purpose of the Regulatory Action
The Agency is promulgating these regulations to improve program
delivery, clarify the regulations to make them easier to understand,
and reduce delinquencies. The changes should reduce the cash outflows
and increase the cash inflows associated with the B&I Guaranteed Loan
Program portfolio, resulting in a lower subsidy rate. A lower subsidy
rate should result in increased lending activity, the expansion of
business opportunities, and the creation of more jobs in rural areas.
Changes originated from informal third party comments and Agency
experience in administering the program, including observations from
assessment reviews and recommendations from the Agency's internal
Business Programs Advisory Team.
The Agency believes the changes in the rule may increase lending
activity, resulting in the expansion of business opportunities and the
creation of more jobs in rural America, and improve the program's
effectiveness by improving the prosperity of rural residents through
guarantees of targeted investments that may improve rural
competitiveness, facilitate industrial conversion, and enable rural
residents to profit from private sector activity. The revisions
contained herein may improve the efficiency and effectiveness of the
program and make the regulation more customer friendly and easier to
understand. The Agency thinks that errors may be reduced because the
guidelines and requirements will be clearer and better organized.
The rule's incremental effect to the public will be to nominally
increase the burden for lenders seeking to be an eligible lender and
for ``new'' investors in projects that receive B&I loan guarantees
after the Loan Note Guarantee is issued by a total of approximately
$4,800 per year. The cost to participating lenders and borrowers was
estimated to be approximately $2.5 million. The cost to the Federal
government to administer the program was estimated to be approximately
$2.1 million.
Summary of the Major Provisions of the Regulatory Action
This rule replaces the B&I Guaranteed Loan Program regulations
under 7 CFR parts 4279 and 4287, which will not significantly depart
from the current program of loan guarantees for businesses in rural
areas.
The rule strengthens criteria for non-regulated lenders to
participate in the program. It also codifies provisions of the 2008
Farm Bill, including two types of rural area exceptions and eligibility
of local foods projects and cooperative equity security guarantees. The
rule also includes provisions for New Markets Tax Credits and the
Cooperative Stock Purchase Program. Changes are also made to the loan
scoring criteria. Loan servicing changes include the termination of
interest accrual to the lender after 90 days from the most recent
delinquency effective date or to a holder the greater of: 90 days from
the date of the most recent delinquency effective date as reported by
the lender or 30 days from the date of the interest termination letter.
Additionally, attorney/legal fees that the lender can claim in the
liquidation process will be reduced from full reimbursement to being
shared equally between the lender and the Agency. The rule also adds
the ability to obtain personal and corporate guarantees from those
owning 20 percent of the business when there is a sale of the
borrower's stock.
Eligible lenders for the program include regulated lenders
(formerly known as ``traditional lenders'') and Agency-approved non-
regulated lenders (formerly known as ``other lenders''). Insurance
companies will no longer be considered traditional or regulated lenders
under the program. However, insurance companies will be able to apply
to become Agency-approved eligible lenders by meeting criteria of a
non-regulated lender established in the regulation. Historically,
insurance companies have had significant default and loss rates in the
Agency B&I Guaranteed Loan portfolio and merit closer scrutiny. Lenders
will have to execute a new Lender's Agreement to originate new
guaranteed loans; however, existing lenders are bound by their existing
Lender's Agreements and must continue to service existing guaranteed
loans in their portfolio regardless of whether they wish to originate
new guaranteed loans.
Criteria to become an approved non-regulated lender for the B&I
program will be strengthened under this final rule due to higher than
usual default and loss rates for this type of lender in the Agency B&I
Guaranteed Loan portfolio. Non-regulated lenders will be able to become
eligible lenders for a 3-year period and may request renewals to
continue originating loans under the program. Non-regulated lenders
will have to have and maintain 10 percent tangible balance sheet
equity, which is up from the 7 percent previously required. Non-
regulated lenders will have to have a record of successfully making at
least 10 commercial loans
[[Page 35985]]
annually totaling at least $1 million for each of the last 5 years,
with lender's delinquent commercial loan portfolio over that period not
exceeding 6 percent of all commercial loans made and 3 percent in
commercial loan losses based on the original principal loan amount. In
addition, non-regulated lenders will have to maintain a loss reserve,
have a line of credit issued by a regulated lender, and undergo a
credit examination that must be acceptable to the Agency. These
requirements are being strengthened to ensure participation in the
program by lenders that have a thorough knowledge of commercial lending
and high standards of professional competence to operate a successful
lending program.
Under the B&I program, a rural area is generally any area of a
State other than a city or town that has a population of greater than
50,000 inhabitants and any urbanized area contiguous and adjacent to
such a city or town. In making this determination, the Agency will use
the latest decennial census from the U.S. Census Bureau. The 2008 Farm
Bill added the ability to make two different types of rural area
exceptions, which was incorporated into the Consolidated Farm and Rural
Development Act. Section 343(a)(13)(E) of the Consolidated Farm and
Rural Development Act (7 U.S.C. 1991(a)(13)(E)) states:
``Notwithstanding any other provision of this [definition], in
determining which census blocks in an urbanized area are not in a rural
area . . ., the [Agency] shall exclude any cluster of census blocks
that would otherwise be considered not in a rural area only because the
cluster is adjacent to not more than 2 census blocks that are otherwise
considered not in a rural area under this [definition].'' Additionally,
the Under Secretary for Rural Development may determine that areas are
``rural in character,'' and therefore eligible for the program, under
certain circumstances. Any determination made by the Under Secretary
under this provision will be to areas that are determined to be ``rural
in character'' in accordance with the first provision of Section
343(a)(13)(D) of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act (7
U.S.C. 1991(a)(13)(D)) and are within: (1) An urbanized area that has
two points on its boundary that are at least 40 miles apart, which is
not contiguous or adjacent to a city or town that has a population of
greater than 150,000 inhabitants or the urbanized area of such city or
town or (2) an area within an urbanized area contiguous and adjacent to
a city or town of greater than 50,000 inhabitants that is within a
quarter mile of a rural area.
The eligibility section is revised to include cooperative equity
security guarantees as eligible loan purposes in accordance with the
2008 Farm Bill and the purchase of stock in a business by employees
forming an Employee Stock Ownership Plan or worker cooperative.
Separate sections of the regulation specifically address the
requirements for New Markets Tax Credits and cooperative equity
security guarantees, as well as requirements for the cooperative stock
purchase program. The purchase of stock in a cooperative or Employee
Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) is limited to $600,000 per loan, which is
the threshold for using the short application process; however,
cooperatives and ESOPs may still obtain loan guarantees in amounts up
to $25 million ($40 million for rural cooperative organizations that
process value-added agricultural commodities) in accordance with Sec.
4279.119.
The eligibility section is revised to include projects that
process, distribute, aggregate, store, and/or market locally or
regionally produced agricultural food products to support community
development and farm and ranch income. This is also a provision of the
2008 Farm Bill. The term ``locally or regionally produced agricultural
food product'' means any agricultural food product that is raised,
produced, and distributed in the locality or region in which the final
product is marketed, so that the distance the product is transported is
less than 400 miles from the origin of the product or within the State
in which the product is produced, as defined by Section
310B(g)(9)(A)(i) of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act (7
U.S.C. 1932(g)(9)(A)(i)). Food products could be raw, cooked, or a
processed edible substance, beverage, or ingredient used or intended
for use or for sale in whole or in part for human consumption. A
significant amount of the food product sold by the borrower must be
locally or regionally produced, and a significant amount of the locally
or regionally produced food product must be sold locally or regionally.
Projects may be located in urban areas, as well as rural areas. Funding
priority will be given to projects that provide a benefit to
underserved communities. In accordance with Section 310B(g)(9)(A)(ii)
of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act (7 U.S.C.
1932(g)(9)(A)(ii)), an underserved community is a community (including
an urban or rural community and an Indian tribal community) that has
limited access to affordable, healthy foods, including fresh fruits and
vegetables, in grocery retail stores or farmer to consumer direct
markets and that has either a high rate of hunger or food insecurity or
a high poverty rate (which the Agency will assess from the most recent
decennial census).
The ineligible loan purpose section is being modified to permit
distribution or payment to an immediate family member of the owner to
accommodate intergenerational business acquisitions. Previously, no
loan proceeds could be distributed to a close relative of the owner who
retained an ownership interest in the borrower. This is being changed
so that an immediate family member of the owner, partner, or
stockholder can purchase the business from an owner, partner, or
stockholder when the seller does not retain an ownership interest and
the Agency determines the price paid to be reasonable.
A definition for a high-priority project is being added to the
rule. A high-priority project is defined as one that scores more than
half of the points available under the scoring criteria outlined in the
priority scoring section.
In an effort to reduce the cost for the taxpayer, increased
percentages of guarantee will be limited to loans of $5 million and
less that are either high-priority projects or where the lender needs
the higher percentage of guarantee because of its legal or regulatory
lending limit. Additionally, reduced guarantee fees will only be
available on loans of $5 million or less, unless an authorizing statute
provides otherwise (e.g., the Alaska Roadless Areas statute).
Previously, the interest rate on the guaranteed portion of the loan
could not exceed the unguaranteed portion of the loan. This was to
prevent the Agency from paying a higher loss on the guaranteed portion
than it otherwise would have if the interest on the guaranteed portion
was equal to or less than the unguaranteed portion. This requirement
has been relaxed to prevent lenders from having to set floors and
ceilings to remain compliant with this requirement. The rule now allows
for the interest rate on the guaranteed portion to be higher than the
unguaranteed portion in situations where a fixed rate on the guaranteed
portion becomes a higher rate than the variable rate on the
unguaranteed portion due to the normal fluctuation in the approved
variable interest rate.
Although credit quality standards have not changed, the credit
quality section is being modified to be in line with the ``five Cs'' of
credit (capacity, capital, collateral, conditions,
[[Page 35986]]
character). The Agency's policy on standardized collateral discounting
has also been added. The Agency is adding the ability to require
guarantees from persons whose ownership in the borrower is held
indirectly through other companies.
The Agency is relaxing the requirement for business plans with the
application for loans where the use of loan proceeds is exclusively for
debt refinancing and fees. The Agency is also revising the requirement
for 3 years of historical financial statements for parent, subsidiary,
and affiliated companies to only require current financial statements.
Additionally, the number of attachments that need to be included as
part of a complete application for loans of $600,000 and less are
reduced.
Loan scoring criteria, which is used to fund projects by priority,
is being modified to award more points for the leveraging of B&I
program dollars and providing quality jobs. The administrative points
section has also been modified to account for community economic
development strategies and State strategic plans and to allow for the
awarding of points for projects that will fulfill an Agency initiative,
such as the biobased product initiative or the Investing in
Manufacturing Communities Partnership initiative. The rule now allows
for 150 possible priority points.
Loan servicing requirements under the B&I program have been
clarified. The annual conference between the lender and the Agency can
be held via teleconference. This change is not meant to replace a face-
to-face annual lender conference. However, it does give some
flexibility when face-to-face lender visits are not practical. The
lender may contract loan servicing activities. However, the lender
remains responsible for complying with all requirements of the
regulations. The contracting out of any loan servicing activities does
not relieve the lender of its responsibility to comply with the
statutes and regulations governing the program. The rule also clarifies
that the Agency will not allow the write-down of debt while leaving the
borrower in business, except as directed or ordered under the
Bankruptcy Code, and that no new promissory notes may be issued to
process a transfer and assumption since the Loan Note Guarantee
references a specifically dated promissory note(s) with specific
amount(s). The lender may use an allonge to the existing promissory
note to facilitate the transaction.
Lenders will also be able to utilize balloon payments to
restructure a guaranteed loan in default in a workout situation as long
as there is a reasonable prospect for success and the remaining life of
the collateral supports the workout terms.
Lenders will provide the loan classification of the guaranteed loan
at loan closing rather than 90 days after the loan has closed.
Additionally, lenders must notify the Agency when a borrower is 30 days
past due and cannot cure the delinquency within 30 days. The lender
must also provide a monthly default status report, as opposed to
bimonthly. This will allow the Agency to be more responsive to
delinquencies.
The lender can proceed with liquidation after the loan has been
properly accelerated while the Agency has the liquidation plan under
review. This will allow the lender to take such action as appropriate
to protect the interest of the lender and the Agency while the
liquidation plan is under review by the Agency. The appraisal
requirement threshold will be increased from $100,000 to $250,000 on
all collateral to be released, and the requirement for a current
appraisal for collateral to be liquidated will be increased from
$200,000 to $250,000. The $250,000 threshold is consistent with Office
of Management and Budget (OMB) guidelines set forth in OMB Circular A-
129.
The future recoveries section has been modified. The lender must
use reasonable efforts to attempt collection from any party still
liable for the guaranteed loan. Any net proceeds from that effort must
be split pro rata between the lender and the Agency based on the
percentage of guarantee. To the extent any party to the loan has a
written agreement with the Agency to repay all or part of any loss
claim paid by the Agency, any collection on that agreement will not be
split with the lender. This is because the Federal government has
collection remedies available to it that are not available to the
lender and that are not intended to benefit private parties.
Several changes have been made in an effort to reduce the cost to
the taxpayer in guaranteeing business and industry loans. Reasonable
attorney/legal fees that the lender can claim in the liquidation
process, as well as a Chapter 7 or Liquidating 11 bankruptcy, have been
reduced from full reimbursement to being shared equally between the
lender and the Agency. The Agency will not allow default or penalty
interest to be charged to the borrower. This could cause the Agency to
pay a loss when a solution could have been possible if the interest
rate had not been increased. Additionally, the rule clarifies that late
payment fees and interest on interest will not be covered by the
guarantee. The Agency has added the ability to require personal or
corporate guarantees from those owning 20 percent or more of the
borrower when stock of the borrower is sold.
A significant change that is expected to decrease the cost to the
taxpayer is that interest accrual is limited to any lender to 90 days
from the most recent delinquency effective date and any holder the
greater of: 90 days from the date of the most recent delinquency
effective date as reported by the lender or 30 days from the date of
the interest termination letter. A holder is a person or entity, other
than the lender, who owns all or part of the guaranteed portion of the
loan. The Agency was finding instances where holders were collecting
interest on the guaranteed portion of the loan for a much longer period
of time than other holders on the same loan. This was costing the
Agency a substantial amount of money in interest paid and complicating
the administration of the defaulted loan.
Executive Order 12866, Regulatory Planning and Review
This rule has been reviewed under Executive Order (EO) 12866 and
has been determined to be economically significant. The EO defines an
``economically significant regulatory action'' as one that is likely to
result in a rule that may: (1) Have an annual effect on the economy of
$100 million or more or adversely affect, in a material way, the
economy, a sector of the economy, productivity, competition, jobs, the
environment, public health or safety, or State, local, or tribal
governments or communities; (2) create a serious inconsistency or
otherwise interfere with an action taken or planned by another agency;
(3) materially alter the budgetary impact of entitlements, grants, user
fees, or loan programs or the rights and obligations of recipients
thereof; or (4) raise novel legal or policy issues arising out of legal
mandates, the President's priorities, or the principles set forth in
this EO. This rule was determined to be economically significant
because the changes to the B&I Guaranteed Loan Program regulations are
estimated to have an impact on the economy of more than $100 million.
Programs Affected
The Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance program number assigned
to the B&I Guaranteed Loan Program is 10.768.
[[Page 35987]]
Executive Order 12372, Intergovernmental Review of Federal Programs
B&I guaranteed loans are subject to the Provisions of Executive
Order 12372, which require intergovernmental consultation with State
and local officials. The Agency will conduct intergovernmental
consultation in accordance with 2 CFR part 415, subpart C.
Executive Order 12988, Civil Justice Reform
This rule has been reviewed under Executive Order 12988, Civil
Justice Reform. The Agency has determined that this rule meets the
applicable standards provided in section 3 of the Executive Order.
Additionally, (1) all State and local laws and regulations that are in
conflict with this rule will be preempted; (2) no retroactive effect
will be given to the rule; and (3) administrative appeal procedures, if
any, must be exhausted before litigation against the Department or its
agencies may be initiated, in accordance with the regulations of the
National Appeals Division of USDA at 7 CFR part 11.
Executive Order 13132, Federalism
The policies contained in this rule do not have any substantial
direct effect on States, on the relationship between the Federal
government and the States, or on the distribution of power and
responsibilities among the various levels of government. Nor does this
rule impose substantial direct compliance costs on State and local
governments. Therefore, consultation with States is not required.
Executive Order 13175, Consultation and Coordination With Indian Tribal
Governments
This Executive Order imposes requirements on the Agency in the
development of regulatory policies that have tribal implications or
preempt tribal laws. Rural Development has determined that this rule
does not have a substantial direct effect on one or more Indian
tribe(s) or on either the relationship or the distribution of powers
and responsibilities between the Federal government and Indian tribes.
Thus, this rule is not subject to the requirements of Executive Order
13175. If a tribe determines that this rule has implications of which
Rural Development is not aware and would like to engage with Rural
Development on this rule, please contact Rural Development's Native
American Coordinator at (720) 544-2911 or AIAN@wdc.usda.gov.
Regulatory Flexibility Act
Under section 605(b) of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C.
605(b), the Agency certifies that this rule will not have a significant
economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. This rule
affects lenders that utilize the B&I Guaranteed Loan Program and any
potential lenders that may utilize the program in the future. There are
approximately 1,117 active lenders in the B&I portfolio. The Agency
estimates that approximately 50 percent of the lenders that utilize the
program are small community banks that are considered a small entity,
as defined by the Regulatory Flexibility Act. Therefore, the Agency has
determined that this final rule will have an impact on a substantial
number of small entities.
However, the Agency has determined that the economic impact of the
rule on these small lenders will not be significant. Many of the
changes being implemented in the rule are tweaks to the program that
lenders have suggested at a series of lender roundtable meetings or
during annual lender visits that do not have any economic impact on the
lenders. The most significant change in the rule that affects lenders
is the criteria to become an approved non-regulated lender. This change
by itself, however, does not have a significant economic impact on a
substantial number of entities as it affects less than 2 percent of the
active lenders (approximately 21 non-regulated lenders). Based on the
data in the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) burden package, the Agency
estimates the cost of the rule to be approximately $1,600 per non-
regulated lender. This is based on determining which of the estimated
costs in the PRA burden package would be incurred by the lenders
applying for and participating in the program, and the estimated number
of lenders. The Small Business Administration's definition of a small
business for lenders is total assets of $500 million or less. The
Agency selected 20 small lenders at random to determine their total
assets. Based on 2014 data, the range of total assets for these 20
lenders is $52.6 million to $476 million. The average cost of $1,600
per non-regulated lender represents less than 0.003 percent of the
total assets of the smallest of these 20 lenders. Therefore, this rule
will not have a significant impact on a substantial number of small
entities.
Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
This rule contains no Federal mandates (under the regulatory
provisions of Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995) for
State, local, and tribal governments or the private sector. Thus, this
rule is not subject to the requirements of sections 202 and 205 of the
Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995.
Environmental Impact Statement
This rule has been reviewed in accordance with 7 CFR part 1970,
``Environmental Policies and Procedures.'' The Agency has determined
that this action does not constitute a major Federal action
significantly affecting the quality of the human environment, and in
accordance with the National Environmental Protection Policy Act of
1969 (NEPA), 42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq., an Environmental Impact Statement
is not required.
Under this program, the Agency conducts a NEPA review for each
application received. To date, no significant environmental impacts
have been reported, and Findings of No Significant Impact have been
issued for each approved application. Taken collectively, the
applications show limited potential for significant adverse cumulative
effects.
Paperwork Reduction Act
The information collection requirements contained in this final
rule have been submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB)
for review and approval.
E-Government Act Compliance
Rural Development is committed to complying with the E-Government
Act to promote the use of the Internet and other information
technologies to provide increased opportunities for citizen access to
Government information and services and for other purposes.
I. Background
Rural Development administers a multitude of Federal programs for
the benefit of rural America, ranging from housing and community
facilities to infrastructure and business development. Its mission is
to increase economic opportunity and improve the quality of life in
rural communities by providing the leadership, infrastructure, access
to capital, and technical support that enables rural communities to
prosper. To achieve its mission, Rural Development provides financial
support, including direct loans, grants, and loan guarantees, and
technical assistance to help improve the quality of life and provide
the foundation for economic development in rural areas.
[[Page 35988]]
The B&I Guaranteed Loan Program was authorized by the Rural
Development Act of 1972. The loans are made by private lenders to rural
businesses for the purpose of creating new businesses, expanding
existing businesses, and for other purposes that create employment
opportunities in rural America. Businesses in rural areas are eligible
for this program. Rural area, as defined by 7 CFR 4279.108(c), is
generally defined as any area other than a city or town of more than
50,000 inhabitants and the urbanized area contiguous and adjacent to
such a city or town. The types of borrowers that are served by the B&I
Guaranteed Loan Program are cooperative organizations, corporations,
partnerships, or other legal entities organized and operated on a
profit or nonprofit basis; Indian tribes on a Federal or State
reservation or other federally recognized tribal group; public bodies;
or individuals, provided the borrower is engaged in, or proposing to
engage in, a business. Loans can be made for a variety of purposes,
including business acquisition, expansion or improvement; purchase of
real estate, machinery and equipment, or supplies; limited debt
refinancing; and working capital. The rate and term of the loan is
negotiated between the business and the lender.
The regulations for the B&I Guaranteed Loan Program were rewritten
in 1996 to streamline and simplify the regulations for the program
while shifting primary responsibility for loan documentation and
analysis from the Agency to the lenders to make the program more
responsive to the needs of lenders and rural businesses.
II. Discussion of Comments Received on the Proposed Rule
The Agency received a total of 717 comments from 233 commenters.
Approximately 277 comments received supported the rule as written, and
approximately 170 of the comments resulted in minor changes to the
rule. The remaining comments were adverse to certain proposed changes
in the rule. The following is a discussion of the comments received on
the proposed rule.
Fourteen comments were received on the definitions section. One
commenter recommended revising the agricultural production definition
to clarify that ``for fiber or food for human consumption'' only
applies to the breeding, raising, feeding, or housing of livestock and
not to the cultivation, growing, or harvesting of crops, which should
remain ineligible no matter what the purpose of the crop. This comment
was adopted. One commenter recommended deleting the definition of
``person'' and revising the definition of ``borrower'' to avoid
confusion. This comment was not adopted because ``person'' is a
standard legal definition, which means a person or entity, and is used
many times throughout the rule. Two commenters recommended changing the
definition of delinquency to ``a scheduled loan payment that is more
than 90 days past due and cannot be cured within 30 days.'' These
comments were not adopted because loans are considered delinquent by
many lenders when the payment is not made by the payment due date. The
Agency is already allowing for more time by considering a loan
delinquent when the loan payment is 30 days past due and cannot be
cured within 30 days, which effectively is 60 days late. One commenter
recommended revising the energy project definition so that projects
that have energy outputs that are a by-product of operations, or that
the Agency otherwise determines is not an energy project, would not be
subject to the increased equity requirements for energy projects. This
comment was adopted. One commenter recommended changing the definition
of high-priority project to exclude State Director and Administrator
priority points from the total number of priority points because of the
discretionary nature of those points, which was not adopted. The Agency
feels that the reasons to award State Director and Administrator
priority points are compelling and are not adequately captured under
other categories. Additionally, not counting State Director and
Administrator points would likely lead to errors in calculating a
project's priority score. Five commenters supported the definition of
high-priority project as proposed. Additionally, one commenter
recommended adding a definition for ``farm or ranch'', another
recommended adding a definition for ``residential housing'', and one
commenter recommended adding a definition for ``business plan'' and
``feasibility study.'' These comments were not adopted. Definitions for
these terms are not necessary because these are commonly used terms
that are generally understood and have caused no confusion in the past.
Forty-five comments were received on the eligible lenders section.
One commenter recommended mortgage companies that are approved by the
Rural Housing Service be considered regulated lenders for the B&I
program. This comment was not adopted because housing lenders are
generally not commercial lenders and usually do not have adequate
expertise in commercial lending. Four commenters recommended that
Community Development Financial Institutions (CDFI) be considered
regulated lenders. These comments were not adopted because CDFIs are
not subject to credit examination and supervision by either an agency
of the United States or a State. One commenter recommended either
eliminating non-regulated lenders or further strengthening the criteria
for them to be considered eligible, such as requiring the lender to
have a line of credit issued by a regulated lender and requiring the
lender to submit that line of credit information and their audited
financial statements for review annually. The Agency is adopting part
of this comment. The Agency will require non-regulated lenders to have
a line of credit issued by a regulated lender and to submit their
audited financial statements annually but will not be eliminating non-
regulated lenders because they are an additional source of funding for
businesses in rural areas.
Six commenters recommended allowing only regulated lenders to
participate in the B&I program. These comments were not adopted because
the Agency is strengthening eligibility criteria for non-regulated
lenders but does not intend to deny all non-regulated lenders access to
the program. Historically, non-regulated lenders have provided a
meaningful lending source to businesses in rural areas, and the Agency
believes the strengthened criteria to become a non-regulated lender
will ensure that non-regulated lenders participating in the program
have adequate commercial lending experience to operate a successful
lending program. Fifteen comments were received on the 3-year renewal
process for non-regulated lenders. Eleven commenters were against a 3-
year renewal process, two suggested a 5-year renewal process with
existing approved lenders being grandfathered in, one suggested only
grandfathering in existing approved lenders in good standing, and one
recommended automatic renewal as long as the lender is in good
standing. None of these comments were adopted for the following
reasons. First, the Agency needs to implement a renewal process to
maintain a list of actively approved lenders. Second, there is
currently no vehicle to ensure non-regulated lenders continue to meet
lender eligibility criteria once they are initially approved. Third,
all non-regulated lenders must meet the new criteria to be an eligible
non-regulated lender; therefore, they
[[Page 35989]]
must reapply. Lastly, a 5-year period is too long a period of time for
the Agency to review a lender's information to ensure they continue to
meet the requirements of an eligible lender. Seven comments were
received with regard to the specific requirements set forth in section
4279.29(b)(1)(ii) that a non-regulated lender must meet, including
suggested changes to the number of commercial loans and delinquency
percentage required. These comments were not adopted as the Agency is
strengthening eligibility criteria for non-regulated lenders, and those
suggestions do not accomplish that objective. Three comments were
received that did not support the requirement for a loan loss reserve
of 3 percent for non-regulated lenders. The Agency recognizes that many
lenders use a loan loss reserve coverage ratio to establish the amount
of a loan loss reserve, but this requires regular screening of a
lender's loan portfolio, which is not something the Agency can easily
manage. According to the Federal Administrator of National Banks, the
amount set aside for loan losses is about 2 to 2.5 percent of
outstanding loan receivables, depending on the quality of the loans in
the portfolio, which indicates the 3 percent requirement is not out of
line for a non-regulated lender. Four comments were received
recommending that credit examinations performed by Aeris, formerly
known as the CDFI Assessment and Ratings System, be accepted as an
acceptable credit examination. The Agency concurs with this suggestion.
However, these comments do not require a rule change and will be
addressed administratively. One commenter recommended the credit
examination requirement be stricken, which was not adopted because non-
regulated lenders need to undergo some type of examination to give the
Agency a level of comfort approving them as non-regulated lenders for
the program. Two commenters recommended not requiring audited financial
statements for non-regulated lenders (a current requirement), which was
also not adopted. The Agency needs to better monitor its approved non-
regulated lenders and is requiring not only an audited financial
statement at the time of application and renewal but annually as review
of financial statements is a routine way of monitoring. Lastly, one
commenter recommended deleting the requirement that rates and fees
charged by non-regulated lenders must not be greater than those charged
by similarly located regulated commercial lenders. This comment was
adopted because section 4279.120 allows the lender to establish charges
and fees for the loan provided they are similar to those normally
charged other applicants for the same type of loan in the ordinary
course of business.
Two comments were received with regard to environmental issues. One
commenter suggested that the new environmental proposed rule and the
B&I proposed rule be aligned, which the Agency will ensure. Another
commenter suggested that the Agency use the site assessment from the
lender for the Agency's requirements, which could not be adopted
because of National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 requirements.
One comment was received with regard to audits for public bodies
and nonprofits suggesting that the rule align with 2 CFR part 200,
subpart F. This comment was adopted.
Seven comments were received suggesting specifically stating that
amendments may be made to the Conditional Commitment, which were
adopted. The Agency made changes to the rule to clarify that the
Conditional Commitment can be modified.
Nine comments were received with regard to limiting interest
accrual to holders. Three commenters indicated they did not believe the
liquidity event of one investor should force the repurchase of a loan
by the Agency, and one commenter indicated that one holder should not
be able to initiate a claim and dictate the timeline for other holders.
These comments were taken into consideration. The Agency agrees and has
implemented these concepts by providing that for loans closed on or
after the effective date of the final rule, the lender or the Agency
will issue an interest termination letter to the holder(s) establishing
the termination date for interest accrual. The guarantee will not cover
interest to any holder accruing after the greater of: 90 Days from the
date of the most recent delinquency effective date as reported by the
lender or 30 days from the date of the interest termination letter.
Four commenters supported the regulation change as proposed, and one
commenter recommended that the new interest cap for lenders appear in
the Full Faith and Credit section for consistency since the interest
cap for holders is reflected there. This comment was adopted.
One commenter recommended a requirement that the lender submit to
the holder its pro rata share of payments within 5 business days, which
was not adopted. The regulation indicates the payment should be
remitted promptly, and the Agency declines to define ``promptly'' or
set a specific time period for the lender to remit payment to the
holder. Based upon discussions with some of the largest secondary
market holders, lenders typically take as much as 30 days to process
and remit payments to holders.
One commenter suggested clarifying that a holder typically notifies
the lender and the Agency of reassignments after a sale and recommended
changing reference of the Bond Market Association to the Securities
Industry and Financial Markets Association. Both recommendations were
adopted. Another commenter recommended language stating that holders
are encouraged to consult with the Agency in order to validate
authenticity of guaranteed loans they purchase, which also was adopted.
Two commenters suggested the minimum retention section be modified
to allow lenders to sell the unguaranteed portion in any way as long as
they buy back and retain the minimum 5 percent of the total loan
amount. These suggestions were not adopted because of the potential for
fraud or abuse. One commenter recommended clarifying that under the
multi-note system, the lender does not retain title to the notes. This
comment was adopted.
Fourteen comments were received on the repurchase from holder
section. Ten commenters recommended that the ``lender is encouraged to
repurchase'' text be stricken, and three others recommended that the
``in the opinion of lender'' text be stricken. Both of these provisions
are in the current rule, as well as the Biorefinery Assistance Program
regulation, although one sentence was added to emphasize the benefit to
the lender. This was added to encourage lenders to repurchase
guaranteed loans in default versus the Agency having to repurchase
them. As such, the suggestions to strike the text were not adopted. One
commenter suggested adding ``if the default is not cured'' to the
repurchase text for clarification, which was adopted along with
integrating paragraph (c) of Sec. 4279.78 into paragraph (a).
One commenter suggested that a form be developed in lieu of
requiring an indemnity bond when documents are lost, stolen, destroyed,
mutilated, or defaced. This comment was not adopted because an
indemnity bond is the only way the Agency is guaranteed to be made
whole in the event the Agency erroneously makes payment on both an
original and duplicate document. One commenter recommended Sec.
4279.84(b)(4) be neutered to apply to both single note and multi-note
options, which was adopted.
[[Page 35990]]
The Agency invited public comment as to whether guaranteed loans
should be made to businesses that do not meet citizenship requirements,
if the facility being financed will create new or save existing jobs
for rural U.S. residents and when loan funds are used only for fixed
assets that will remain in the United States. Sixteen comments were
received with regard to the citizenship requirement for corporations or
other non public-body type borrowers. Fifteen comments supported
removing the citizenship requirement, and one did not. As such, the
rule was revised to remove the citizenship requirement for corporations
or other non public-body type borrowers if the facility being financed
will create new or save existing jobs for rural U.S. residents and when
loan funds are used only for fixed assets that will remain in the
United States. The B&I program is focused on the creation and retention
of jobs in rural America. It is critical that jobs be created and
retained in the United States, and this provision will help to achieve
that.
Nine comments were received with regard to rural area exceptions.
Eight of the comments support addition of the Farm Bill language, and
one suggested that the language for rural area exceptions in Sec.
4279.108(c)(6) be rewritten, which was not adopted due to the text's
statutory nature.
Twenty-one comments were received with regard to eligible uses of
funds. Four commenters support the enhanced and clarified uses of funds
as proposed. Two commenters recommended that nursing homes and assisted
living facilities be specifically listed as eligible loan purposes for
clarification because the ineligible loan purpose/entity section uses
the term ``or other residential housing.'' These comments were adopted.
One commenter recommended clarifying that the purchase and development
of land, buildings, etc., is for commercial or industrial properties,
which was also adopted. One commenter recommended requiring
documentation that newly proposed residential units as part of mixed-
use properties be necessary to fill a lack of currently available
housing. This comment was not adopted because in mixed-use properties,
the housing component is critical to project viability. One commenter
recommended recasting the existing lender debt sentence to state
existing lender debt refinancing may not exceed 50 percent of the
overall loan instead of existing lender debt refinancing must be less
than 50 percent of the overall loan. This comment was adopted. One
commenter recommended stating that ``except for the refinancing of
lines of credit'', debt being refinanced must have been for an eligible
loan purpose. This comment was adopted. The same commenter further
suggested that this paragraph reiterate that loans to borrowers with
facilities located in both rural and non-rural areas will be limited to
the amount necessary to finance the facility located in the eligible
rural area. This comment was not adopted because Sec. 4279.108(c)
already states this and reiteration is not necessary. One commenter
recommended removing industries undergoing adjustment from terminated
Federal agricultural price and income support programs or increased
competition from foreign trade as an eligible loan purpose. This
comment was not adopted as the provision is required by Section
310B(a)(2)(D) of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act. Seven
comments were received with regard to energy projects. One commenter
indicated energy projects should be eligible regardless of whether the
project is eligible for the Rural Energy for America Program (REAP),
which was not accepted because the intent of this provision was to
steer energy projects to the REAP program to the extent possible. Two
comments from the same commenter were received with regard to expanding
eligibility for ``next phase'' technology, which were not adopted
because there is too much risk involved with next-phase technology.
Energy projects are risky by nature, but requiring the energy project
to be commercially available reduces risk. Three comments were received
with regard to locally or regionally produced agricultural food
products. Two commenters recommended allowing only non-rural local
foods projects when the project assists rural businesses and creates
and/or saves jobs in the surrounding rural communities. These comments
were not adopted because they conflict with the statute. There could be
projects in non-rural areas that serve underserved communities that do
not necessarily provide an economic benefit to the surrounding rural
communities, assist rural businesses, or create and/or save jobs in the
surrounding rural communities. One commenter recommended the Agency
retain the current policy that projects that are eligible under the
locally or regionally produced agricultural food products initiative
may be located in urban areas, as well as rural areas. This comment was
adopted.
Four commenters support the addition of the cooperative stock/
cooperative equity sections, and two commenters recommended not
requiring a prospectus and striking reference to Securities Exchange
Commission regulations for cooperatives since cooperatives are exempt
from these requirements. These comments were adopted.
Thirteen comments were received on the New Markets Tax Credit
(NMTC) program. One commenter stated that unless legislation is passed
to continue the NMTC program, the entire section should be stricken. As
Section 141 of Division Q of the Consolidated Appropriations Act of
2016, which was signed into law on December 18, 2015, extended the NMTC
program through 2019 and the fact that Community Development Entities
(CDE) have several years to deploy allocated funds, this comment was
not adopted. One commenter suggested reserving guarantee authority for
a pilot program, but this comment was not adopted because the Agency
has no authority to reserve funding for an NMTC pilot program. One
commenter suggested incorporating a requirement for ``reasonable and
customary fees'' or the approved unwind at the end of the NMTC
compliance period to include the sub-CDE conferring some significant
percentage, if not all, of the NMTC subsidy to the Qualified Active Low
Income Business (QALICB). This comment was adopted since Sec. 4279.120
allows the lender to establish charges and fees for the loan.
Furthermore, the regulation was revised to require the plan to unwind
the fund be included in the guaranteed loan application to the Agency.
Two commenters suggested that the rule be clarified that the guarantee
is provided to a loan made to a qualified business in a rural area, and
two commented that the Agency should consider allowing the guarantee to
attach to the leveraged loan(s) made to the upper-tier investment fund,
both of which were adopted. One commenter suggested clarifying that the
guarantee could only attach to the QALICB's loan, which was not adopted
because, as a result of other comments, the rule has been expanded to
include a lender's leveraged loan to accommodate the mechanics of the
NMTC program. The entire section was restructured to separate
guarantees for QALICBs' loans and guarantees for lenders' leveraged
loans. Three commenters recommended a ``direct tracing'' method. These
suggestions were also adopted. Two commenters suggested that CDEs
should not have to provide audited financial statements and loan
performance statistics to become an eligible non-regulated lender.
These comments were
[[Page 35991]]
not adopted because CDEs must meet the requirements of Sec. 4279.29(b)
to be an approved non-regulated lender.
Fifty comments were received on the ineligible loan purpose/entity
type section. One commenter suggested that Sec. 4279.117 be revised to
align with Section 363 of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development
Act to include as an ineligible loan purpose any project that drains,
dredges, fills, levels, or otherwise manipulates a wetland, which was
adopted. One commenter suggested that transactions among immediate
family members that are not arm's length transactions be value-
validated via an appropriate appraisal, which was also adopted. Another
commenter recommended clarifying what documentation would be obtained
from the selling immediate family member to ensure they are not trying
to circumvent the regulation by staying on running/operating or
assisting with the business. This comment does not require a rule
change. The Agency will provide administrative guidance to clarify that
the selling immediate family member is prohibited from having an
ownership interest in the business but that does not preclude the
former owner from remaining as an employee of the business during a
transitional period. One commenter recommended a sentence be added to
more specifically state that documented construction or installation
costs may not include any profit or wages to related persons/entities
and that all such work must be done at cost. This comment was adopted.
One commenter recommended that a selling immediate family member be
allowed to maintain a minority ownership interest in the borrower. This
recommendation was not adopted because the business must be acquired in
full to be a business acquisition in accordance with Sec. 4279.113(b).
One commenter recommended that ``on account of an ownership interest''
be added and that the Agency allow reasonable overhead, developer fees,
and profit in line with market standards. These comments were not
adopted because the addition of ``on account of an ownership interest''
does not add anything to the sentence and the Agency only allows
construction or installation work to be done by an affiliate at cost
with no profit to the affiliate. Three comments were received
questioning the prohibition of guaranteeing projects in excess of $1
million that would likely result in the transfer of jobs from one area
to another and increase direct employment by more than 50 employees.
These comments were not adopted because this is a statutory provision.
Five commenters stated that campgrounds should be an eligible loan
purpose. These comments were adopted, and campgrounds and resort
trailer parks will not be listed as ineligible loan purposes.
Campgrounds and resort trailer parks will be added to the list of
examples under tourist and recreation facilities in the eligible loan
purpose section. Eight commenters stated that apartments, duplexes, and
other housing projects that would not be eligible for multi-family
housing programs should be an eligible loan purpose. These comments
were not adopted because these types of projects do not generally
provide lasting community benefits and create or save quality jobs, and
guarantee authority would be better utilized for projects that do. One
commenter suggested clarification of the prohibition on supporting
inherently religious activities, specifically as it relates to the
financing of hospitals with chapels, funeral homes conducting religious
services, or event centers that periodically host weddings. This
comment was not adopted because it is already addressed at 7 CFR part
16. In line with the Faith Based Initiative, the Agency revised its
provision precluding the funding of ``church-controlled'' organizations
to precluding the funding of ``inherently religious activity.'' While
mere control by a church no longer disqualifies a proposed applicant,
it is the Agency's position that religious entities are charitable
organizations and, as such, must not exceed the 10 percent cap on
charitable donations. One commenter suggested allowing next-phase
technology, which was not adopted because the B&I program only
guarantees projects that are commercially available, which by
definition would exclude next-phase technology. There is too much risk
involved with next-phase technology. Energy projects are risky by
nature, but requiring the energy project to be commercially available
reduces risk. Thirteen commenters recommended that debt service
reserves be eligible. These comments were adopted, and debt service
reserves were removed as an ineligible loan purpose. One commenter
indicated the conflict of interest prohibition was overly broad and not
well defined. The text is broad by design to provide flexibility while
encompassing any conflict of interest situation. The Agency is
available to provide eligibility determinations, which would enable
applicants to determine whether a conflict of interest exists. One
commenter suggested defining ``lender's officers'' and asked what the
rationale was for removing the lender's directors, stockholders, or
other owners from the prohibition and what documentation would be
required on what policies the lender has in place to remove the
lender's director, stockholder, or other owner from the decisionmaking
process. The intent of this revision was to allow a borrower's owner
who has a nominal interest (less than 5 percent) in the lender or who
is a member of the lender's board of directors (as long as they are not
also officers) to still have the lender provide the guaranteed loan to
the borrower. The suggestion to add a definition for ``lender's
officers'' was not adopted because it is not necessary, although
additional language was added to address the concern of the lender's
director, stockholder, or other owner being removed from the
decisionmaking process. Two commenters recommended that charitable
organizations engaged in or proposing to engage in a business be
eligible. These comments were adopted when it can be demonstrated that
not more than 10 percent of a charitable organization's revenue is
generated from tax deductible charitable donations. A charitable
organization proposing to engage in a business could charter that
business separately as a for-profit business.
One hundred and seventy five comments were received supporting
allowing an owner to stay involved in a phased ownership buyout by
employees for ESOPs and worker cooperatives. Three commenters
recommended a specific eligibility provision for worker cooperative and
ESOP stock purchases. These comments were adopted. Two commenters
recommended that there be a limited time period where the transferred
business must be fully employee owned upon completion. One of those
suggestions was a 5-year period, which was adopted. One commenter
suggested a more detailed description of the kind of stock to be
transferred/financed, and one commenter suggested allowing loan
guarantees in stages. These comments were adopted, and a new section
was added to address staged financing and the transfer of stock within
cooperatives.
Fifteen comments were received on the loan guarantee limit section.
One commenter suggested a guarantor loan limit of $50 million, which
was adopted. One commenter suggested that the Agency clarify how legal
or regulatory lending limits would impact the percentage of guarantee.
The legal or regulatory lending limit does not impact the percentage of
guarantee per se. As
[[Page 35992]]
long as the lender's legal lending limit would otherwise prevent it
from being able to make the loan to the borrower, a lender may request
up to a 90 percent guarantee. Two commenters recommended that
guarantees of up to 90 percent be allowed for local and regional food
enterprise loans of up to $10 million. Seven commenters recommended
guarantees of up to 90 percent remain for loans of up to $10 million.
These comments were not adopted because the $5 million loan limit for
increased percentages of guarantee mirrors the loan limit for reduced
guarantee fees, and these are steps the Agency is taking to reduce the
cost of administering the program. Four comments were received
supporting the limitation of increased percentages of guarantee to
loans of $5 million or less.
Ten comments were received on the fees and charges section. Seven
commenters recommended that reduced guarantee fees be available for all
loans, regardless of loan amount. These comments were not adopted
because there is a negative impact on program subsidy for reduced
guarantee fees, and the Agency is trying to reduce the costs of
administering the program. One commenter suggested deleting ``or
fundamental structural changes in its economic base'' in the criteria
for allowing a reduced guarantee fee, which was adopted because the
priority scoring section no longer contains that clause. Two commenters
recommended that the responsibility to ensure that annual renewal fees
have been paid be that of the lender. These comments were accepted as
the requirement is directed at the lender.
Twenty comments were received on the interest rate section. Three
commenters addressed interest rate swaps, which the current regulation
allows. One commenter recommended that interest rate swaps not be
allowed because they expose users to interest rate and credit risk. Two
commenters, however, pointed out that borrowers who opt for a variable
rate loan will not have the opportunity to hedge against rising
interest rates if interest rate swaps are not allowed. The Agency notes
that it has long been its policy for the B&I Guaranteed Loan Program
that interest rates are negotiated between the lender and the borrower,
including instances of interest rate swaps. As noted by the commenters,
interest rate swaps may benefit some borrowers and may expose other
borrowers to interest rate and credit risk. On balance, the Agency has
decided retain its long-standing policy of allowing interest rate swaps
under this program. The Agency points out that the loan guarantees it
issues under this program covers only the principal and interest on the
guaranteed loans and does not cover any fees associated with interest
rate swaps. One commenter suggested that a variable interest rate be
tied to a base rate published in a national or regional financial
publication, which was adopted. One commenter recommended that interest
rates on the unguaranteed portion be allowed at the outset to be lower
than the guaranteed portion if the adjustment period on the
unguaranteed portion is shorter than the guaranteed portion, which
would represent a lower rate risk to the bank. This comment was not
adopted because allowing the guaranteed portion to have a higher
interest rate would cause the Agency to pay more on a loss than it
otherwise would if the guaranteed portion was equal to or less than the
unguaranteed portion. Seven commenters support the new provision
providing that lenders do not have to set interest rate floors and
ceilings to remain in compliance with the regulation. Four commenters
support the addition of the requirement that the lender's promissory
note may not contain provisions for default or penalty interest. Three
commenters recommended this provision be stricken. These comments were
not adopted because allowing default interest rates could cause the
borrower to continue in default because of the higher payment, which
increases the likelihood of the Agency having to pay a loss. One
commenter recommended adding a provision that the lender may not charge
late payment fees for the same reason; however, this comment was not
adopted because the Agency believes there needs to be some incentive
for the borrower to get its payments in on time.
One commenter suggested clarifying what is meant by project cash
flow statements, which was adopted. Administrative text was added to
the Instruction to provide clarification.
Sixteen comments were received on collateral requirements. One
commenter recommended that intangible assets not be allowed to serve as
primary collateral and recommended minor changes to the rule text, both
of which were adopted. Three commenters suggested tying collateral
discount rates to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC)
supervisory loan-to-value limitations. These comments were not adopted
because FDIC supervisory loan-to-value limitations only apply to real
estate, and there are no set limitations for machinery and equipment or
accounts receivables and inventory. Furthermore, the loan-to-value
limitations are excluded when loans are guaranteed or insured by the
U.S. Government when the amount of the guarantee or insurance is at
least equal to the portion of the loan that exceeds the supervisory
loan-to-value limit. Five commenters stated they did not believe there
was a need to change the current language because lender regulatory
requirements define collateral and appropriate discounts. These
comments were not adopted because changes are necessary to bring
consistency in collateral requirements. Seven comments were received on
the requirement for reviewed financial statements when there is a
predominant reliance on inventory and/or receivable collateral that
exceeds $250,000. Four of these commenters mistakenly thought if the
loan amount exceeds $250,000, reviewed financial statements would be
required and recommended the threshold be $1 million. These comments
were not adopted because reviewed financial statements would only be
required when there is a predominant reliance on inventory and/or
receivable collateral that exceeds $250,000, which will usually only be
applicable for working capital loans. If receivables and inventory are
the predominant or only collateral for a loan, the Agency must ensure
collateral for these types of loans is adequate.
Thirty-six comments were received with regard to equity. Three
commenters suggested reducing the tangible balance sheet equity
requirement for new businesses from 20 percent to 10 percent. These
comments were not adopted because startup businesses are generally cost
intensive, and those that are financed with more equity and less debt
are more likely to succeed. Two commenters indicated that Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) accounting allows related
entities to transfer assets to one another at fair market value and
asked why the Agency would not allow such a transaction if it is in
accordance with GAAP. The Agency adopted the comments and modified the
sentence to allow it when in accordance with GAAP and evidence is
provided that the transaction was entered into at market terms. One
commenter indicated clarification was needed on owner subordinated debt
and asked if payments could be made on the subordinated debt and
whether interest could be paid on the subordinated debt. This comment
was accepted, and administrative text was added to the Instruction to
clarify that as it is the principal amount of cash being injected as
owner subordinated debt that the Agency will consider equity when
[[Page 35993]]
calculating tangible balance sheet equity, no payments can be made on
this subordinated debt because the cash must remain in the business for
the life of the loan. This would not, however, preclude interest from
being paid on the subordinated debt as long as the guaranteed loan is
current and there are no loan agreement/covenant violations. Because
the regulation requires an injection of cash in exchange for the
subordinated debt, an owner would not be able to create a subordinated
debt note in lieu of drawing a salary because the salary is drawn over
time, and the reduction of expenses is not the same as an immediate
cash injection. One commenter recommended that subordinated debt of
non-owner parties be allowed the same consideration as owner
subordinated debt. This comment was not adopted because debt is a
liability of the business and is therefore not equity. Owner
subordinated debt is only allowed when cash is injected into the
business for the life of the loan. One commenter recommended that the
Agency consider removing the tangible balance sheet equity requirement
and allowing appraisal surplus, which was not adopted. The tangible
balance sheet equity requirement cannot be removed as the Consolidated
Farm and Rural Development Act contains a provision requiring that no
loan commitment be conditioned upon an applicant investment in excess
of 10 percent in the business or industrial enterprise unless special
circumstances warrant (the Agency determined that startup businesses
and energy projects are special circumstances), and review of the
balance sheet is the only way to ascertain an applicant's investment in
the business. Three commenters suggested removing the tangible balance
sheet equity requirement and replacing it with a well-established
lending industry metric, such as a leverage or debt-to-worth ratio.
These comments were accepted, as a debt-to-worth ratio requirement is
already specifically in the rule. Tangible balance sheet equity is the
same as a debt-to-worth ratio, simply expressed as a percentage. Three
commenters suggested allowing ``off balance sheet'' items, such as
fully subordinated owner debt, stand-by debt, and equity in commonly
owned real estate. Aside from fully subordinated owner debt that is
already allowed, debt, stand-by or otherwise, is classified as a
liability and is not equity. Therefore, this comment is not being
accepted. Appraisal surplus is not allowed because it is the asset's
book value that is reflected on the balance sheet. Furthermore,
appraisals fluctuate widely, and an asset's book value is a more
conservative and reliable approach to valuing an asset for equity
purposes. Five commenters suggested adding back depreciation. These
suggestions were not adopted. As financial statements must be prepared
in line with GAAP standards and depreciation is a GAAP concept, it is
the asset's depreciated value that is considered in the tangible
balance sheet equity calculation. If a business has depreciated its
assets in accordance with GAAP for tax purposes, it cannot add that
depreciation back in for purposes of meeting the tangible balance sheet
equity requirement. One commenter suggested allowing energy projects to
meet the equity requirement at issuance of the Loan Note Guarantee,
which was not adopted. The practice of allowing loans to close not
having met the equity requirement would complicate administration of
the program and tie up guarantee authority for projects that otherwise
meet the equity requirement. One commenter suggested requiring an
independent accountant to prepare the loan closing balance sheet. This
comment was not adopted because it would be overly burdensome to
require the balance sheet, on which the lender's certification is
based, to be prepared by an independent accountant. Four commenters
suggested removing the requirement for the loan closing balance sheet
to be prepared by an accountant. These comments were adopted. Since it
is the lender that is required to make the certification, it would be
up to the lender whether or not to require an accountant to prepare the
loan closing balance sheet. Two commenters suggested the timing of the
tangible balance sheet equity requirement be at issuance of the Loan
Note Guarantee versus loan closing. These comments were not adopted
because the regulation has always required the Loan Note Guarantee to
be issued coincident with or immediately after loan closing, and the
regulation has always required the lender's loan agreement to contain
all of the requirements of the Conditional Commitment (the tangible
balance sheet equity requirement being one of those requirements).
However, the Agency was finding that loans were being closed without
having met the equity requirement and, in some cases, loans were closed
with the hopes that retained earnings would increase at some point in
the future to meet the equity requirement. This practice was tying up
guarantee authority for projects that met the equity requirement. As a
result of these findings, the regulation was changed in 2006 as a
corrective action to clarify that equity was to be met at loan closing.
Four comments were received with regard to the requirement for real
estate holding companies and operating companies to be co-borrowers.
These comments were taken into consideration, and the Agency added the
ability for this requirement to be waived when the Agency determines
that adequate justification exists. Two commenters suggested that the
requirement for co-borrowers that are independent operations to both
meet the equity requirement individually be removed. These comments
were not adopted to prevent situations where a company unrelated to the
project is made a co-borrower to compensate for the ``borrower'' not
meeting the equity requirement, which effectively is a circumvention of
the regulation. One commenter suggested that GAAP apply to sole
proprietorships, which was not adopted because very few B&I loans are
made to sole proprietors, and personal financial statements do not
typically account for depreciation. One commenter recommended that the
rule retain the ability for the Administrator to reduce the borrower's
equity requirement, which is accepted as the regulation continues to
provide the Administrator discretion to reduce the equity requirement.
One commenter suggested adding the word ``all'' to the requirement for
financial statements that meet or exceed industry standards when
requesting a reduction in the equity requirement, which was adopted.
Nine comments were received on the personal and corporate guarantee
section. One commenter suggested adding a provision where guarantees
are not required from owners who are legally prohibited from providing
guarantees, which was adopted. One commenter suggested adding the words
``for existing businesses'' to the guarantee exception language, which
was also adopted because, in practice, only an existing business would
be able to demonstrate cash flow and profitability. Two commenters
suggested adding the exception language back into the rule. These
comments were accepted. The exception language still exists but was
simply moved to another paragraph. Five commenters suggested removing
the ability for the Agency to obtain guarantees from persons whose
ownership interest in the borrower is held indirectly through
intermediate entities. These comments were not adopted because often
times, borrowers are owned by shell companies, whose guarantees are
typically worth little. The Agency needs to have the ability to
[[Page 35994]]
obtain guarantees where the financial strength lies, which is typically
the principal(s) of the business, who may be layers up the ownership
chain.
Ten comments were received on the financial statement section. One
commenter suggested adding ``Except for audited financial statements
required by Sec. 4279.71 of this chapter, the lender will determine
the type and frequency . . .,'' which was adopted. Two commenters
suggested increasing the threshold where the Agency may require audited
financial statements from $3 million to $10 million, which were also
adopted. One commenter suggested requiring an independent accountant to
prepare the annual financial statements. This comment was not adopted
because it would be overly burdensome to require annual financial
statements to be prepared by an independent accountant. Six commenters
recommended language be added to allow for the approval of the loan
with the requirement for audited financial statements to be provided in
subsequent years, as opposed to requiring audited financial statements
at the onset of the loan. These comments were not adopted as the lender
already has the ability to require future audited financial statements
if they wish, and it is not necessary to specifically state they have
this ability in the rule.
Eight comments were received on the appraisal section. One
commenter suggested adding a requirement for lenders to follow their
primary regulator's policies relating to appraisals and evaluations
when collateral values are under the $250,000 threshold for requiring
an appraisal, which was adopted. Six commenters suggested adding
``unless it is a well-established industry norm to use business
valuations in calculating the value of the enterprise and is in
accordance with the lender's loan policies'' to the statement that
values attributed to business valuations or as a going concern are not
allowed. Although these comments were not adopted, the Agency changed
the regulatory text to require that values of both tangible and
intangible assets be reported individually/separately in the appraisal.
Business valuations or going concern values will be deducted from the
reconciled fair market value of the hard assets for purposes of
calculating collateral coverage. One commenter recommended requiring a
Certified Appraisal by a Certified Machinery and Equipment Appraiser,
which was not adopted because this is not a normal banking practice.
Twelve comments were received with regard to feasibility studies.
One commenter suggested not requiring a feasibility study from an
existing business expanding its facility if the existing facility is
sufficient to service the new debt, which was adopted. One commenter
recommended removing the requirement for a feasibility study for all
biofuels projects, regardless of whether they are new or existing,
which was also adopted. Since feasibility studies are required for new
businesses and may be required for existing businesses where there is a
significant change in operations, this requirement has been determined
not to be necessary. Two commenters recommended that feasibility
studies conducted with funding from other programs, such as the Value-
Added Producer Grants, the Rural Business Enterprise Grants, and the
Rural Cooperative Development Grants, be accepted as fulfilling the
feasibility study requirement. These commenters further recommended
that the Agency work with lenders and borrowers to secure alternative
grant funding for development of feasibility studies. These comments
were accepted as the Agency currently accepts feasibility studies
funded with other programs as long as they meet the requirements of
Sec. 4279.150. While the borrower is ultimately responsible for
securing any grant funding, the Agency does assist in securing grant
funding for development of feasibility studies. Three commenters
recommended that feasibility studies not be required for all new
businesses. These comments were not adopted because current Agency
policy is to obtain feasibility studies for startups/new businesses or
when there is a significant change in operations in an existing
business, and this provision simply codifies current Agency policy.
Five commenters recommended defining ``significantly.'' These comments
were not adopted because ``significant'' and ``significantly'' are used
many times throughout the rule, and there may be unintended
consequences of defining such a generic term. The Agency will rely on
the commonly used definition of the term, meaning a noticeably or
measurably large amount.
Thirty-nine comments were received on the application section. One
commenter suggested requiring additional information in order to
complete the priority score sheet. This comment was accepted, and,
although it is already covered by Sec. 4279.161(b)(19), text was added
to clarify any information needed to score the project will be
required. Nine comments were received supporting the reduction of
historical financial information for any parent, affiliates, or
subsidiaries from 3 years to current financial statements only. One
commenter suggested adding that projections must be prepared in line
with GAAP standards for clarification, which was adopted. Three
commenters recommended that the Agency not require a loan agreement or
ratios in the loan agreement. These comments were not adopted because
the loan agreement needs to contain basic loan covenants, including
ratios, and the Agency should review the draft loan agreement to ensure
it complies with the regulation. At the time of issuance of the Loan
Note Guarantee is too far along in the process to learn there may be
problems with the loan agreement because, typically, the loan agreement
has been executed by the lender and borrower by the time the lender
requests issuance of the Loan Note Guarantee. One commenter recommended
revising the citation for intergovernmental consultation comments to 2
CFR part 415, subpart C, which was adopted. One commenter suggested
that the technical review of the appraisal, which is required by Sec.
4279.144(a), be added to the appraisal requirement in the application
section, which was adopted. Seven commenters recommended that the
Agency continue to issue Conditional Commitments subject to receipt of
satisfactory appraisals. These comments were accepted, although the
ability to issue Conditional Commitments subject to receipt of
satisfactory appraisals remains. Four commenters suggested removing
``at the Agency's discretion'' with regard to not requiring a business
plan when loan proceeds are used exclusively for debt refinancing and
fees in order to remove the burden of decisionmaking from local
officials, which may be arbitrary in nature. Six commenters supported
doing away with business plans when debt is being refinanced. Two
commenters recommended the Agency conduct outreach to make lenders and
borrowers aware of the abbreviated application option, and one further
recommended that the Agency develop guidelines for common factors that
constitute a ``significant risk.'' The Agency agrees with these
comments and will adopt administrative text to address the concern.
Three commenters support reducing the amount of documents required for
the short application form/process, and one commenter suggested
removing the short application form/process in its entirety, which was
not adopted because the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act
requires a simplified application form/process.
[[Page 35995]]
Thirteen comments were received on priority scoring. Four
commenters support the changes in priority scoring. One commenter
recommended deleting the requirement for lenders to consider Agency
priorities when choosing projects for guarantee. This comment was not
adopted because lenders are not discouraged from submitting
applications that would receive a low priority score. They are simply
required to consider priorities for scoring, especially the categories
they have control over, such as the interest rate category. This
requirement is in the current rule. With regard to the categories for
loan-to-job ratio, one commenter suggested the Agency add language to
explain how jobs should be counted and incorporate a verification
component to the scoring criteria. This comment does not need to be
addressed because this point category was deleted. Five commenters
suggested that the Farmer Mac II rate not be utilized for priority
scoring. These comments were accepted, and this point category was
deleted as well. The proposal was in response to a concern that it was
difficult for fixed rate loans to qualify for priority points using the
Wall Street Journal Prime +1 and +1.5 equivalents. One commenter
suggested that ``an agricultural resource value-added product'' be
removed in the scoring section because the definition for this term was
incorporated into ``natural resource value added product.'' This
comment was adopted. One commenter suggested removing reference to the
Work Opportunity Tax Credit Program because program authority expired
December 31, 2013, and has not been extended to date. This comment was
adopted as well.
Ten comments were received on planning and performance development.
Two commenters suggested that ``or similar document issued by the
relevant building jurisdiction'' be included with the requirement for a
Notice of Completion, which were adopted. One commenter recommended
that the Agency clarify that a project architect or engineer may be a
person with demonstrated experience to confirm that the budget is
adequate for the planned development, which was also adopted. Five
commenters recommended the Agency allow independent monitoring by a
reputed nationwide firm during construction as an alternative to a
performance bond as long as the contract guarantees project
construction. These comments were taken into consideration, and the
Agency will allow contracts with independent disbursement and
monitoring firms where project construction and completion are
guaranteed. One commenter recommended breaking a sentence into two
sentences, which was not adopted because a third option was added due
to other comments, and restructure of this sentence makes it clear
there are several alternatives. One commenter recommended that Sec.
4279.167(c) be revised to remove reference to the Americans with
Disabilities Act and insert reference to the Architectural Barriers Act
Accessibility Standard, which was adopted.
One commenter recommended that a timeframe be established for
responding to preapplications, and five commenters recommended that
that timeframe be 30 days. These comments were not adopted in this rule
because the Instruction contains an entire preapplication processing
section; however, administrative text was added to the preapplication
processing section instructing staff to respond to preapplications
within 30 days.
One commenter recommended that a transfer of lender request be
received in writing from the current lender, the proposed lender, and
the borrower, which aligns with the substitution of lender requirements
in the servicing regulation, and one commenter recommended deleting a
semicolon. Both of these suggestions were adopted.
Three comments were received on the conditions precedent to
issuance of the guarantee section. One commenter again recommended that
the regulation specify that the loan closing balance sheet must be
prepared by an independent accountant, which was not adopted because it
would be overly burdensome to require the balance sheet, on which the
lender's certification is based, to be prepared by an independent
accountant. One commenter suggested that a form be developed for the
lender's certification, which was not adopted because simply signing a
form would not provide the Agency with the same level of comfort as
when a lender has to actually prepare the certification on its own
letterhead. One commenter suggested adding a definition for
``accountant'' and emphasized that if the lender has to make the
certification, it should be up to the lender who prepares the balance
sheet. Part of this recommendation was adopted. The Agency has decided
not to require the loan closing balance sheet to be prepared by an
accountant. Since the lender is required to make the certification that
tangible balance sheet equity was met, it would be up to the lender
whether or not to require an accountant to prepare the balance sheet.
One commenter recommended a field be created in the USDA Lender
Interactive Network Connection (LINC) to prompt the lender to complete
the loan classification. The Agency agrees with this recommendation and
will adopt it administratively. One commenter recommended that Sec.
4287.107(b) include the lender's ability to enter the loan
classification in LINC if they remit the guarantee fee via LINC, which
was also adopted. Five commenters support requiring the lender to
establish the loan classification at loan closing. Five commenters
support allowing the flexibility to have teleconferences to complete
the Agency and lender annual lender conferences. One commenter
recommended that the Agency only allow annual lender conferences to be
held via teleconference if the lender has supplied all required
servicing reports to the Agency. This comment was not adopted because
face-to-face visits can be costly and allowing annual conferences to be
held by teleconference not only reduces the cost to the lender, it
reduces the cost of administering the program for the Agency. One
commenter recommended clarification of a ``reasonable attempt to obtain
financial statements.'' This was not adopted because it is not
necessary and allows for flexibility in determining what is reasonable.
Reasonable attempts could be documented telephone calls or written
letters to the lender.
Nine commenters support increasing the requirement for an appraisal
from $100,000 to $250,000. One commenter recommended allowing
subordination of lien positions when it would ``not adversely affect
the potential for collection of the B&I loan through repayment or
liquidation'' instead of stating when it would be in ``the best
financial interest of the Agency.'' This comment was adopted. One
commenter recommended changing the word ``loan'' to ``collateral'' in
the lien priorities paragraph, which was also adopted. Five commenters
recommended that subordinations to lines of credit be extended from 1
year to 3 years. These recommendations were not adopted because it
would increase the program's subsidy cost. The proposed rule initially
proposed subordinations to lines of credit for up to 3 years but was
reduced to 1 year during the clearance process due to the increase.
Sixteen comments were received on the transfer and assumption
section. One commenter recommended clarifying whether the value of the
[[Page 35996]]
collateral being transferred in a transfer and assumption situation is
to be calculated on a discounted or non-discounted basis. This comment
was adopted, and the words ``fair market'' will be added to clarify
that the value of the collateral is the market value, not the
discounted market value. One commenter suggested revising Sec.
4287.134(g) to add ``unless a guarantor is being released from
liability in accordance with paragraph (c) of the section.'' This
comment was adopted. Five commenters support clarification that no new
notes can be issued upon an assumption. Eight commenters stated the
Agency should not charge a transfer fee for a transfer and assumption,
and one commenter suggested the fee be lower. These comments were
adopted, and the Agency will not charge a transfer fee for a transfer
and assumption.
One commenter suggested that Sec. 4287.135(d) be revised to strike
``or a lender has been merged with or acquired by another lender'' and
Sec. 4287.135(b) be revised to add ``merged with or'' to the second
sentence of the paragraph. This comment was adopted.
One commenter suggested adding a statement indicating the Agency
may not look as favorably on a request for deferral when a lender's
unguaranteed loans are also not deferred. This comment was taken into
consideration, and the Agency has decided to require the lender's
unguaranteed loan(s) and any stockholder loans to also be deferred or
put under a moratorium during the period of deferment or moratorium of
the guaranteed loan.
Two commenters indicated that paying only 90 days of interest is
not conducive for the bank to work with the borrower and recommended a
longer period of time, and six commenters indicated that the Agency
should modify the changes to the accrual of interest to better account
for expenses and uncertainty that occur during a loan default. These
comments were taken into consideration, but the Agency has decided to
limit interest accrual to the lender to 90 days from the most recent
delinquency effective date and to the holder the greater of: 90 Days
from the most recent delinquency effective date as reported by the
lender or 30 days from the date of an interest termination letter. One
commenter suggested clarifying whether interest on a protective advance
that is paid 95 days after the most recent delinquency effective date
would be covered. This comment was not adopted because the regulation
is clear that the guarantee will not cover interest on the protective
advance accruing after 90 days from the most recent delinquency
effective date. The Agency is reducing the cost of administering the
program, and this is one step to achieve that objective. One commenter
suggested adding ``not to exceed every 60 days'' to the requirement
that the lender periodically report to the Agency on the progress of
liquidation. This comment was adopted. One commenter recommended a
definition of ``potential liquidation value'' and suggested that the
Agency include those things that would impact the fair market value
versus potential liquidation value. This comment was not adopted
because a definition of potential liquidation value is not necessary,
and it is the appraiser's responsibility to establish what would impact
fair market value. One commenter suggested clarifying whether interest
accrual stops after 90 days to the Agency when the Agency becomes the
holder. This comment was adopted.
One commenter suggested that the determination of loss and payment
section include a time limit that the lender has to sell collateral it
has acquired as a result of liquidation, such as 24 months for real
estate. After that time period, the Agency could reduce the loss claim
by 25 percent every 6 months, so that after 48 months, the lender would
be unable to collect anything further under the Loan Note Guarantee.
This comment was not adopted because it was too restrictive. No other
Federal agency is imposing such restrictions on their lenders, and this
proposal may harm future lender participation in the program because
the lending community may view this as punitive. One commenter
indicated there were contradictory statements with regard to how
attorney/legal fees will be handled in liquidation and bankruptcy
scenarios. This comment was adopted, and the rule was rewritten to
provide clarification that attorney/legal fees are liquidation expenses
and that the lender and the Agency will share in those expenses
equally. Fifteen commenters suggested that liquidation expenses,
litigation expenses, and bankruptcy expenses be shared on a pro rata
basis versus being shared equally. These comments were not adopted
because the Agency is reducing the cost of administering the program as
part of this rulemaking, and sharing the costs with the lender equally
achieves that objective. Additionally, these expenses are deducted from
collateral sale proceeds prior to allocating pro rata shares of the
sale proceeds. To share in the expenses on a pro rata basis would
likely lead to errors in calculating estimated and final reports of
loss.
Several general comments were received. One commenter pointed out
that the regulation and current forms use the terms ``reasonably
prudent,'' ``prudent,'' and ``reasonable and prudent'' and recommended
that ``reasonable and prudent,'' be utilized throughout the regulation
and accompanying forms. This comment was taken into consideration, and
changes were made for consistency. However, the Agency chose to use
``reasonably prudent'' in a majority of the occurrences. One commenter
recommended a more detailed explanation of the benefit of extending
loan guarantees for employees to buy-out selling owners, who may remain
for a transitional period to teach the employees how to run the firm,
which was adopted administratively. One commenter suggested reviewing
forms, giving them consistent numbers, and removing reference to the
Section 9006 program on the forms. This comment is outside the scope of
this rule and will be addressed administratively. One commenter
recommended a handbook to promote consistency among the State Offices.
This comment is outside the scope of this rule and will be addressed
administratively. One commenter recommended the Agency not use a fiscal
and transfer agent. The proposed rule published in the Federal Register
on September 15, 2014, did not address use of a fiscal and transfer
agent and, as such, is outside the scope of this rulemaking. One
commenter recommended the Agency adopt a national loan registry system
to help verify the validity of guaranteed loans. This comment was not
adopted as there are privacy and funding issues with regard to a
national loan registry system. One commenter recommended that Agency
personnel be better utilized to avoid ``bottlenecks'' in the processing
of loans. This comment is outside the scope of this rule and will be
addressed administratively. Lastly, there were two comments made with
regard to dividing appropriated funding into subsidized and non-
subsidized segments. While this will not be contemplated with this
rulemaking, it remains a topic of discussion.
List of Subjects for 7 CFR Parts 4279 and 4287
Loan programs--Business and industry, Direct loan programs,
Economic development, Energy, Energy efficiency improvements, Grant
programs, Guaranteed loan programs, Renewable energy systems, Rural
areas, and Rural development assistance.
[[Page 35997]]
For the reasons set forth in the preamble, parts 4279 and 4287 of
title 7 of the Code of Federal Regulations are amended as follows:
PART 4279--GUARANTEED LOANMAKING
0
1. The authority citation for part 4279 is revised to read as follows:
Authority: 5 U.S.C. 301; and 7 U.S.C. 1989.
0
2. Revise Subpart A to read as follows:
Subpart A--General
Sec.
4279.1 Introduction.
4279.2 Definitions and abbreviations.
4279.3-4279.14 [Reserved]
4279.15 Exception authority.
4279.16 Appeals.
4279.17-4279.28 [Reserved]
4279.29 Eligible lenders.
4279.30 Lenders' functions and responsibilities.
4279.31-4279.43 [Reserved]
4279.44 Access to records.
4279.45-4279.58 [Reserved]
4279.59 Environmental requirements.
4279.60 Civil rights impact analysis.
4279.61 Equal Credit Opportunity Act.
4279.62-4279.70 [Reserved]
4279.71 Public bodies and nonprofit corporations.
4279.72 Conditions of guarantee.
4279.73-4279.74 [Reserved]
4279.75 Sale or assignment of guaranteed loan.
4279.76 [Reserved]
4279.77 Minimum retention.
4279.78 Repurchase from holder.
4279.79-4279.83 [Reserved]
4279.84 Replacement of document.
4279.85-4279.99 [Reserved]
4279.100 OMB control number.
Subpart A--General
Sec. 4279.1 Introduction.
(a) This subpart contains general regulations for making and
servicing Business and Industry (B&I) loans guaranteed by the Agency
and applies to lenders, holders, borrowers, and other parties involved
in making, guaranteeing, holding, servicing, or liquidating such loans.
This subpart is supplemented by subpart B of this part, which contains
loan processing regulations, and subpart B of part 4287 of this
chapter, which contains loan servicing regulations.
(b) The lender is responsible for ascertaining that all
requirements for making, securing, servicing, and collecting the loan
are complied with.
(c) Whether specifically stated or not, whenever Agency approval is
required, it must be in writing. Copies of all forms and regulations
referenced in this subpart may be obtained from any Agency office and
from the USDA Rural Development Web site at https://www.rd.usda.gov/publications. Whenever a form is designated in this subpart, it is
initially capitalized and its reference includes predecessor and
successor forms, if applicable.
Sec. 4279.2 Definitions and abbreviations.
(a) Definitions. The following definitions apply to this subpart:
Administrator. The Administrator of Rural Business-Cooperative
Service within the Rural Development mission area of the U.S.
Department of Agriculture.
Affiliate. An entity that is related to another entity by owning
shares or having an interest in the entity, by common ownership, or by
any means of control.
Agency. The Rural Business-Cooperative Service or successor Agency
assigned by the Secretary of Agriculture to administer the B&I
Guaranteed Loan Program. References to the National or State Office
should be read as prefaced by ``Agency'' or ``Rural Development'' as
applicable.
Agricultural production. The breeding, raising, feeding, or housing
of livestock for fiber or food for human consumption and the
cultivation, growing, or harvesting of crops.
Annual renewal fee. The annual renewal fee is a fee that is paid
once a year by the lender and is required to maintain the
enforceability of the Loan Note Guarantee.
Appraisal surplus. The difference between the fair market value of
an asset and its depreciated book value when the fair market value is
higher.
Arm's-length transaction. A transaction between ready, willing, and
able disinterested parties that are not affiliated with or related to
each other and have no security, monetary, or stockholder interest in
each other.
Assignment Guarantee Agreement. Form RD 4279-6, ``Assignment
Guarantee Agreement,'' is the signed agreement among the Agency, the
lender, and the holder containing the terms and conditions of an
assignment of a guaranteed portion of a loan, using the single note
system.
Bankruptcy Code. The provisions of title 11 of the United States
Code or any successor statute.
Biofuel. A fuel derived from Renewable Biomass.
Bond. A form of debt security in which the authorized issuer
(borrower) owes the bond holder (lender) a debt and is obligated to
repay the principal and interest (coupon) at a later date(s)
(maturity). An explanation of the type of bond and other bond
stipulations must be attached to the bond issuance.
Borrower. The person that borrows, or seeks to borrow, money from
the lender, including any party liable for the loan except for
guarantors.
Certificate of Incumbency and Signature. Form RD 4279-7,
``Certificate of Incumbency and Signature,'' is used to validate
authenticity of Agency representatives' signatures on Forms RD 4279-4,
4279-5, and 4279-6.
Collateral. The asset(s) pledged by the borrower to secure the
loan.
Commercially available. A system that has a proven operating
history for at least 1 year specific to the proposed application. Such
a system is based on established design and installation procedures and
practices. Professional service providers, trades, large construction
equipment providers, and labor are familiar with installation
procedures and practices. Proprietary and the balance of system
equipment and spare parts are readily available, and service is readily
available to properly maintain and operate the system. An established
warranty exists for major parts and labor. If the system is currently
commercially available only outside of the United States, authoritative
evidence of the foreign operating history, performance, and reliability
is required in order to address the proven operating history.
Conditional Commitment. Form RD 4279-3, ``Conditional Commitment,''
is the Agency's notice to the lender that the loan guarantee it has
requested is approved subject to the completion of all conditions and
requirements set forth by the Agency and outlined in the attachment to
the Conditional Commitment.
Conflict of interest. A situation in which a person has competing
personal, professional, or financial interests that prevents the person
from acting impartially.
Cooperative organization. An entity that is legally chartered as a
cooperative or an entity that is not legally chartered as a cooperative
but is owned and operated for the benefit of its members, with returns
of residual earnings paid to such members on the basis of patronage.
Debt Collection Improvement Act. The Debt Collection Improvement
Act of 1996, 31 U.S.C. 3701 et seq. requires that any monies that are
payable or may become payable from the United States under contracts
and other written agreements to any person not an agency or subdivision
of a State or local government may be subject to certain collection
options, such as administrative offset, for a delinquent debt the
person owes to the United States.
Default. The condition that exists when a borrower is not in
compliance with the promissory note, the loan
[[Page 35998]]
agreement, or other documents relating to the loan. Default could be a
monetary or non-monetary default.
Deficiency judgment. A monetary judgment rendered by a court of
competent jurisdiction after foreclosure and liquidation of all
collateral securing the loan.
Delinquency. A loan for which a scheduled loan payment is more than
30 days past due and cannot be cured within 30 days.
Energy projects. Commercially available projects that generate
energy or power or projects that produce biofuel. Projects that have
energy outputs that are a by-product of operations or that the Agency
otherwise determines is not an energy project are not subject to the
increased equity requirement for energy projects required by Sec.
4279.131(d)(1).
Existing business. A business that has been in operation for at
least 1 full year. Mergers or changes in the business name or legal
type of entity of a business that has been in operation for at least 1
full year are considered to be existing businesses as long as there is
not a significant change in operations. Newly-formed entities that are
buying existing businesses will be considered an existing business as
long as the business being bought remains in operation and there is no
significant change in operations.
Existing lender debt. A debt owed by a borrower to the same lender
that is applying for or has received the Agency guarantee.
Fair market value. The price that could reasonably be expected for
an asset in an arm's-length transaction between a willing buyer and a
willing seller under ordinary economic and business conditions.
Future recovery. Funds collected by the lender after a final loss
claim is processed.
High impact business development investment. A business that scores
at least 25 points under Sec. 4279.166(b)(4).
High-priority project. A project that scores more than 50 percent
of the priority points available under Sec. 4279.166(b)(1) through
(5).
Holder. A person, other than the lender, who owns all or part of
the guaranteed portion of the loan with no servicing responsibilities.
When the single note option is used and the lender assigns a part of
the guaranteed note to an assignee, the assignee becomes a holder only
when the Agency receives notice and the transaction is completed
through the use of the Assignment Guarantee Agreement.
Immediate family. Individuals who live in the same household or who
are closely related by blood, marriage, or adoption, such as a spouse,
domestic partner, parent, child, sibling, aunt, uncle, grandparent,
grandchild, niece, nephew, or cousin.
In-house expenses. Expenses associated with activities that are
routinely the responsibility of a lender's internal staff or its
agents. In-house expenses include, but are not limited to, employees'
salaries, staff lawyers, travel, and overhead.
Interest. A fee paid by a borrower to the lender as a form of
compensation for the use of money. When money is borrowed, interest is
paid as a fee over a certain period of time (typically months or years)
to the lender as a percentage of the principal amount owed. The term
interest does not include default or penalty interest or late payment
fees or charges.
Interim financing. A temporary or short-term loan made with the
clear intent when the loan is made that it will be repaid through
another loan that provides permanent financing. Interim financing is
frequently used to pay construction and other costs associated with a
planned project, with permanent financing to be obtained after project
completion.
Lender. The eligible lender approved by the Agency to make,
service, and collect the Agency guaranteed loan that is subject to this
subpart. Agency approval of the lender will be evidenced by an
outstanding Form RD 4279-4, ``Lender's Agreement,'' between the Agency
and the lender.
Lender's Agreement. Form RD 4279-4, ``Lender's Agreement,'' or
predecessor form, between the Agency and the lender setting forth the
lender's loan responsibilities.
Liquidation expenses. Costs directly associated with the
liquidation of collateral, including preparing collateral for sale
(e.g., repairs and transport) and conducting the sale (e.g.,
advertising, public notices, auctioneer expenses, and foreclosure
fees). Liquidation expenses do not include in-house expenses. Legal/
attorney fees are considered liquidation expenses provided that the
fees are reasonable, as determined by the Agency, and cover legal
issues pertaining to the liquidation that could not be properly handled
by the lender and its in-house counsel.
Loan agreement. The agreement between the borrower and lender
containing the terms and conditions of the loan and the
responsibilities of the borrower and lender.
Loan classification. The process by which loans are examined and
categorized by degree of potential loss in the event of default.
Loan Note Guarantee. Form RD 4279-5, ``Loan Note Guarantee,''
issued and executed by the Agency, containing the terms and conditions
of the guarantee.
Loan packager. A person, other than the applicant borrower or
lender, that prepares a loan application package.
Loan service provider. A person, other than the lender of record,
that provides loan servicing activities to the lender.
Loan-to-discounted value. The ratio of the dollar amount of a loan
to the discounted dollar value of the collateral pledged as security
for the loan.
Loan-to-value. The ratio of the dollar amount of a loan to the
dollar value of the collateral pledged as security for the loan.
Local government. A county, municipality, town, township, village,
or other unit of general government, including tribal governments,
below the State level.
Material adverse change. Any change in circumstance associated with
a guaranteed loan, including the borrower's financial condition or
collateral, that, individually or in the aggregate, has jeopardized, or
could be reasonably expected to jeopardize, loan performance.
Natural resource value-added product. Any naturally occurring
resource, including agricultural resources, that is processed to add
value or to generate renewable energy from a natural resource.
Negligent loan origination. The failure of a lender to perform
those services that a reasonably prudent lender would perform in
originating its own portfolio of loans that are not guaranteed. The
term includes the concepts of failure to act, not acting in a timely
manner, or acting in a manner contrary to the manner in which a
reasonably prudent lender would act.
Negligent loan servicing. The failure of a lender to perform those
services that a reasonably prudent lender would perform in servicing
(including liquidation of) its own portfolio of loans that are not
guaranteed. The term includes the concepts of failure to act, not
acting in a timely manner, or acting in a manner contrary to the manner
in which a reasonably prudent lender would act.
New business. A startup or otherwise new business that has been in
operation for less than 1 full year. New businesses include newly-
formed entities leasing space or building ground-up facilities, even if
the owners of the new or startup business own affiliated businesses
doing the same kind of business.
Parity. A lien position whereby two or more lenders share a
security interest of
[[Page 35999]]
equal priority in collateral. In the event of default, each lender will
be affected on an equal basis.
Participation. Sale of an interest in a loan by the lead lender to
one or more participating lenders wherein the lead lender retains the
note, collateral securing the note, and all responsibility for managing
and servicing the loan. Participants are dependent upon the lead lender
for protection of their interests in the loan. The relationship is
typically formalized by a participation agreement. The participants and
the borrower have no rights or obligations to one another.
Person. An individual or entity.
Poverty. A community or area (including a county, city, or
equivalent such as parish, borough, municipio, or census designated
place) where at least 20 percent of the population have income below
the poverty line.
Pro rata. On a proportional basis.
Promissory note. Evidence of debt with stipulated repayment terms.
``Note'' or ``promissory note'' shall also be construed to include
``Bond'' or other evidence of debt, where appropriate.
Protective advances. Advances made by the lender for the purpose of
preserving and protecting the collateral where the debtor has failed
to, and will not or cannot, meet its obligations to protect or preserve
collateral. Protective advances include, but are not limited to,
advances affecting the collateral made for property taxes, rent, hazard
and flood insurance premiums, and annual assessments. Legal/attorney
fees are not a protective advance.
Public body. A municipality, county, or other political subdivision
of a State; a special purpose district; an Indian tribe on a Federal or
State reservation or other federally-recognized Indian tribe; or an
organization controlled by any of the above.
Renewable biomass. (1) Materials, pre-commercial thinnings, or
invasive species from National Forest System land or public lands (as
defined in section 103 of the Federal Land Policy and Management Act of
1976 (43 U.S.C. 1702)) that:
(i) Are by-products of preventive treatments that are removed to
reduce hazardous fuels; to reduce or contain disease or insect
infestation; or to restore ecosystem health;
(ii) Would not otherwise be used for higher-value products; and
(iii) Are harvested in accordance with applicable law and land
management plans and the requirements for old-growth maintenance,
restoration, and management direction of paragraphs (2), (3), and (4)
of subsection (e) of section 102 of the Healthy Forests Restoration Act
of 2003 (16 U.S.C. 6512) and large-tree retention of subsection (f) of
that section; or
(2) Any organic matter that is available on a renewable or
recurring basis from non-Federal land or land belonging to an Indian or
Indian Tribe that is held in trust by the United States or subject to a
restriction against alienation imposed by the United States, including:
(i) Renewable plant material, including feed grains; other
agricultural commodities; other plants and trees; and algae; and
(ii) Waste material, including crop residue; other vegetative waste
material (including wood waste and wood residues); animal waste and by-
products (including fats, oils, greases, and manure); and food and yard
waste.
Report of loss. Form RD 449-30, ``Guaranteed Loan Report of Loss,''
used by lenders when reporting a financial loss under an Agency
guarantee.
Rural Development. The mission area of USDA that is comprised of
the Rural Business-Cooperative Service, the Rural Housing Service, and
the Rural Utilities Service and is under the policy direction and
operational oversight of the Under Secretary for Rural Development.
Spreadsheet. A table containing data from a series of financial
statements of a business over a period of time. A financial statement
analysis normally contains spreadsheets for balance sheet and income
statement items and includes a cash flow analysis and commonly used
ratios. The spreadsheets enable a reviewer to easily scan the data,
spot trends, and make comparisons.
State. Any of the 50 States of the United States, the Commonwealth
of Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, the
Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the Republic of Palau,
the Federated States of Micronesia, and the Republic of the Marshall
Islands.
Subordination. An agreement among the lender, borrower, and Agency
whereby lien priorities on certain assets pledged to secure payment of
the guaranteed loan will be reduced to a position junior to, or on
parity with, the lien position of another loan.
Tangible balance sheet equity. Tangible equity divided by tangible
assets. Formula: ((Assets--intangible assets)--liabilities)/(Assets--
intangible assets) or (Equity--intangible assets)/(Assets--intangible
assets).
Transfer and assumption. The conveyance by a borrower to an
assuming borrower of the assets, collateral, and liabilities of the
loan in return for the assuming borrower's binding promise to pay the
outstanding debt.
USDA Lender Interactive Network Connection (LINC). The portal Web
site currently at https://usdalinc.sc.egov.usda.gov/ used by lenders to
update loan data in the Agency's Guaranteed Loan System. Current LINC
capabilities include loan closing and status reporting.
Veteran. For the purposes of assigning priority points, a veteran
is a person who is a veteran of any war, as defined in title 38 U.S.C.
101(12).
Working capital. Current assets available to support a business'
operations and growth. Working capital is calculated as current assets
less current liabilities.
(b) Abbreviations. The following abbreviations apply to this
subpart:
B&I--Business and Industry
CFR--Code of Federal Regulations
DCIA--Debt Collection Improvement Act
FDIC--Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
FSA--Farm Service Agency
GAAP--Generally Accepted Accounting Principles of the United States
LINC--USDA Lender Interactive Network Connection
NAD--National Appeals Division
OMB--Office of Management and Budget
REAP--Rural Energy for America Program
U.S.--United States of America
USDA--U.S. Department of Agriculture
(c) Accounting terms. Accounting terms not otherwise defined in
this part shall have the definition ascribed to them under GAAP.
Sec. Sec. 4279.3-4279.14 [Reserved]
Sec. 4279.15 Exception authority.
The Administrator may, on a case-by-case basis, grant an exception
to any requirement or provision of this subpart provided that such an
exception is in the best financial interests of the Federal government.
Exercise of this authority cannot be in conflict with applicable law.
Sec. 4279.16 Appeals.
Applicants, borrowers, lenders, and holders have appeal or review
rights for Agency decisions made under this subpart, subpart B of this
part, or subpart B of part 4287 of this chapter. Programmatic decisions
based on clear and objective statutory or regulatory requirements are
not appealable; however, such decisions are reviewable for
appealability by the National Appeals Division (NAD). The borrower,
lender, and holder can appeal any Agency decision that directly and
adversely impacts them. For an adverse decision that impacts the
borrower, the
[[Page 36000]]
lender and borrower must jointly execute a written request for appeal
for an alleged adverse decision made by the Agency. An adverse decision
that only impacts the lender may be appealed by the lender only. An
adverse decision that only impacts the holder may be appealed by the
holder only. A decision by a lender adverse to the interest of the
borrower is not a decision by the Agency, whether or not concurred in
by the Agency. Appeals will be conducted by USDA NAD and will be
handled in accordance with 7 CFR part 11.
Sec. Sec. 4279.17-4279.28 [Reserved]
Sec. 4279.29 Eligible lenders.
An eligible lender must be domiciled in a State as defined in Sec.
4279.2 or the District of Columbia and must not be debarred or
suspended by the Federal government. If the lender is under a cease and
desist order, or similar constraint, from a Federal or State agency,
the lender must inform the Agency. The Agency will evaluate the
lender's eligibility on a case-by-case basis, given the risk of loss
posed by the cease and desist order. The Agency will only approve loan
guarantees for lenders with adequate capital to fund and cover
potential liquidation expenses for guaranteed loans it proposes to make
and adequate experience and expertise to make, secure, service, and
collect B&I loans. The lender must provide documentation as to its
capital and experience in commercial lending. The lender and the Agency
will execute a Lender's Agreement for each lender approved to
participate in the program. If a valid Lender's Agreement already
exists, it is not necessary to execute a new Lender's Agreement with
each loan guarantee; however, a new Lender's Agreement must be executed
with any existing lenders making new loans on or after August 2, 2016.
The Agency may revoke a lender's eligible status at any time for cause,
including those examples cited in Sec. 4279.29(c).
(a) Regulated lenders. A regulated lender is any Federal or State
chartered bank, Farm Credit Bank, other Farm Credit System institution
with direct lending authority, Bank for Cooperatives, Savings and Loan
Association, Savings Bank, or mortgage company that is part of a bank-
holding company. These entities must be subject to credit examination
and supervision by either an agency of the United States or a State.
Eligible lenders may also include the National Rural Utilities
Cooperative Finance Corporation and credit unions provided that they
are subject to credit examination and supervision by either the
National Credit Union Administration or a State agency.
(b) Non-regulated lenders. The Agency may consider an applicant
lender that does not meet the criteria of paragraph (a) of this section
for eligibility to become a guaranteed lender for a 3-year period
provided that the Agency determines that the applicant lender has the
legal authority to operate a lending program and sufficient lending
expertise and financial strength to operate a successful lending
program. When the applicant lender is a multi-tiered entity, it will be
considered in its entirety. Insurance companies (formerly included as
traditional lenders) and non-regulated lenders (formerly known as other
lenders) previously approved as guaranteed lenders prior to August 2,
2016 must reapply to become an approved non-regulated lender in order
to originate new guaranteed loans. However, both insurance companies
and non-regulated lenders that have executed a Lender's Agreement must
continue to service the guaranteed loans in their portfolios in
accordance with that agreement.
(1) In order to become an eligible lender, non-regulated lenders
must:
(i) Have been making commercial loans for at least 5 years;
(ii) Have a record of successfully making at least 10 commercial
loans annually totaling at least $1 million for each of the last 5
years, with lender's delinquent commercial loan portfolio over this
period not exceeding (a) 6 percent of all commercial loans made and (b)
3 percent in commercial loan losses (based on the original principal
loan amount);
(iii) Have and maintain tangible balance sheet equity of at least
10 percent of tangible assets and sufficient funds available to
disburse the guaranteed loans it proposes to approve within the first 6
months of being approved as a guaranteed lender;
(iv) Have and maintain a line of credit issued by a regulated
lender that is acceptable to the Agency;
(v) Agree to establish and maintain an Agency approved loss reserve
equal to 3 percent of each B&I loan closed and agree to increase the
loss reserve for anticipated losses as required by the Agency;
(vi) Have adequate policies and procedures to ensure that internal
credit controls provide adequate loanmaking and servicing guidance; and
(vii) Have undergone a credit examination at its own expense from a
recognized independent reviewer acceptable to the Agency. The applicant
lender should consult with the Agency prior to receiving an examination
to ensure the examiner will be acceptable.
(2) A non-regulated lender that wishes consideration to become a
guaranteed lender must submit a request in writing to the Agency. The
Agency will notify the prospective lender whether the lender's request
for eligibility is approved or rejected. If rejected, the Agency will
notify the prospective lender, in writing, of the reasons for the
rejection. The lender must include in its written request the
following:
(i) An audited financial statement not more than 1 year old that
evidences the lender has the required tangible balance sheet equity and
the resources to successfully meet its responsibilities;
(ii) A copy of any license, charter, or other evidence of authority
to engage in the proposed loanmaking and servicing activities. If
licensing by the State is not required, an attorney's opinion stating
that licensing is not required and that the entity has the legal
authority to engage in the proposed loanmaking and servicing activities
must be submitted;
(iii) Information on lending experience, including length of time
in the lending business; range and volume of lending and servicing
activity, including a list of the industries for which it has provided
financing; status of its loan portfolio, including a list of loans in
the portfolio with each loan's current loan classification code and
delinquency and loss rates as outlined in Sec. 4279.29(b)(1)(ii);
experience of management and loan officers; sources of funds for the
proposed loans; office location and proposed lending area; an estimate
of the number and size of guaranteed loan applications the lender will
develop; and proposed rates and fees, including loan origination, loan
preparation, and servicing fees;
(iv) A copy of the examination required under paragraph (b)(1)(vii)
of this section; and
(v) Documentation as to how the lender will fulfill the
requirements of Sec. 4279.30.
(3) Non-regulated lenders must submit audited financial statements
to the Agency annually for monitoring purposes.
(4) Renewal of eligible lender status to continue making B&I loans
is not automatic. Eligible lender status will lapse 3 years from the
date of Agency approval and execution of the Lender's Agreement unless
the lender obtains a renewal. A lender whose eligible status has lapsed
must continue to service any outstanding loans guaranteed under this
part but may not submit requests for new loan guarantees. Lenders whose
eligibility has lapsed may file a
[[Page 36001]]
subsequent request under this subsection. Lenders requesting renewal
must complete and execute a new Lender's Agreement, along with a
written update of the eligibility criteria required by this section for
approval. Lenders requesting renewal must resubmit the information
required by paragraph (b)(2) of this section and must address how the
lender is complying with each of the required criteria described in
paragraph (b)(1) of this section. The written update of the eligibility
criteria must also include any change in the persons designated to
process and service Agency guaranteed loans or change in the operating
methods used in the processing and servicing of loans since the
original or last renewal date of eligible lender status. The lender
must provide this information to the Agency at least 60 days prior to
the expiration of the existing agreement to be assured of a timely
renewal.
(c) Revocation of eligible lender status. The Agency may revoke a
lender's status at any time for cause. Cause for revoking eligible
status includes:
(1) Failure to maintain status as an eligible lender as set forth
in Sec. 4279.29 of this subpart;
(2) Knowingly submitting false information when requesting a
guarantee or basing a guarantee request on information known to be
false or which the lender should have known to be false;
(3) Making a guaranteed loan with deficiencies that may cause
losses not to be covered by the Loan Note Guarantee, such as negligent
loan origination;
(4) Conviction of the lender or its officers for criminal acts in
connection with any loan transaction whether or not the loan was
guaranteed by the Agency;
(5) Violation of usury laws in connection with any loan transaction
whether or not the loan was guaranteed by the Agency;
(6) Failure to obtain and maintain the required security for any
loan guaranteed by the Agency;
(7) Using loan funds guaranteed by the Agency for purposes other
than those specifically approved by the Agency in the Conditional
Commitment or amendment thereof in accordance with Sec. 4279.173(b);
(8) Violation of any term of the Lender's Agreement;
(9) Failure to correct any Agency-cited deficiency in loan
documents in a timely manner;
(10) Failure to submit reports required by the Agency in a timely
manner;
(11) Failure to process Agency guaranteed loans as would a
reasonably prudent lender;
(12) Failure to provide for adequate construction planning and
monitoring in connection with any loan to ensure that the project will
be completed with the available funds and, once completed, will be
suitable for the borrower's needs;
(13) Repetitive recommendations for servicing actions or guaranteed
loans with marginal or substandard credit quality or that do not comply
with Agency requirements;
(14) Negligent loan origination;
(15) Negligent loan servicing;
(16) Failure to conduct any approved liquidation of a loan
guaranteed by the Agency or its predecessors in a timely and effective
manner and in accordance with the approved liquidation plan; or
(17) Violation of applicable nondiscrimination law, including, but
not limited to, statutes, regulations, USDA Departmental Regulations,
the USDA Non-Discrimination Statement, and the Equal Credit Opportunity
Act. USDA's Non-Discrimination Statement is located at the following
Web site: https://www.usda.gov/wps/portal/usda/usdahome?navtype=FT&navid=NON_DISCRIMINATION.
(d) Debarment of lender. The Agency may debar a lender in addition
to the revocation of the lender's status.
Sec. 4279.30 Lenders' functions and responsibilities.
(a) General. (1) Lenders have the primary responsibility for the
successful delivery of the guaranteed loan program. Any action or
inaction on the part of the Agency does not relieve the lender of its
responsibilities to originate and service the loan guaranteed under
this subpart, subpart B of this part, and subpart B of part 4287 of
this chapter. Lenders may contract for services but are ultimately
responsible for underwriting, loan origination, loan servicing, and
compliance with all Agency regulations. No person may act as, or work
for, both a loan packager and loan service provider on the same
guaranteed loan. All lenders obtaining or requesting a loan guarantee
are responsible for:
(i) Processing applications for guaranteed loans;
(ii) Developing and maintaining adequately documented loan files,
which must be maintained for at least 3 years after any final loss has
been paid;
(iii) Recommending only loan proposals that are eligible and
financially feasible;
(iv) Properly closing the loan and obtaining valid evidence of debt
and collateral in accordance with sound lending practices prior to
disbursing loan proceeds;
(v) Keeping an inventory accounting of all collateral items and
reconciling the inventory of all collateral sold during loan servicing,
including liquidation;
(vi) Monitoring construction and operation;
(vii) Distributing loan funds;
(viii) Servicing guaranteed loans in a prudent manner, including
liquidation if necessary;
(ix) Reporting all conflicts of interest, or appearances thereof,
to the Agency;
(x) Following Agency regulations and agreements; and
(xi) Obtaining Agency approvals or concurrence as required.
(2) This subpart, subpart B of this part, and subpart B of part
4287 of this chapter contain the regulations for this program,
including the lenders' responsibilities. If a lender fails to comply
with these requirements, the Agency may reduce any loss payment in
accordance with the applicable regulations.
(b) Credit evaluation. The lender must analyze all credit factors
associated with each proposed loan and apply its professional judgment
to determine that the credit factors, considered in combination, ensure
loan repayment. The lender must have an adequate underwriting process
to ensure that loans are reviewed by persons other than the originating
officer, and there must be good credit documentation procedures. The
Agency will only issue guarantees for loans that are sound and have
reasonable assurance of repayment. The Agency will not issue guarantees
for marginal or substandard loans.
(c) Environmental responsibilities. Lenders are responsible for
becoming familiar with Federal environmental requirements; considering,
in consultation with the prospective borrower, the potential
environmental impacts of their proposals at the earliest planning
stages; and developing proposals that minimize the potential to
adversely impact the environment.
(1) Lenders must assist the borrower in providing details of the
project's impact on the environment and historic properties in
accordance with 7 CFR part 1970, ``Environmental Policies and
Procedures,'' (or successor regulation), when applicable; assist in the
collection of additional data when the Agency needs such data to
complete its environmental review of the proposal; and assist in the
resolution of environmental problems.
(2) Lenders must ensure the borrower has:
[[Page 36002]]
(i) Provided the necessary environmental information to enable the
Agency to undertake its environmental review process in accordance with
7 CFR part 1970, ``Environmental Policies and Procedures,'' or
successor regulation, including the provision of all required Federal,
State, and local permits;
(ii) Complied with any mitigation measures required by the Agency;
and
(iii) Not taken any actions or incurred any obligations with
respect to the proposed project that will either limit the range of
alternatives to be considered during the Agency's environmental review
process or that will have an adverse effect on the environment.
(3) Lenders must alert the Agency to any environmental issues
related to a proposed project or items that may require extensive
environmental review.
Sec. Sec. 4279.31-4279.43 [Reserved]
Sec. 4279.44 Access to records.
The lender must permit representatives of the Agency (or other
agencies of the United States) to inspect and make copies of any
records of the lender pertaining to Agency guaranteed loans during
regular office hours of the lender or at any other time upon agreement
between the lender and the Agency. In addition, the lender must
cooperate fully with Agency oversight and monitoring of all lenders
involved in any manner with any guarantee to ensure compliance with
this subpart, subpart B of this part, and subpart B of part 4287 of
this chapter. Such oversight and monitoring will include, but is not
limited to, reviewing lender records and meeting with lenders in
accordance with subpart B of part 4287 of this chapter.
Sec. Sec. 4279.45-4279.58 [Reserved]
Sec. 4279.59 Environmental requirements.
The Agency is responsible for ensuring that the requirements of the
National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (under 40 CFR part 1500) and
related compliance actions, such as Section 106 of the National
Historic Preservation Act (under 36 CFR part 800) and Section 7 of the
Endangered Species Act, are met and will complete the appropriate level
of environmental review in accordance with 7 CFR part 1970,
``Environmental Policies and Procedures,'' or successor regulation.
Because development of the loan application occurs simultaneously with
development of the environmental review, applicants, including lenders
and borrowers, must not take any actions or incur any obligations that
would either limit the range of alternatives to be considered in the
environmental review or that would have an adverse effect on the
environment. Satisfactory completion of the environmental review
process must occur prior to issuance of the Conditional Commitment to
the lender.
Sec. 4279.60 Civil rights impact analysis.
Issuance of a Conditional Commitment is conditioned on the Agency
being able to satisfactorily complete a civil rights impact analysis.
Sec. 4279.61 Equal Credit Opportunity Act.
In accordance with the Equal Credit Opportunity Act (15 U.S.C. 1691
et seq.), with respect to any aspect of a credit transaction, neither
the lender nor the Agency will discriminate against any applicant on
the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, marital
status, or age (providing the applicant has the capacity to contract),
or because all or part of the applicant's income derives from a public
assistance program, or because the applicant has, in good faith,
exercised any right under the Consumer Protection Act. The lender must
comply with the requirements of the Equal Credit Opportunity Act as
contained in the Federal Reserve Board's Regulation implementing that
Act (see 12 CFR part 202) prior to loan closing.
Sec. Sec. 4279.62-4279.70 [Reserved]
Sec. 4279.71 Public bodies and nonprofit corporations.
Audits will be required of any public body, nonprofit corporation
or Indian Tribe that receives a guaranteed loan that meets the
thresholds established by 2 CFR part 200, subpart F. Any audit provided
by a public body, nonprofit corporation, or Indian Tribe required by
this paragraph will be considered adequate to meet the audit
requirements of the B&I program for that year.
Sec. 4279.72 Conditions of guarantee.
A loan guarantee under this part will be evidenced by a Loan Note
Guarantee issued by the Agency. The provisions of this part and part
4287 of this chapter will apply to all outstanding guarantees. In the
event of a conflict between the guarantee documents and these
regulations as they exist at the time the documents are executed, these
regulations will control.
(a) Full faith and credit. A guarantee under this part constitutes
an obligation supported by the full faith and credit of the United
States and is incontestable except for fraud or misrepresentation of
which a lender or holder has actual knowledge at the time it becomes
such lender or holder or which a lender or holder participates in or
condones. The guarantee will be unenforceable to the extent that any
loss is occasioned by a provision for interest on interest or default
or penalty interest. In addition, the guarantee will be unenforceable
by the lender to the extent any loss is occasioned by the violation of
usury laws, use of loan proceeds for unauthorized purposes, negligent
loan origination, negligent loan servicing, or failure to obtain or
maintain the required security regardless of the time at which the
Agency acquires knowledge thereof. Any losses occasioned will be
unenforceable to the extent that loan funds were used for purposes
other than those specifically approved by the Agency in its Conditional
Commitment or amendment thereof in accordance with Sec. 4279.173(b).
The Agency may for cause terminate or reduce the Loan Note Guarantee at
any time. The Agency will guarantee payment as follows:
(1) To any holder, 100 percent of any loss sustained by the holder
on the guaranteed portion of the loan it owns and on interest due on
such portion less any outstanding servicing fee. For those loans closed
on or after August 2, 2016, the lender or the Agency will issue an
interest termination letter to the holder(s) establishing the
termination date for interest accrual. The guarantee will not cover
interest to any holder accruing after the greater of: 90 days from the
date of the most recent delinquency effective date as reported by the
lender or 30 days from the date of the interest termination letter.
(2) To the lender, subject to the provisions of this part and
subpart B of part 4287 of this chapter, the lesser of:
(i) Any loss sustained by the lender on the guaranteed portion,
including principal and interest (for loans closed on or after August
2, 2016, the guarantee will not cover note interest to the lender
accruing after 90 days from the most recent delinquency effective date)
evidenced by the notes or assumption agreements and secured advances
for protection and preservation of collateral made with the Agency's
authorization; or
(ii) The guaranteed principal advanced to or assumed by the
borrower and any interest due thereon. For loans closed on or after
August 2, 2016, the guarantee will not cover note interest to the
lender accruing after 90 days from the most recent delinquency
effective date.
(b) Rights and liabilities. When a guaranteed portion of a loan is
sold to a holder, the holder will succeed to all rights of the lender
under the Loan Note
[[Page 36003]]
Guarantee to the extent of the portion purchased. The full, legal
interest in the note must remain with the lender, and the lender will
remain bound to all obligations under the Loan Note Guarantee, Lender's
Agreement, and Agency program regulations. A guarantee and right to
require purchase will be directly enforceable by a holder
notwithstanding any fraud or misrepresentation by the lender or any
unenforceability of the guarantee by the lender, except for fraud or
misrepresentation of which the holder had actual knowledge at the time
it became the holder or in which the holder participates in or
condones. The lender will reimburse the Agency for any payments the
Agency makes to a holder on the lender's guaranteed loan that, under
the Loan Note Guarantee, would not have been paid to the lender had the
lender retained the entire interest in the guaranteed loan and not
conveyed an interest to a holder.
(c) Payments. A lender will receive all payments of principal and
interest on account of the entire loan and must promptly remit to the
holder its pro rata share thereof, determined according to its
respective interest in the loan, less only the lender's servicing fee.
Sec. Sec. 4279.73-4279.74 [Reserved]
Sec. 4279.75 Sale or assignment of guaranteed loan.
The lender may sell all or part of the guaranteed portion of the
loan on the secondary market or retain the entire loan. The lender must
fully disburse and properly close a loan prior to sale of the note(s)
on the secondary market. The lender cannot sell or participate any
amount of the guaranteed or unguaranteed portion of the loan to the
borrower or its parent, subsidiary, or affiliate or to officers,
directors, stockholders, other owners, or members of their immediate
families. The lender cannot share any premium received from the sale of
a guaranteed loan in the secondary market with a loan packager or other
loan service provider. If the lender desires to market all or part of
the guaranteed portion of the loan at or subsequent to loan closing,
such loan must not be in default. Lenders may use either the single
note or multi-note system as outlined in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this
section. The lender may also obtain participation in the loan under its
normal operating procedures; however, the lender must retain title to
the notes if any of them are unguaranteed and retain the lender's
interest in the collateral.
(a) Single note system. The entire loan is evidenced by one note,
and one Loan Note Guarantee is issued. The lender must retain title to
the note, retain the lender's interest in the collateral, and retain
the servicing responsibilities for the guaranteed loan. When the loan
is evidenced by one note, the lender may not at a later date cause any
additional notes to be issued. The lender may assign all or part of the
guaranteed portion of the loan to one or more holders by using an
Assignment Guarantee Agreement. The lender must complete and execute
the Assignment Guarantee Agreement and return it to the Agency for
execution prior to holder execution. In order to validate authenticity,
holders are encouraged to consult with the Agency. Additionally, a
Certificate of Incumbency and Signature may be requested. The holder,
with written notice to the lender and the Agency, may reassign the
unpaid guaranteed portion of the loan, in full, sold under the
Assignment Guarantee Agreement. Holders may only reassign the entire
guaranteed portion they have received and cannot subdivide or further
split the guaranteed portion of a loan or retain an interest strip.
Upon notification and completion of the Assignment Guarantee Agreement,
the assignee shall succeed to all rights and obligations of the holder
thereunder. Subsequent assignments require notice to the lender and
Agency using any format, including that used by the Securities Industry
and Financial Markets Association (formerly known as the Bond Market
Association), together with the transfer of the original Assignment
Guarantee Agreement. The Agency will neither execute a new Assignment
Guarantee Agreement to effect a subsequent reassignment nor reissue a
duplicate Assignment Guarantee Agreement unless the original was lost,
stolen, destroyed, mutilated, or defaced in accordance with Sec.
4279.84. The Assignment Guarantee Agreement clearly states the
percentage and corresponding amount of the guaranteed portion it
represents and the lender's servicing fee. A servicing fee may be
charged by the lender to a holder and is calculated as a percentage per
annum of the unpaid balance of the guaranteed portion of the loan
assigned by the Assignment Guarantee Agreement. The Agency is not and
will not be a party to any contract between the lender and another
party where the lender sells its servicing fee. The Agency will not
acknowledge, approve, nor have any liability to any of the parties of
this contract.
(b) Multi-note system. Under this option, the lender may provide
one note for the unguaranteed portion of the loan and no more than 10
notes for the guaranteed portion. All promissory notes must reflect the
same payment terms. The lender must retain its interest in the
collateral and servicing responsibilities for the guaranteed loan. When
the lender selects this option, the holder will receive one of the
borrower's executed notes and a Loan Note Guarantee. The Agency will
issue a Loan Note Guarantee for each note, including the unguaranteed
note, to be attached to each note. An Assignment Guarantee Agreement
will not be used when the multi-note option is utilized.
Sec. 4279.76 [Reserved]
Sec. 4279.77 Minimum retention.
The lender is required to hold in its own portfolio a minimum of 5
percent of the original total loan amount. The amount required to be
maintained must be of the unguaranteed portion of the loan and cannot
be participated to another. The lender may enter into no agreement that
reduces its exposure below the minimum 5 percent it is required to
retain in its portfolio. The lender may sell the remaining amount of
the unguaranteed portion of the loan only through participation.
Sec. 4279.78 Repurchase from holder.
(a) Repurchase by lender. A lender has the option to repurchase the
unpaid guaranteed portion of the loan from a holder within 30 days of
written demand by the holder when the borrower is in default not less
than 60 days on principal or interest due on the loan; or when the
lender has failed to remit to the holder its pro rata share of any
payment made by the borrower within 30 days of the lender's receipt
thereof. The repurchase by the lender must be for an amount equal to
the unpaid guaranteed portion of principal and accrued interest less
the lender's servicing fee. The holder must concurrently send a copy of
the demand letter to the Agency. The lender must accept an assignment
without recourse from the holder upon repurchase. For those loans
closed on or after August 2, 2016, the lender or the Agency will issue
an interest termination letter to the holder(s) establishing the
termination date for interest accrual if the default is not cured. The
guarantee will not cover interest to any holder accruing after the
greater of: 90 days from the date of the most recent delinquency
effective date as reported by the lender or 30 days from the date of
the interest termination letter. If, in the opinion of the lender,
repurchase of the guaranteed portion of the loan is necessary to
adequately service the loan, the holder must sell the
[[Page 36004]]
guaranteed portion of the loan to the lender for an amount equal to the
unpaid principal and interest on such portion less the lender's
servicing fee. The lender must not repurchase from the holder for
arbitrage or other purposes to further its own financial gain. Any
repurchase must only be made after the lender obtains the Agency's
written approval. If the lender does not repurchase the guaranteed
portion from the holder, the Agency may, at its option, purchase such
guaranteed portion for servicing purposes. The lender is encouraged to
repurchase the loan to facilitate the accounting of funds, resolve any
loan problems, and prevent default, where and when reasonable. The
benefit to the lender is that it may resell the guaranteed portion of
the loan in order to continue collection of its servicing fee if the
default is cured. When the lender repurchases the guaranteed portion
from the secondary market for servicing purposes, the lender must
discontinue interest accrual if Federal or State regulators place the
loan in non-accrual status if the default is not cured within 90 days.
The lender will notify the holder and the Agency of its decision.
(b) Agency repurchase. (1) The lender's servicing fee will stop on
the date that interest was last paid by the borrower when the Agency
purchases the guaranteed portion of the loan from a holder. The lender
cannot charge such servicing fee to the Agency and must apply all loan
payments and collateral proceeds received to the guaranteed and
unguaranteed portions of the loan on a pro rata basis.
(2) If the Agency repurchases 100 percent of the guaranteed portion
of the loan and becomes the holder, interest accrual on the loan will
cease, and the Agency will not continue collection of the annual
renewal fee from the lender.
(3) If the lender does not repurchase the unpaid guaranteed portion
of the loan as provided in paragraph (a) of this section, the Agency
will purchase from the holder the unpaid principal balance of the
guaranteed portion together with accrued interest to date of
repurchase, less the lender's servicing fee, within 30 days after
written demand to the Agency from the holder. For those loans closed on
or after August 2, 2016, the lender or the Agency will issue an
interest termination letter to the holder(s) establishing the
termination date for interest accrual. The guarantee will not cover
interest to any holder accruing after the greater of: 90 days from the
date of the most recent delinquency effective date as reported by the
lender or 30 days from the date of the interest termination letter.
Once the holder makes demand upon the Agency, the request cannot be
rescinded.
(4) When the guaranteed loan has been delinquent more than 60 days
and no holder comes forward, the Agency may issue a letter to the
holder(s) establishing the cutoff date for interest accrual. Accrued
interest to be paid the holder will be calculated from the date
interest was last paid on the loan with a cutoff date being no more
than 90 days from the date of the most recent delinquency effective
date as reported by the lender.
(5) When the lender has accelerated the account and holds all or a
portion of the guaranteed loan, an estimated loss claim (loan in the
liquidation process) must be filed by the lender with the Agency within
60 days. Accrued interest paid to the lender will be calculated from
the date interest was last paid on the loan with a cutoff date being no
more than 90 days from the most recent delinquency effective date as
reported by the lender.
(6) The holder's demand to the Agency must include a copy of the
written demand made upon the lender. The holder must also include
evidence of its right to require payment from the Agency. Such evidence
must consist of either the original of the Loan Note Guarantee properly
endorsed to the Agency or the original of the Assignment Guarantee
Agreement properly assigned to the Agency without recourse, including
all rights, title, and interest in the loan. When the single-note
system is utilized and the initial holder has sold its interest, the
current holder must present the original Assignment Guarantee Agreement
and an original of each Agency-approved reassignment document in the
chain of ownership, with the latest reassignment being assigned to the
Agency without recourse, including all rights, title, and interest in
the guarantee. The holder must include in its demand the amount due,
including unpaid principal, unpaid interest to date of demand, and
interest subsequently accruing from date of demand to proposed payment
date. The Agency will be subrogated to all rights of the holder.
(7) Upon request by the Agency, the lender must promptly furnish a
current statement certified by an appropriate authorized officer of the
lender of the unpaid principal and interest then owed by the borrower
on the loan and the amount then owed to any holder, along with the
information necessary for the Agency to determine the appropriate
amount due the holder. Any discrepancy between the amount claimed by
the holder and the information submitted by the lender must be resolved
between the lender and the holder before payment will be approved. Such
conflict will suspend the running of the 30-day payment requirement.
(8) Purchase by the Agency neither changes, alters, nor modifies
any of the lender's obligations to the Agency arising from the loan or
guarantee nor does it waive any of the Agency's rights against the
lender. The Agency will have the right to set-off against the lender
all rights inuring to the Agency as the holder of the instrument
against the Agency's obligation to the lender under the program.
Sec. Sec. 4279.79-4279.83 [Reserved]
Sec. 4279.84 Replacement of document.
(a) The Agency may issue a replacement Loan Note Guarantee or
Assignment Guarantee Agreement that was lost, stolen, destroyed,
mutilated, or defaced to the lender or holder upon receipt of an
acceptable certificate of loss and an indemnity bond.
(b) When a Loan Note Guarantee or Assignment Guarantee Agreement is
lost, stolen, destroyed, mutilated, or defaced while in the custody of
the lender or holder, the lender must coordinate the activities of the
party who seeks the replacement documents and submit the required
documents to the Agency for processing. The requirements for
replacement are as follows:
(1) A certificate of loss, notarized and containing a jurat, which
includes:
(i) Name and address of owner;
(ii) Name and address of the lender of record;
(iii) Capacity of person certifying;
(iv) Full identification of the Loan Note Guarantee or Assignment
Guarantee Agreement, including the name of the borrower, the Agency's
case number, date of the Loan Note Guarantee or Assignment Guarantee
Agreement, face amount of the evidence of debt purchased, date of
evidence of debt, present balance of the loan, percentage of guarantee,
and, if an Assignment Guarantee Agreement, the original named holder
and the percentage of the guaranteed portion of the loan assigned to
that holder. Any existing parts of the document to be replaced must be
attached to the certificate;
(v) A full statement of circumstances of the loss, theft,
destruction, defacement, or mutilation of the Loan Note Guarantee or
Assignment Guarantee Agreement; and
(vi) For the holder, evidence demonstrating current ownership of
the Loan Note Guarantee and promissory
[[Page 36005]]
note or the Assignment Guarantee Agreement. If the present holder is
not the same as the original holder, a copy of the endorsement of each
successive holder in the chain of transfer from the initial holder to
present holder must be included. If copies of the endorsement cannot be
obtained, best available records of transfer must be submitted to the
Agency (e.g., order confirmation, canceled checks, etc.).
(2) An indemnity bond acceptable to the Agency must accompany the
request for replacement except when the holder is the United States, a
Federal Reserve Bank, a Federal corporation, a State or territory, or
the District of Columbia. The bond must be with surety except when the
outstanding principal balance and accrued interest due the present
holder is less than $1 million, verified by the lender in writing in a
letter of certification of balance due. The surety must be a qualified
surety company holding a certificate of authority from the Secretary of
the Treasury and listed in Treasury Department Circular 570.
(3) All indemnity bonds must be issued and payable to the United
States of America acting through the Agency. The bond must be in an
amount not less than the unpaid principal and interest. The bond must
hold the Agency harmless against any claim or demand that might arise
or against any damage, loss, costs, or expenses that might be sustained
or incurred by reasons of the loss or replacement of the instruments.
(4) The Agency will not attempt to obtain, or participate in the
obtaining of, replacement notes from the borrower. The holder is
responsible for bearing the costs of note replacement if the borrower
agrees to issue a replacement instrument. Should such note be replaced,
the terms of the note cannot be changed. If the evidence of debt has
been lost, stolen, destroyed, mutilated, or defaced, such evidence of
debt must be replaced before the Agency will replace any instruments.
Sec. Sec. 4279.85-4279.99 [Reserved]
Sec. 4279.100 OMB control number.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the
information collection requirements contained in this subpart have been
submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under OMB
Control Number 0570-0069 for OMB approval.
0
3. Revise Subpart B to read as follows:
Subpart B--Business and Industry Loans
Sec.
4279.101 Introduction.
4279.102 Definitions and abbreviations.
4279.103 Exception authority.
4279.104 Appeals.
4279.105-4279.107 [Reserved]
4279.108 Eligible borrowers.
4279.109-4279.112 [Reserved]
4279.113 Eligible uses of funds.
4279.114 [Reserved]
4279.115 Cooperative stock/cooperative equity.
4279.116 New Markets Tax Credit program.
4279.117 Ineligible purposes and entity types.
4279.118 [Reserved]
4279.119 Loan guarantee limits.
4279.120 Fees and charges.
4279.121-4279.124 [Reserved]
4279.125 Interest rates.
4279.126 Loan terms.
4279.127-4279.130 [Reserved]
4279.131 Credit quality.
4279.132 Personal and corporate guarantees.
4279.133-4279.135 [Reserved]
4279.136 Insurance.
4279.137 Financial statements.
4279.138-4279.143 [Reserved]
4279.144 Appraisals.
4279.145-4279.149 [Reserved]
4279.150 Feasibility studies.
4279.151-4279.160 [Reserved]
4279.161 Filing preapplications and applications.
4279.162-4279.164 [Reserved]
4279.165 Evaluation of application.
4279.166 Loan priority scoring.
4279.167 Planning and performing development.
4279.168 Timeframe for processing applications.
4279.169-4279.172 [Reserved]
4279.173 Loan approval and obligating funds.
4279.174 Transfer of lenders.
4279.175-4279.179 [Reserved]
4279.180 Changes in borrower.
4279.181 Conditions precedent to issuance of the Loan Note
Guarantee.
4279.182-4279.186 [Reserved]
4279.187 Refusal to execute Loan Note Guarantee.
4279.188-4279.199 [Reserved]
4279.200 OMB control number.
Subpart B--Business and Industry Loans
Sec. 4279.101 Introduction.
(a) Content. This subpart contains loan processing regulations for
the Business and Industry (B&I) Guaranteed Loan Program. It is
supplemented by subpart A of this part, which contains general
guaranteed loan regulations, and subpart B of part 4287 of this
chapter, which contains loan servicing regulations.
(b) Purpose. The purpose of the B&I Guaranteed Loan Program is to
improve, develop, or finance business, industry, and employment and
improve the economic and environmental climate in rural communities.
This purpose is achieved by bolstering the existing private credit
structure through the guarantee of quality loans that will provide
lasting community benefits. It is not intended that the guarantee
authority will be used for marginal or substandard loans or for relief
of lenders having such loans.
(c) Documents. Whether specifically stated or not, whenever Agency
approval is required, it must be in writing. Copies of all forms and
regulations referenced in this subpart may be obtained from any Agency
office and from the USDA Rural Development Web site at https://www.rd.usda.gov/publications. Whenever a form is designated in this
subpart, that designation includes predecessor and successor forms, if
applicable, as specified by the Agency.
Sec. 4279.102 Definitions and abbreviations.
The definitions and abbreviations in Sec. 4279.2 are applicable to
this subpart.
Sec. 4279.103 Exception authority.
Section 4279.15 applies to this subpart.
Sec. 4279.104 Appeals.
Section 4279.16 applies to this subpart.
Sec. Sec. 4279.105-4279.107 [Reserved]
Sec. 4279.108 Eligible borrowers.
(a) Type of entity. A borrower may be a cooperative organization,
corporation, partnership, or other legal entity organized and operated
on a profit or nonprofit basis; an Indian tribe on a Federal or State
reservation or other federally recognized tribal group; a public body;
or an individual. A borrower must be engaged in or proposing to engage
in a business. A business may include manufacturing, wholesaling,
retailing, providing services, or other activities that will provide
employment and improve the economic or environmental climate.
(b) Citizenship. Individual borrowers must be citizens of the
United States or reside in the United States after being legally
admitted for permanent residence. For purposes of this subpart,
citizens and residents of the Republic of Palau, the Federated States
of Micronesia, American Samoa, Guam, the Commonwealth of the Northern
Mariana Islands, and the Republic of the Marshall Islands are
considered U.S. citizens. Individuals that reside in the United States
after being legally admitted for permanent residence must provide a
permanent green card as evidence of eligibility. Private entity
borrowers must demonstrate, to the Agency's satisfaction, that loan
funds will remain in the United States and the facility being financed
will primarily create new or save existing jobs for rural U.S.
residents.
[[Page 36006]]
(c) Rural area. The business financed with a guaranteed loan under
this subpart must be located in a rural area, except for cooperative
organizations financed in accordance with Sec. 4279.113(j)(2) and
local foods projects financed in accordance with Sec. 4279.113(y)(2).
Loans to borrowers with facilities located in both rural and non-rural
areas will be limited to the amount necessary to finance the facility
located in the eligible rural area, except for those cooperative
organizations financed in accordance with Sec. 4279.113(j)(2) and
those local foods projects financed in accordance with Sec.
4279.113(y)(2).
(1) Rural areas are any area of a State other than a city or town
that has a population of greater than 50,000 inhabitants and any
urbanized area contiguous and adjacent to such a city or town. In
making this determination, the Agency will use the latest decennial
census of the United States.
(2) For the purposes of this definition, cities and towns are
incorporated population centers with definite boundaries, local self
government, and legal powers set forth in a charter granted by the
State.
(3) For the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the island is considered
rural, except for the San Juan Census Designated Place (CDP) and any
other CDP with greater than 50,000 inhabitants. However, CDPs with
greater than 50,000 inhabitants, other than the San Juan CDP, may be
eligible if they are determined to be ``not urban in character.''
(4) For the State of Hawaii, all areas within the State are
considered rural, except for the Honolulu CDP within the County of
Honolulu.
(5) For the Republic of Palau, the Federated States of Micronesia,
American Samoa, Guam, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands,
and the Republic of the Marshall Islands, the Agency will determine
what constitutes a rural area based on available population data.
(6) Notwithstanding any other provision of this definition, in
determining which census blocks in an urbanized area are not in a rural
area, the Agency will exclude any cluster of census blocks that would
otherwise be considered not in a rural area only because the cluster is
adjacent to not more than two census blocks that are otherwise
considered not in a rural area under this definition.
(7) The Under Secretary, whose authority may not be redelegated,
may determine that an area is ``rural in character.'' Any determination
made by the Under Secretary under this provision will be to areas that
are determined to be ``rural in character'' and are within: An
urbanized area that has two points on its boundary that are at least 40
miles apart, which is not contiguous or adjacent to a city or town that
has a population of greater than 150,000 inhabitants or the urbanized
area of such city or town; or an area within an urbanized area
contiguous and adjacent to a city or town of greater than 50,000
inhabitants that is within \1/4\ mile of a rural area.
(i) Units of local government may petition the Under Secretary for
a ``rural in character'' designation by submitting a petition to both
the appropriate Rural Development State Director and the Administrator
on behalf of the Under Secretary. The petition must document how the
area meets the requirements of paragraph (c)(7) of this section and
discuss why the petitioner believes the area is ``rural in character,''
including, but not limited to, the area's population density;
demographics; topography; and how the local economy is tied to a rural
economic base. Upon receiving a petition, the Under Secretary will
consult with the applicable Governor and Rural Development State
Director and request comments within 10 business days, unless those
comments were submitted with the petition. The Under Secretary will
release to the public a notice of a petition filed by a unit of local
government not later than 30 days after receipt of the petition by way
of notice in a local newspaper and notice on the applicable Rural
Development State Office Web site. The Under Secretary will make a
determination not less than 15 days, but no more than 60 days, after
the release of the notice. The public notice will appear for at least 3
consecutive days if published in a daily newspaper or otherwise in two
consecutive publications. Upon a negative determination, the Under
Secretary will provide to the petitioner an opportunity to appeal a
determination to the Under Secretary for reconsideration, and the
petitioner will have 10 business days to appeal the determination and
provide further information for consideration.
(ii) Rural Development State Directors may also initiate a request
to the Under Secretary to determine if an area is ``rural in
character.'' A written recommendation should be sent to the
Administrator, on behalf of the Under Secretary, that documents how the
area meets the statutory requirements of paragraph (c)(7) of this
section and discusses why the State Director believes the area is
``rural in character,'' including, but not limited to, the area's
population density; demographics; topography; and how the local economy
is tied to a rural economic base. Upon receipt of such a request, the
Administrator will review the request for compliance with the ``rural
in character'' provisions and make a recommendation to the Under
Secretary. Provided a favorable determination is made, the Under
Secretary will consult with the applicable Governor and request
comments within 10 business days, unless gubernatorial comments were
submitted with the request. A public notice will be published by the
State Office in accordance with paragraph (c)(7)(i) of this section.
There is no appeal process for requests made on the initiative of the
State Director.
(d) Other credit. All applications for assistance will be accepted
and processed without regard to the availability of credit from any
other source.
(e) Prohibition under Agency programs. No loans guaranteed by the
Agency will be conditioned on any requirement that the recipients of
such assistance accept or receive electric or other services from any
particular utility, supplier, or cooperative.
Sec. Sec. 4279.109-4279.112 [Reserved]
Sec. 4279.113 Eligible uses of funds.
Eligible uses of funds must be consistent with Sec. 4279.101(b)
and Sec. 4279.108(a) and include, but are not limited to, the
following:
(a) Purchase and development of land, buildings, and associated
infrastructure for commercial or industrial properties, including
expansion or modernization.
(b) Business acquisitions provided that jobs will be created or
saved. A business acquisition is considered the acquisition of an
entire business, not a partial stock acquisition in a business.
(c) Leasehold improvements when the lease contains no reverter
clauses or restrictive clauses that would impair the use or value of
the property as security for the loan. The term of the lease must be
equal to or greater than the term of the loan.
(d) Constructing or equipping facilities for lease to private
businesses engaged in commercial or industrial operations. Financing
for mixed-use properties, involving both commercial business and
residential space, is authorized provided that not less than 50 percent
of the building's projected revenue will be generated from business
use.
(e) Purchase of machinery and equipment.
(f) Startup costs, working capital, inventory, and supplies in the
form of a permanent working capital term loan.
[[Page 36007]]
(g) Debt refinancing when it is determined that the project is
viable and refinancing is necessary to improve cash flow and create new
or save existing jobs. Debt being refinanced must be debt of the
borrower reflected on its balance sheet. The lender's analysis must
document that, except for the refinancing of lines of credit, the debt
being refinanced was for an eligible loan purpose under this subpart.
Except as provided for in paragraph (j)(3) of this section, existing
lender debt may be included provided that, at the time of application,
the loan being refinanced has been closed and current for at least the
past 12 months (current status cannot be achieved by the lender
forgiving the borrower's debt or servicing actions that impact the
borrower's repayment schedule), and the lender is providing better
rates or terms. Unless the amount to be refinanced is owed directly to
the Federal government or is federally guaranteed, existing lender debt
may not exceed 50 percent of the overall loan.
(h) Takeout of interim financing. Guaranteeing a loan that provides
for permanent, long-term financing after project completion to pay off
a lender's interim loan will not be treated as debt refinancing
provided that the lender submits a complete preapplication or
application that proposes such interim financing prior to closing the
interim loan. The borrower must take no action that would have an
adverse impact on the environment or limit the range of alternatives to
be considered by the Agency during the environmental review process.
The Agency will not guarantee takeout of interim financing loans that
prevent a meaningful environmental assessment prior to Agency loan
approval. Even for projects with interim financing, the Agency cannot
approve the loan and issue a Conditional Commitment until the
environmental process is complete. The Agency assumes no responsibility
or obligation for interim loans.
(i) Purchase of membership, stocks, bonds, or debentures necessary
to obtain a loan from Farm Credit System institutions and other lenders
provided the purchase is required for all of their borrowers and is the
minimum amount required.
(j) Loans to cooperative organizations.
(1) Guaranteed loans to eligible cooperative organizations may be
made in principal amounts up to $40 million if the project is located
in a rural area, the cooperative facility being financed provides for
the value-added processing of agricultural commodities, and the total
amount of loans exceeding $25 million does not exceed 10 percent of the
funds available for the fiscal year.
(2) Guaranteed loans to eligible cooperative organizations may also
be made in non-rural areas provided:
(i) The primary purpose of the loan is for a facility to provide
value-added processing for agricultural producers that are located
within 80 miles of the facility;
(ii) The applicant satisfactorily demonstrates that the primary
benefit of the loan will be to provide employment for rural residents;
(iii) The principal amount of the loan does not exceed $25 million;
and
(iv) The total amount of loans guaranteed under this paragraph does
not exceed 10 percent of the funds available for the fiscal year.
(3) An eligible cooperative organization may refinance an existing
B&I loan provided the existing loan is current and performing; the
existing loan is not and has not been in monetary default (more than 30
days late) or the collateral of which has not been converted; and there
is adequate security or full collateral for the new guaranteed loan.
(k) The purchase of cooperative stock by individual farmers or
ranchers in a farmer or rancher cooperative or the purchase of
transferable cooperative stock in accordance with Sec. 4279.115(a); or
the purchase of stock in a business by employees forming an Employee
Stock Ownership Plan or worker cooperative in accordance with Sec.
4279.115(c).
(l) The purchase of preferred stock or similar equity issued by a
cooperative organization or a fund that invests primarily in
cooperative organizations in accordance with Sec. 4279.115(b).
(m) Taxable corporate bonds when the bonds are fully amortizing and
comply with all provisions of Sec. 4279.126, and the bond holder
(lender) retains 5 percent of the bond in accordance with Sec.
4279.77. The bonds must be fully secured with collateral in accordance
with Sec. 4279.131(b). The bonds must only provide for a trustee when
the trustee is totally under the control of the lender. The bonds must
provide no rights to bond holders other than the right to receive the
payments due under the bond. For instance, the bonds must not provide
for bond holders replacing the trustee or directing the trustee to take
servicing actions, such as accelerating the bonds. Convertible bonds
are not eligible under this paragraph due to the potential conflict of
interest of a lender having an ownership interest in the borrower.
(1) The bond issuer (borrower) must not issue more than 11 bonds,
with no more than 10 of those bonds being guaranteed under this
program. The bond issuer must obtain the services and opinion of an
experienced bond counsel who must present a legal opinion stating that
the bonds are legal, valid, and binding obligations of the issuer and
that the issuer has adhered to all applicable laws.
(2) The bond holder must purchase all of the bonds and comply with
all Agency regulations. There must be a bond purchase agreement between
the issuer and the bond holder. The bond purchase agreement must
contain similar language to what is required to be in a loan agreement
in accordance with Sec. 4279.161(b)(11) and must not be in conflict
with subparts A or B of part 4279 or subpart B of part 4287 of this
chapter. The bond holder is responsible for all servicing of the loan
(bond), although the bond holder may contract for servicing assistance,
including contracting with a trustee who remains under the lender's
total control.
(n) Interest (including interest on interim financing) during the
period before the first principal payment becomes due or when the
facility becomes income producing, whichever is earlier.
(o) Fees and charges outlined in Sec. 4279.120(a), (c) and (d).
(p) Feasibility studies.
(q) Agricultural production, when not eligible for Farm Service
Agency (FSA) farm loan programs assistance and when it is part of an
integrated business also involved in the processing of agricultural
products. Any agricultural production considered for guaranteed loan
financing must be owned, operated, and maintained by the business
receiving the loan for which a guarantee is provided. Except for
cooperative stock purchase loans in accordance with Sec. 4279.115(a),
independent agricultural production operations are not eligible, even
if not eligible for FSA farm loan programs assistance.
(1) The agricultural-production portion of any loan must not exceed
50 percent of the total loan or $5 million, whichever is less.
(2) This paragraph does not preclude financing the following types
of businesses:
(i) Commercial nurseries engaged in the production of ornamental
plants, trees, and other nursery products, such as bulbs, flowers,
shrubbery, flower and vegetable seeds, sod, and the growing of plants
from seed to the transplant stage; and forestry, which includes
businesses primarily engaged in the operation of timber tracts, tree
farms, forest
[[Page 36008]]
nurseries, and related activities, such as reforestation.
(ii) The growing of mushrooms or hydroponics.
(iii) The boarding and/or training of animals.
(iv) Commercial fishing.
(v) Aquaculture, including conservation, development, and
utilization of water for aquaculture.
(r) Educational or training facilities.
(s) Industries undergoing adjustment from terminated Federal
agricultural price and income support programs or increased competition
from foreign trade.
(t) Community facility projects that are not listed as an
ineligible loan purpose in Sec. 4279.117.
(u) Nursing homes and assisted living facilities where constant
medical care is provided and available onsite to the residents.
Independent living facilities are considered residential in nature and
are not eligible in accordance with Sec. 4279.117(d).
(v) Tourist and recreation facilities, including hotels, motels,
bed and breakfast establishments, and resort trailer parks and
campgrounds, except as prohibited under ineligible purposes in Sec.
4279.117.
(w) Pollution control and abatement.
(x) Energy projects that are not eligible for the Rural Energy for
America Program (REAP) (7 CFR part 4280, subpart B), unless sufficient
funding is not available under REAP, and when the facility has been
constructed according to plans and specifications and is producing at
the quality and quantity projected in the application. This does not
preclude the guarantee of joint REAP/B&I projects. Eligible energy
projects must be commercially available. Eligible energy projects also
include those that reduce reliance on nonrenewable energy resources by
encouraging the development and construction of solar energy systems
and other renewable energy systems (including wind energy systems and
anaerobic digesters for the purpose of energy generation), including
the modification of existing systems in rural areas.
(1) Projects that produce renewable biomass or biofuel as an output
must utilize commercially available technologies and have completed two
operating cycles at design performance levels prior to issuance of a
Loan Note Guarantee.
(2) Projects that produce steam or electricity as an output must
have met acceptance test performance criteria acceptable to the Agency
and be successfully interconnected with the purchaser of the output. An
executed power purchase agreement acceptable to the Agency will be
required prior to issuance of a Loan Note Guarantee.
(3) Performance or acceptance test requirements for all other
energy projects will be determined by the Agency on a case-by-case
basis.
(y) Projects that process, distribute, aggregate, store, and/or
market locally or regionally produced agricultural food products to
support community development and farm and ranch income, subject to
each of the following:
(1) The term ``locally or regionally produced agricultural food
product'' means any agricultural food product that is raised, produced,
and distributed in the locality or region in which the final product is
marketed, so that the distance the product is transported is less than
400 miles from the origin of the product, or within the State in which
the product is produced. Food products could be raw, cooked, or a
processed edible substance, beverage, or ingredient used or intended
for use or for sale in whole or in part for human consumption.
(2) Projects may be located in urban areas, as well as rural areas.
(3) A significant amount of the food product sold by the borrower
is locally or regionally produced, and a significant amount of the
locally or regionally produced food product is sold locally or
regionally. The Agency is choosing not to set a threshold for
``significant'' but reserves the right to do so in periodic notices in
the Federal Register.
(4) The borrower must include in an appropriate agreement, with
retail and institutional facilities to which the borrower sells locally
or regionally produced agricultural food products, a requirement to
inform consumers of the retail or institutional facilities that the
consumers are purchasing or consuming locally or regionally produced
agricultural food products.
(5) The Agency will give funding priority to projects that provide
a benefit to underserved communities in accordance with Sec.
4279.166(b)(4)(i)(G). An underserved community is a community
(including an urban or rural community and an Indian tribal community)
that has limited access to affordable, healthy foods, including fresh
fruits and vegetables, in grocery retail stores or farmer to consumer
direct markets and that has either a high rate of hunger or food
insecurity or a high poverty rate as reflected in the most recent
decennial census or other Agency-approved census.
Sec. 4279.114 [Reserved]
Sec. 4279.115 Cooperative stock/cooperative equity.
(a) Cooperative stock purchase program. The Agency may guarantee
loans for the purchase of cooperative stock by individual farmers or
ranchers in a farmer or rancher cooperative established for the purpose
of processing an agricultural commodity. The cooperative may use the
proceeds from the stock sale to recapitalize, to develop a new
processing facility or product line, or to expand an existing
production facility. The cooperative may contract for services to
process agricultural commodities or otherwise process value-added
agricultural products during the 5-year period beginning on the
operation startup date of the cooperative in order to provide adequate
time for the planning and construction of the processing facility of
the cooperative. Loan proceeds must remain in the cooperative from
which stock was purchased, and the cooperative must not reinvest those
funds into another entity. The Agency may also guarantee loans for the
purchase of transferable stock shares of any type of existing
cooperative, which would primarily involve new or incoming members.
Such stock may provide delivery or some form of participation rights
and may only be traded among cooperative members. Paragraphs (5)
through (7) of this section are not applicable for guaranteed loans for
the purchase of transferable cooperative stock.
(1) The maximum loan amount is the threshold established in Sec.
4279.161(c), and all applications will be processed in accordance with
Sec. 4279.161(c).
(2) The maximum term is 7 years.
(3) The lender will, at a minimum, obtain a valid lien on the
stock, an assignment of any patronage refund, and the ability to
transfer the stock to another party, or otherwise liquidate and dispose
of the collateral in the event of a borrower default.
(4) The lender must complete a written credit analysis of each
stock purchase loan and a complete credit analysis of the cooperative
prior to making its first stock purchase loan.
(5) The borrower may provide financial information in the manner
that is generally required by commercial agricultural lenders.
(6) A feasibility study of the cooperative is required for startup
cooperatives and may be required by the Agency for existing
cooperatives when the cooperative's operations will be significantly
affected by the proceeds that were generated from the stock sale.
[[Page 36009]]
(7) The Agency will conduct an appropriate environmental assessment
on the processing facility and will not process individual applications
for the purchase of stock until the environmental assessment on the
cooperative processing facility is completed. Typically, an individual
loan for the purchase of cooperative stock is considered a categorical
exclusion.
(b) Cooperative equity security guarantees. The Agency may
guarantee loans for the purchase of preferred stock or similar equity
issued by a cooperative organization or for a fund that invests
primarily in cooperative organizations. In either case, the guarantee
must significantly benefit one or more entities eligible for assistance
under the B&I program.
(1) ``Similar equity'' is any special class of equity stock that is
available for purchase by non-members and/or members and lacks voting
and other governance rights.
(2) A fund that invests ``primarily'' in cooperative organizations
is determined by its percentage share of investments in and loans to
cooperatives. A fund portfolio must have at least 50 percent of its
loans and investments in cooperatives to be considered eligible for
loan guarantees for the purchase of preferred stock or similar equity.
(3) The principal amount of the loan will not exceed $10 million.
(4) The maximum term is 7 years or no longer than the specified
holding period for redemption as stated by the stock offering,
whichever is less.
(5) All borrowers purchasing preferred stock or similar equity must
provide documentation of the terms of the offering that includes
compliance with State and Federal securities laws and financial
information about the issuer of the preferred stock to both the lender
and the Agency.
(6) Issuer(s) of preferred stock must be a cooperative organization
or a fund and must be able to issue preferred stock to the public that,
if required, complies with State and Federal securities laws.
(7) A fund must use a loan guaranteed under this subpart to
purchase preferred stock that is issued by cooperatives.
(8) The lender will, at a minimum, obtain a valid lien on the
preferred stock, an assignment of any patronage refund, and the ability
to transfer the stock to another party, or otherwise liquidate and
dispose of the collateral in the event of a borrower default. For the
purpose of recovering losses from loan defaults, lenders may take
ownership of all equities purchased with such loans, including
additional shares derived from reinvestment of dividends.
(9) Shares of preferred stock that are purchased with guaranteed
loan proceeds cannot be converted to common or voting stock.
(10) In the absence of adequate provisions for investors' rights to
early redemption of preferred stock or similar equity, a borrower must
request from a cooperative or fund issuing such equities a contingent
waiver of the holding or redemption period in advance of share
purchases. This contingent waiver provides that in the event a borrower
defaults on a loan financed under the guaranteed loan program, the
borrower waives any ownership rights in the stock, and the lender and
Agency will then have the right to redeem the stock.
(11) Guaranteed loans for the purchase of preferred stock must be
prepaid in the event a cooperative or fund that issued the stock
exercises an early redemption. If the cooperative enters into
bankruptcy, to the extent the cooperative can redeem the preferred
stock, the borrower is required to repay the loan from the redemption
of the stock.
(c) Employee ownership succession. The Agency may guarantee loans
for conversions of businesses to either cooperatives or Employee Stock
Ownership Plans (ESOP) within 5 years from the date of initial transfer
of stock.
(1) The maximum loan amount is the threshold established in Sec.
4279.161(c), and all applications will be processed in accordance with
Sec. 4279.161(c).
(2) The maximum term is 7 years.
(3) The lender will, at a minimum, obtain a valid lien on the
stock, an assignment of any patronage refund, and the ability to
transfer the stock to another party, or otherwise liquidate and dispose
of the collateral in the event of a borrower default.
(4) The lender must complete a written credit analysis of each
stock purchase loan and a complete credit analysis of the cooperative
or ESOP prior to making its first stock purchase loan.
(5) If a cooperative is organized, the selling owner(s) become
members with special control rights to protect their stake in the
business while a succession plan is implemented. At the completion of
the stock transfer, selling owners may retain their membership in the
cooperative provided that their control rights are the same as all
other members. Any special covenants that selling owners may have held
must be extinguished upon completion of the transfer.
(6) If an ESOP is organized for transferring ownership to
employees, selling owner(s) may not retain ownership in the business
after 5 years from the date of the initial transfer of stock.
Sec. 4279.116 New Markets Tax Credit program.
This section identifies the provisions specific to guaranteed loans
involving projects that include new markets tax credits available under
the New Markets Tax Credit (NMTC) program. Such applicants and
applications must comply with the provisions in subparts A and B of
this part, except as modified in this section.
(a) Loan guarantees for Qualified Active Low Income Community
Businesses (QALICB). (1) To be an eligible lender for a loan guarantee
that involves NMTCs, the organization must meet the applicable
eligibility criteria in Sec. 4279.29 as otherwise modified by
paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section.
(i) Sub-entities under the control of a non-regulated lender
approved as a lender for this program do not need to separately meet
the requirements of Sec. 4279.29(b). An eligible non-regulated lender
may modify its list of eligible sub-entities under its control at any
time by notifying the Agency in writing.
(ii) In order to take advantage of the requirement exemption in
paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section, the non-regulated lender must
include in its application to be a lender each sub-entity under its
control and must clearly define the multiple-entity organizational and
control structure. In addition, the lender must include each such sub-
entity in the audited financial statements, commercial loan portfolio,
and commercial loan performance statistics.
(2) The provisions of Sec. 4279.117(q) notwithstanding, a lender
that is a Department of Treasury certified Community Development Entity
(CDE) or subsidiary of a CDE (sub-CDE) may have an ownership interest
in the borrower provided that each of the conditions specified in
paragraphs (a)(2)(i) through (iv) of this section is met.
(i) The lender does not have an ownership interest in the borrower
prior to the guaranteed loan application.
(ii) The lender does not take a controlling interest in the
borrower.
(iii) The lender cannot provide equity or take an ownership
interest in a borrower at a level that would result in the lender
owning 20 percent or more interest in the borrower.
(iv) In its guaranteed loan application, the lender provides an
Agency-approved exit strategy when the NMTCs expire after the seventh
year. The CDE's
[[Page 36010]]
(or sub-CDE's) exit strategy must include a general plan to address the
lender's equity in the project, and, if the lender will divest its
equity interest, how this will be accomplished and the impact on the
borrower.
(3) Notwithstanding Sec. 4279.117(p), a CDE's (or sub-CDE's)
ownership interest in the borrower does not constitute a conflict of
interest. The Agency will mitigate the potential for or appearance of a
conflict of interest by requiring appropriate loan covenants regarding
limitations on dividends and distributions of earnings be established,
as well as other covenants in accordance with Sec. 4279.161(b)(11).
The Agency will also ensure that the lender limits waivers of loan
covenants and future modifications of loan documents.
(4) For purposes of calculating tangible balance sheet equity, the
CDE's or sub-CDE's loan that is subordinated to the guaranteed loan
will be considered equity when calculating tangible balance sheet
equity. The QALICB's financial statements must be prepared in
accordance with GAAP.
(b) Loan guarantees for the leveraged lender. The provisions of
Sec. 4279.117(s) notwithstanding, a sub-CDE may be an eligible
borrower as specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. Paragraphs
(b)(2) through (13) of this section identify modifications to subpart B
of this part that apply when the eligible borrower is a sub-CDE.
(1) To be an eligible borrower for a NMTC loan, each of the
following conditions must be met:
(i) The sub-CDE must be established for a single specific NMTC
investment;
(ii) The lender is not an affiliate of the sub-CDE;
(iii) One hundred percent of the guaranteed loan funds are or will
be loaned by the sub-CDE to the QALICB, as defined by applicable
regulations of the Internal Revenue Service and are or will be used by
the QALICB in accordance with Sec. Sec. 4279.113 and 4279.117. All of
the B&I guaranteed loan funds must be ``passed through'' the sub-CDE to
the QALICB through a direct tracing method. The QALICB's project must
be the ultimate use of the B&I guaranteed loan funds; and
(iv) The QALICB meets the requirements of Sec. 4279.108.
(2) The provisions of Sec. 4279.119 apply except that the loan
guarantee limits apply to the QALICB and not to the sub-CDE, who would
otherwise be understood to be the ``borrower.''
(3) Section 4279.126 applies to both the borrower (sub-CDE) and the
QALICB. The terms and payment schedule of the lender's loan to the sub-
CDE must be at least equal to the terms and payment schedule of the
sub-CDE's loan to the QALICB. An Agency approved unequal or escalating
schedule of principal and interest payments may be used for a NMTC
loan. The lender may require additional principal repayment by a co-
borrower, such as an owner or principal of the QALICB. The lender or
sub-CDE may require a debt repayment reserve fund or sinking fund;
however, such fund is not in lieu of a principal repayment schedule in
accordance with Sec. 4279.126 as amended by this paragraph.
(4) Except for Sec. 4279.131(b), section 4279.131 applies to both
the lender's loan to the sub-CDE and the sub-CDE's loan to the QALICB.
Section 4279.131(b) applies only to the sub-CDE's loan to the QALICB.
Section 4279.116(a)(4) also applies when calculating tangible balance
sheet equity.
(5) The personal and corporate guarantee provisions of Sec.
4279.132 and the insurance provisions of Sec. 4279.136 apply only to
the QALICB and the sub-CDE's loan to the QALICB.
(6) Section 4279.137 applies to both the borrower (sub-CDE) and the
QALICB.
(7) Sections 4279.144 and 4279.150 apply to both the QALICB and the
sub-CDE's loan to the QALICB.
(8) Section 4279.161 applies to both the borrower (sub-CDE) and the
QALICB. As part of the application completed by the lender in
accordance with Sec. 4279.161, the application documentation must
include comparable information for the loan (using the B&I guaranteed
loan funds) between the sub-CDE and QALICB. The requirements of Sec.
4279.161 apply to the loan application, application analysis and
underwriting, and loan documents between the sub-CDE and QALICB. The
lender must include these materials in its guaranteed loan application
to the Agency.
(9) The environmental requirements specified in Sec. 4279.165(b)
apply to both the loan between the sub-CDE and QALICB and the QALICB's
project.
(10) When assigning the priority score to a NMTC loan application
under Sec. 4279.166, the Agency will score the project based on the
sub-CDE's loan to the QALICB, the QALICB, and the QALICB's project as
the ultimate use of B&I guaranteed loan funds.
(11) When complying with the planning and performing development
provisions in Sec. 4279.167, the lender is responsible for ensuring
that both the sub-CDE's loan to the QALICB and the QALICB's project
comply with the provisions in Sec. 4279.167.
(12) Section 4279.180 applies to both the sub-CDE (borrower) and
the QALICB.
(13) Section 4279.181 applies to both the sub-CDE (borrower) and
the QALICB.
Sec. 4279.117 Ineligible purposes and entity types.
(a) Distribution or payment to an individual or entity that will
retain an ownership interest in the borrower or distribution or payment
to a beneficiary of the borrower. Distribution or payment to a member
of the immediate family of an owner, partner, or stockholder will not
be permitted, except for a change in ownership of the business where
the selling immediate family member does not retain an ownership
interest and the Agency determines the price paid to be reasonable. As
this type of transaction is not an arm's length transaction,
reasonableness of the price paid will be based upon an appraisal. In
situations where there is common ownership or an otherwise closely-
related company is being paid to do construction or installation work
for a borrower, only documented costs associated with construction or
installation can be paid with loan proceeds. Documented construction or
installation costs may not include any profit or wages to a related
person, and all work must be done at cost with no profit built into the
cost. This paragraph does not apply to transfers of ownership for ESOPs
or worker cooperatives, to cooperatives where the cooperative pays the
member for product or services, or where member stock is transferred
among members of the cooperative in accordance with Sec. 4279.115.
(b) Projects in excess of $1 million that would likely result in
the transfer of jobs from one area to another and increase direct
employment by more than 50 employees. However, this limitation is not
to be construed to prohibit assistance for the expansion of an existing
business entity through the establishment of a new branch, affiliate,
or subsidiary of such entity if the establishment of such branch,
affiliate, or subsidiary will not result in an increase in unemployment
in the area of original location or in any other area where such entity
conducts business operations, unless there is reason to believe that
such branch, affiliate, or subsidiary is being established with the
intention of closing down the operations of the existing business
entity in the area or its original location or in any other area where
it conducts such operations.
(c) Projects in excess of $1 million that would increase direct
employment
[[Page 36011]]
by more than 50 employees, which is calculated to or likely to result
in an increase in the production of goods, materials, or commodities,
or the availability of services or facilities in the area, when there
is not sufficient demand for such goods, materials, commodities,
services, or facilities to employ the efficient capacity of existing
competitive commercial or industrial enterprises, unless such financial
or other assistance will not have an adverse effect upon existing
competitive enterprises in the area.
(d) The financing of timeshares, residential trailer parks, housing
development sites, apartments, duplexes, or other residential housing,
except as authorized in Sec. 4279.113(d).
(e) Owner-occupied housing, such as bed and breakfasts, hotels and
motels, storage facilities, etc., are only allowed when the pro rata
value of the owner's living quarters, based on square footage, is
deducted from the use of loan proceeds.
(f) Guaranteeing lease payments or any lines of credit.
(g) Guaranteeing loans made by other Federal agencies.
(h) Loans made with the proceeds of any obligation the interest on
which is excludable from income under 26 U.S.C. 103 or a successor
statute. Funds generated through the issuance of tax-exempt obligations
shall neither be used to purchase the guaranteed portion of any Agency
guaranteed loan nor shall an Agency guaranteed loan serve as collateral
for a tax-exempt issue. The Agency may guarantee a loan for a project
that involves tax-exempt financing only when the guaranteed loan funds
are used to finance a part of the project that is separate and distinct
from the part that is financed by the tax-exempt obligation, and the
guaranteed loan has at least a parity security position with the tax-
exempt obligation.
(i) Guarantees supporting inherently religious activities, such as
worship, religious instruction, proselytization, or to pay costs
associated with acquisition, construction, or rehabilitation of
structures for inherently religious activities, including the financing
of multi-purpose facilities where religious activities will be among
the activities conducted.
(j) Businesses that derive more than 10 percent of annual gross
revenue (including any lease income from space or machines) from
gambling activity, excluding State-authorized lottery proceeds.
(k) Businesses deriving income from activities of a prurient sexual
nature or illegal activities.
(l) Racetracks or facilities for the conduct of races by animals,
professional or amateur drivers, jockeys, etc.
(m) Golf courses and golf course infrastructure, including par 3
and executive golf courses.
(n) Cemeteries.
(o) Research and development projects and projects that involve
technology that is not commercially available.
(p) Any project that the Agency determines creates a conflict of
interest or an appearance thereof between any party related to the
project.
(q) Guarantees where the lender or any of the lender's officers has
an ownership interest in the borrower or is an officer or director of
the borrower or where the borrower or any of its officers, directors,
stockholders, or other owners have more than a 5 percent ownership
interest in the lender. Any of the lender's directors, stockholders, or
other owners that are officers, directors, stockholders, or other
owners of the borrower must be recused from the decisionmaking process.
(r) Other than cooperative stock purchase loans and cooperative
equity security guarantees in accordance with Sec. 4279.115,
guarantees supporting investment or arbitrage or speculative real
estate investment.
(s) Lending institutions, investment institutions, or insurance
companies.
(t) Charitable or fraternal organizations. Businesses that derive
more than 10 percent of annual gross revenue from tax deductible
charitable donations, based on historical financial statements required
by Sec. 4279.161(b), are considered charitable organizations for the
purpose of this paragraph. Fees for services rendered or that are
otherwise ineligible for deduction under the Internal Revenue Code are
not considered tax deductible charitable donations.
(u) Any business located within the Coastal Barriers Resource
System that does not qualify for an exception as defined in section 6
of the Coastal Barriers Resource Act, 16 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.
(v) Any business located in a special flood or mudslide hazard area
as designated by the Federal Emergency Management Agency in a community
that is not participating in the National Flood Insurance Program
unless the project is an integral part of a community's flood control
plan.
(w) Any project that drains, dredges, fills, levels, or otherwise
manipulates a wetland or engages in any activity that results in
impairing or reducing the flow, circulation, or reach of water, except
in the case of activity related to the maintenance of previously
converted wetlands. This does not apply to loans for utility lines.
Sec. 4279.118 [Reserved]
Sec. 4279.119 Loan guarantee limits.
(a) Loan amount. The total amount of B&I loans to one borrower
(including the guaranteed and unguaranteed portions, the outstanding
principal and interest balance of any existing B&I guaranteed loans,
and the new loan request) must not exceed $10 million, except as
outlined in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section. In addition to
the borrower loan limit, there is a guarantor loan limit of $50
million.
(1) The Administrator may, at the Administrator's discretion, grant
an exception to the $10 million limit for loans of $25 million or less
under the following circumstances:
(i) The project to be financed is a high-priority project as
defined in Sec. 4279.2. Priority points will be awarded in accordance
with the criteria contained in Sec. 4279.166;
(ii) The lender must document to the satisfaction of the Agency
that the loan will not be made and the project will not be completed if
the guaranteed loan is not approved; and
(iii) The percentage of guarantee will not exceed 60 percent. No
exception to this requirement will be approved under paragraph (b) of
this section for loans exceeding $10 million.
(2) The Secretary, whose authority may not be redelegated, may
approve guaranteed loans in excess of $25 million, at the Secretary's
discretion, for rural cooperative organizations that process value-
added agricultural commodities in accordance with Sec. 4279.113(j)(1).
(b) Percentage of guarantee. The percentage of guarantee, up to the
maximum allowed by this section, is a matter of negotiation between the
lender and the Agency. The maximum percentage of guarantee is 80
percent for loans of $5 million or less, 70 percent for loans between
$5 and $10 million, and 60 percent for loans exceeding $10 million. For
subsequent guaranteed loans, the maximum percentage of guarantee will
be based on the cumulative amount of outstanding principal and interest
of any existing B&I guaranteed loans and the new loan request.
Notwithstanding the preceding, the Administrator may, at the
Administrator's discretion, grant an exception allowing guarantees of
up to 90 percent on loans of $5 million or less if the conditions of
either paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) are met. Each fiscal year,
[[Page 36012]]
the Agency will establish a limit on the maximum portion of guarantee
authority available for that fiscal year that may be used to guarantee
loans with an increased percentage of guarantee. The Agency will
publish a notice announcing this limit in the Federal Register.
(1) The project to be financed is a high-priority project as
defined in Sec. 4279.2. Priority points will be awarded in accordance
with the criteria contained in Sec. 4279.166; or
(2) The lender documents, to the satisfaction of the Agency, that
the loan will not be made and the project will not be completed due to
the bank's legal or regulatory lending limit if the higher percentage
of guarantee is not approved.
Sec. 4279.120 Fees and charges.
There are two types of non-refundable fees--the guarantee fee and
the annual renewal fee. These fees are to be paid by the lender but may
be passed on to the borrower.
(a) Guarantee fee. The guarantee fee is paid at the time the Loan
Note Guarantee is issued and may be included as an eligible use of
guaranteed loan proceeds. The amount of the guarantee fee is determined
by multiplying the total loan amount by the guarantee fee rate by the
percentage of guarantee. The rate of the guarantee fee is established
by the Agency in an annual notice published in the Federal Register.
Subject to annual limits set by the Agency in the published notice, the
Agency may charge a reduced guarantee fee if requested by the lender
for loans of $5 million or less when the borrower's business:
(1) Supports value-added agriculture and results in farmers
benefiting financially,
(2) Promotes access to healthy foods, or
(3) Is a high impact business development investment as defined in
Sec. 4279.2 and applied in accordance with Sec. 4279.166(b)(4) and is
located in a rural community that:
(i) Is experiencing long-term population decline;
(ii) Has remained in poverty for the last 30 years;
(iii) Is experiencing trauma as a result of natural disaster;
(iv) Is located in a city or county with an unemployment rate 125
percent of the Statewide rate or greater; or
(v) Is located within the boundaries of a federally recognized
Indian tribe's reservation or within tribal trust lands or within land
owned by an Alaska Native Regional or Village Corporation as defined by
the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act.
(b) Annual renewal fee. The annual renewal fee is paid by the
lender to the Agency once a year. Payment of the annual renewal fee is
required in order to maintain the enforceability of the guarantee as to
the lender.
(1) The Agency will establish the rate of the annual renewal fee in
an annual notice published in the Federal Register. The amount of the
annual renewal fee is determined by multiplying the outstanding
principal loan balance as of December 31 of each year by the annual
renewal fee rate by the percentage of guarantee. The rate that is in
effect at the time the loan is obligated remains in effect for the life
of the guarantee on the loan.
(2) Annual renewal fees are due on January 31. Payments not
received by April 1 are considered delinquent and, at the Agency's
discretion, may result in the Agency terminating the guarantee to the
lender. The Agency will provide the lender 30 calendar days' notice
that the annual renewal fee is delinquent before terminating the
guarantee. Holders' rights will continue in effect as specified in Form
RD 4279-5, ``Loan Note Guarantee,'' and Form RD 4279-6, ``Assignment
Guarantee Agreement,'' unless the holder took possession of an interest
in the Loan Note Guarantee knowing the annual renewal fee had not been
paid. Until the Loan Note Guarantee is terminated by the Agency, any
delinquent annual renewal fees will bear interest at the note rate, and
any delinquent annual renewal fees, including any interest due thereon,
will be deducted from any loss payment due the lender. For loans where
the Loan Note Guarantee is issued between October 1 and December 31,
the first annual renewal fee payment is due January 31 of the second
year following the date the Loan Note Guarantee was issued.
(3) Lenders are prohibited from selling guaranteed loans on the
secondary market if there are unpaid annual renewal fees.
(c) Routine lender fees. The lender may establish charges and fees
for the loan provided they are similar to those normally charged other
applicants for the same type of loan in the ordinary course of
business, and these fees are an eligible use of loan proceeds. The
lender must document such routine fees on Form RD 4279-1, ``Application
for Loan Guarantee.'' The lender may charge prepayment penalties and
late payment fees that are stipulated in the loan documents, as long as
they are reasonable and customary; however, the Loan Note Guarantee
will not cover either prepayment penalties or late payment fees.
(d) Professional services. Professional services are those rendered
by persons generally licensed or certified by States or accreditation
associations, such as architects, engineers, accountants, attorneys, or
appraisers, and those rendered by loan packagers. The borrower may pay
fees for professional services needed for planning and developing a
project. Such fees are an eligible use of loan proceeds provided that
the Agency agrees that the amounts are reasonable and customary. The
lender must document these fees on Form RD 4279-1.
Sec. Sec. 4279.121-4279.124 [Reserved]
Sec. 4279.125 Interest rates.
The interest rate for the guaranteed loan will be negotiated
between the lender and the borrower and may be either fixed or
variable, or a combination thereof, as long as it is a legal rate.
Interest rates will not be more than those rates customarily charged
borrowers for loans without guarantees and are subject to Agency review
and approval. Lenders are encouraged to utilize the secondary market
and pass interest-rate savings on to the borrower.
(a) A variable interest rate must be a rate that is tied to a
published base rate, published in a national or regional financial
publication, agreed to by the lender and the Agency. The variable
interest rate must be specified in the promissory note and may be
adjusted at different intervals during the term of the loan, but the
adjustments may not be more often than quarterly. The lender must
incorporate, within the variable rate promissory note at loan closing,
the provision for adjustment of payment installments. The lender must
fully amortize the outstanding principal balance within the prescribed
loan maturity in order to eliminate the possibility of a balloon
payment at the end of the loan.
(b) It is permissible to have different interest rates on the
guaranteed and unguaranteed portions of the loan provided that the rate
of the guaranteed portion does not exceed the rate on the unguaranteed
portion, except for situations where a fixed rate on the guaranteed
portion becomes a higher rate than the variable rate on the
unguaranteed portion due to the normal fluctuations in the approved
variable interest rate.
(c) Any change in the base rate or fixed interest rate between
issuance of Form RD 4279-3, ``Conditional Commitment,'' and Form RD
4279-5 must be approved in writing by the Agency. Approval of such
change must be shown as an amendment to the
[[Page 36013]]
Conditional Commitment in accordance with Sec. 4279.173(b) and must be
reflected on Form RD 1980-19, ``Guaranteed Loan Closing Report.''
(d) The lender's promissory note must not contain provisions for
default or penalty interest nor will default or penalty interest,
interest on interest, or late payment fees or charges be paid under the
Loan Note Guarantee.
Sec. 4279.126 Loan terms.
(a) The length of the loan term must be the same for both the
guaranteed and unguaranteed portions of the loan. The maximum repayment
for loans for real estate will not exceed 30 years; machinery and
equipment repayment will not exceed the useful life of the machinery
and equipment or 15 years, whichever is less; and working capital
repayment will not exceed 7 years. The term for a debt refinancing loan
may be based on the collateral the lender will take to secure the loan.
(b) A loan's maturity will take into consideration the use of
proceeds, the useful life of assets being financed and those used as
collateral, and the borrower's ability to repay the loan.
(c) Only loans that require a periodic payment schedule that will
retire the debt over the term of the loan without a balloon payment
will be guaranteed.
(d) The first installment of principal and interest will, if
possible, be scheduled for payment after the facility is operational
and has begun to generate income. However, the first full installment
must be due and payable within 3 years from the date of the promissory
note and be paid at least annually thereafter. In cases where there is
an interest-only period, interest will be paid at least annually from
the date of the note.
(e) There must be no ``due-on-demand'' clauses without cause.
Regardless of any ``due-on-demand'' with cause provision in a lender's
promissory note, the Agency must concur in any acceleration of the loan
unless the basis for acceleration is monetary default.
Sec. Sec. 4279.127-4279.130 [Reserved]
Sec. 4279.131 Credit quality.
The Agency will only guarantee loans that are sound and that have a
reasonable assurance of repayment. The lender is responsible for
conducting a financial analysis that involves the systematic
examination and interpretation of information to assess a company's
past performance, present condition, and future viability. The lender
is primarily responsible for determining credit quality and must
address all of the elements of credit quality in a comprehensive,
written credit analysis, including capacity (sufficient cash flow to
service the debt), collateral (assets to secure the loan), conditions
(borrower, economy, and industry), capital (equity/net worth), and
character (integrity of management), as further described in paragraphs
(a) through (e) of this section. The lender's analysis is the central
underwriting document and must be sufficiently detailed to describe the
proposed loan and business situation and document that the proposed
loan is sound. The lender's analysis must include a written discussion
of repayment ability with a cash-flow analysis, history of debt
repayment, borrower's management, necessity of any debt refinancing,
and credit reports of the borrower, principals, and any parent,
affiliate, or subsidiary. The lender's analysis must also include
spreadsheets and discussion of the 3 years of historical balance sheets
and income statements (for existing businesses) and 2 years of
projected balance sheets, income statements, and cash flow statements,
with appropriate ratios and comparisons with industrial standards (such
as Dun & Bradstreet or the Risk Management Association). All data must
be shown in total dollars and also in common size form, obtained by
expressing all balance sheet items as a percentage of assets and all
income and expense items as a percentage of sales.
(a) Capacity/cash flow. The lender must make all efforts to ensure
the borrower has adequate working capital or operating capital and to
structure or restructure debt so that the borrower has adequate debt
coverage and the ability to accommodate expansion.
(b) Collateral. The lender must ensure that the collateral for the
loan has a documented value sufficient to protect the interest of the
lender and the Agency. The discounted collateral value must be at least
equal to the loan amount.
(1) The lender must discount collateral consistent with the sound
loan-to-discounted value policy outlined in paragraphs (b)(1)(i)
through (iv) of this section. The type, quality, and location of
collateral are relevant factors used to assess collateral adequacy and
appropriate levels of discounting. Other factors to be considered in
the discounted value of collateral must include the marketability and
alternative uses of the collateral. That is, specialized buildings or
equipment will be discounted greater than multi-purpose facilities or
equipment. When using discounts other than those outlined in paragraphs
(b)(1)(i) through (b)(1)(iv) and when in accordance with paragraph
(b)(2), the lender must document why such discounts are appropriate.
(i) A maximum of 80 percent of current fair market value will be
given to real estate. Special purpose real estate must be assigned less
value.
(ii) A maximum of 70 percent of cost or current fair market value
will be given to machinery, equipment, and furniture and fixtures and
will be based on its marketability, mobility, useful life,
specialization, and alternative uses, if any.
(iii) A maximum of 60 percent of book value will be assigned to
acceptable inventory and accounts receivable; however, all accounts
over 90 days past due, contra accounts, affiliated accounts, and other
accounts deemed not to be acceptable collateral, as determined by the
Agency, will be omitted. Calculations to determine the percentage to be
applied in the analysis are to be based on the realizable value of the
accounts receivable taken from a current aging of accounts receivable
from the borrower's most recent financial statement. At a minimum,
reviewed annual financial statements will be required when there is a
predominant reliance on inventory and/or receivable collateral that
exceeds $250,000. Except for working capital loans, term debt must not
be dependent upon accounts receivable and inventory to meet collateral
requirements.
(iv) No value will be assigned to unsecured personal, partnership,
or corporate guarantees.
(2) Some businesses are predominantly cash-flow oriented, and where
cash flow and profitability are strong, loan-to-value discounts may be
adjusted accordingly with satisfactory documentation. A loan primarily
based on cash flow must be supported by a successful and documented
financial history. Under no circumstances must the loan-to-value of the
collateral (loan-to-fair market value) ever be equal to or greater than
100 percent.
(3) Intangible assets cannot serve as primary collateral.
(4) A parity or junior lien position may be considered provided the
loan-to-discounted value is adequate to secure the guaranteed loan in
accordance with this section.
(5) The entire loan must be secured by the same security with equal
lien priority for the guaranteed and unguaranteed portions of the loan.
The unguaranteed portion of the loan will neither be paid first nor
given any preference or priority over the guaranteed portion.
[[Page 36014]]
(c) Conditions. The lender must consider the current status of the
borrower, overall economy, and industry for which credit is being
extended. The regulatory environment surrounding the particular
business or industry must also be considered. Businesses in areas of
decline will be required to provide strong business plans that outline
how they differ from the current trends. Local, regional, and national
condition of the industry must be addressed.
(d) Capital/equity. (1) A minimum of 10 percent tangible balance
sheet equity (or a maximum debt to tangible net worth ratio of 9:1)
will be required at loan closing for borrowers that are existing
businesses. A minimum of 20 percent tangible balance sheet equity (or a
maximum debt to tangible net worth ratio of 4:1) will be required at
loan closing for borrowers that are new businesses. For energy
projects, the minimum tangible balance sheet equity requirement range
will be between 25 percent and 40 percent (or a maximum debt to
tangible net worth ratio between 3:1 and 1.5:1) at loan closing,
considering whether the business is an existing business with a
successful financial and management history or a new business; the
value of personal/corporate guarantees offered; contractual
relationships with suppliers and buyers; credit rating; and strength of
the business plan/feasibility study.
(2) Tangible balance sheet equity will be determined based upon
financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP. The capital/
equity requirement must be met in the form of either cash or tangible
earning assets contributed to the business and reflected on the
borrower's balance sheet. Transfers of assets at fair market value
between related parties, which are not arm's length transactions, must
be in accordance with GAAP and require evidence that the transaction
was entered into at market terms. Tangible equity cannot include
appraisal surplus, bargain purchase gains, or intangible assets. Owner
subordinated debt may be included when the subordinated debt is in
exchange for cash injected into the business that remains in the
business for the life of the guaranteed loan. The note or other form of
evidence must be submitted to the Agency in order for subordinated debt
to count towards meeting the tangible balance sheet equity requirement.
(3) The lender must certify, in accordance with Sec.
4279.181(a)(9)(i), that the capital/equity requirement was determined,
based on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, and met, as
of the date the guaranteed loan was closed, giving effect to the
entirety of the loan in the calculation, whether or not the loan itself
is fully advanced. A copy of the loan closing balance sheet must be
included with the lender's certification.
(4) In situations where a real estate holding company and an
operating entity are dependent upon one another's operations and are
effectively one business, they must be co-borrowers, unless waived by
the Agency when the Agency determines that adequate justification
exists to not require the entities to be co-borrowers. The capital/
equity requirement will apply to all borrowing entities on a
consolidated basis, and financial statements must be prepared both
individually and on a consolidated basis.
(5) In situations where co-borrowers are independent operations,
the capital/equity requirement will apply to all co-borrowers on an
individual basis.
(6) For sole proprietorships and other situations where business
assets are held personally, financial statements must be prepared using
only the assets and liabilities directly attributable to the business.
Assets, plus any improvements, must be valued at the lower of cost or
fair market value.
(7) Increases in the equity requirement may be imposed by the
Agency. A reduction in the capital/equity requirement for existing
businesses may be permitted by the Administrator under the following
conditions:
(i) Collateralized personal and/or corporate guarantees, in
accordance with Sec. 4279.132, when feasible and legally permissible,
are obtained; and
(ii) All pro forma and historical financial statements indicate the
business to be financed meets or exceeds the median quartile (as
identified in the Risk Management Association's Annual Statement
Studies or similar publication) for the current ratio, quick ratio,
debt-to-worth ratio, and debt coverage ratio.
(e) Character. The lender must conduct a thorough review of key
management personnel to ensure that the business has adequately trained
and experienced managers. The borrower and all owners with a 20 percent
or more ownership interest must have a good credit history, reflecting
a record of meeting obligations in a timely manner. If there have been
credit problems in the past, the lender must provide a satisfactory
explanation to show that the problems are unlikely to recur.
Sec. 4279.132 Personal and corporate guarantees.
(a) Full, unconditional personal and/or corporate guarantees for
the full term of the loan are required from those owning 20 percent or
more interest in the borrower, where legally permissible, unless the
Agency grants an exception. The Agency may grant an exception for
existing businesses only when the lender requests it and documents to
the Agency's satisfaction that collateral, equity, cash flow and
profitability indicate an above-average ability to repay the loan.
Partial guarantees for the full term of the loan at least equal to each
owner's percentage of interest in the borrower times the loan amount
may be required in lieu of full, unconditional guarantees when the
guarantors' percentages equal 100 percent so that the loan is fully
guaranteed.
(b) When warranted by an Agency assessment of potential financial
risk, the Agency may require the following:
(1) Guarantees to be secured;
(2) Guarantees of parent, subsidiaries, or affiliated companies
owning less than a 20 percent interest in the borrower; and
(3) Guarantees from persons whose ownership interest in the
borrower is held indirectly through intermediate entities.
(c) All personal and corporate guarantors must execute Form RD
4279-14, ``Unconditional Guarantee,'' and any guarantee form required
by the lender. The Agency will retain the original, executed Form RD
4279-14.
(1) Any amounts paid by the Agency on behalf of an Agency
guaranteed loan borrower will constitute a Federal debt owed to the
Agency by the guaranteed loan borrower.
(2) Any amounts paid by the Agency pursuant to a claim by a
guaranteed program lender will constitute a Federal debt owed to the
Agency by a guarantor of the loan, to the extent of the amount of the
guarantor's guarantee.
(3) In all instances under paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this
section, interest charges will be assessed in accordance with 7 CFR
1951.133.
Sec. Sec. 4279.133-4279.135 [Reserved]
Sec. 4279.136 Insurance.
The lender is responsible for ensuring that required insurance is
maintained by the borrower.
(a) Hazard. Hazard insurance with a standard clause naming the
lender as mortgagee or loss payee, as applicable, is required for the
life of the guaranteed loan. The amount must be at least equal to the
replacement value of the collateral or the outstanding balance of
[[Page 36015]]
the loan, whichever is the greater amount.
(b) Life. The lender may require a collateral assignment of life
insurance to insure against the risk of death of persons critical to
the success of the business. When required, coverage must be in amounts
necessary to provide for management succession or to protect the
business. The Agency may require life insurance on key individuals for
loans where the lender has not otherwise proposed such coverage. The
cost of insurance and its effect on the applicant's working capital
must be considered, as well as the amount of existing insurance that
could be assigned without requiring additional expense.
(c) Worker compensation. Worker compensation insurance is required
in accordance with State law.
(d) Flood. National flood insurance is required in accordance with
applicable law.
(e) Other. The lender must consider whether public liability,
business interruption, malpractice, and other insurance is appropriate
to the borrower's particular business and circumstances and must
require the borrower to obtain such insurance as is necessary to
protect the interests of the borrower, the lender, or the Agency.
Sec. 4279.137 Financial statements.
Except for audited financial statements required by Sec. 4279.71,
the lender will determine the type and frequency of submission of
financial statements by the borrower and any guarantors. At a minimum,
annual financial statements prepared by an accountant in accordance
with GAAP are required, except for personal financial statements and
cooperative stock purchase loans in accordance with Sec. 4279.115(a)
that do not have to be prepared in accordance with GAAP. However, if
the loan amount exceeds $10 million or if circumstances warrant, the
Agency may require annual audited financial statements.
Sec. Sec. 4279.138-4279.143 [Reserved]
Sec. 4279.144 Appraisals.
Lenders must obtain appraisals for real estate and chattel
collateral when the value of the collateral exceeds $250,000. For
collateral values under this threshold, lenders must follow their
primary regulator's policies relating to appraisals and evaluations or,
if the lender is not regulated, normal banking practices and generally
accepted methods of determining value. Lenders must use the fair market
value as established by the appraisal and discounting policies outlined
in Sec. 4279.131(b) to meet the discounted collateral coverage
requirements of this subpart. Lenders are responsible for ensuring that
appraisal values adequately reflect the actual value of the collateral.
The Agency will require documentation that the appraiser has the
necessary experience and competency to appraise the property in
question. Appraisals must not be more than 1 year old, and a more
recent appraisal may be requested by the Agency in order to reflect
more current market conditions. For loan servicing purposes, an
appraisal may be updated in lieu of a complete new appraisal when the
original appraisal is more than 1 year old but less than 2 years old.
Failure by the lender to follow these requirements will be considered
not acting in a reasonably prudent manner.
(a) All real property appraisals associated with Agency guaranteed
loanmaking and servicing transactions must meet the requirements
contained in the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and
Enforcement Act (FIRREA) of 1989, and the appropriate guidelines
contained in Standards 1 and 2 of the Uniform Standards of Professional
Appraisal Practices (USPAP) and be performed by a State Certified
General Appraiser. Notwithstanding any exemption that may exist for
transactions guaranteed by a Federal government agency, all appraisals
obtained by the lender for loanmaking and servicing must conform to the
Interagency Appraisal and Evaluations Guidelines established by the
lender's primary Federal or State regulator. All appraisals must
include consideration of the potential effects from a release of
hazardous substances or petroleum products or other environmental
hazards on the fair market value of the collateral, if applicable. The
lender must complete and submit its technical review of the appraisal.
For construction projects, the lender must use the ``as-completed''
market value of the real estate to determine value of the real estate
property.
(b) Values of both tangible and intangible assets, including values
attributed to business valuation or as a going concern, must be
reported individually/separately in the appraisal as values attributed
to business valuation or as a going concern will be deducted from the
reconciled fair market value of the hard assets for purposes of
calculating collateral coverage.
(c) Chattels with values under the $250,000 threshold must be
evaluated in accordance with the lender's primary regulator's policies
relating to appraisals and evaluations or, if the lender is not
regulated, normal banking practices and generally accepted methods of
determining value. Chattel appraisals must reflect the age, condition,
and remaining useful life of the equipment. If the appraisal is
completed by a State licensed/certified appraiser, the appraisal report
must comply with USPAP Standards 7 and 8.
Sec. Sec. 4279.145-4279.149 [Reserved]
Sec. 4279.150 Feasibility studies.
A feasibility study, by a qualified independent consultant
acceptable to the Agency, is required for new businesses. The Agency
may require a feasibility study for existing businesses when the
project will significantly affect the borrower's operations, and cash
flow from the existing facility is not sufficient to service the new
debt. At a minimum, a feasibility study must include an evaluation of
the economic, market, technical, financial, and management feasibility
and an executive summary that reaches an overall conclusion as to the
business' chance of success. The income approach of an appraisal is not
an acceptable feasibility study.
Sec. Sec. 4279.151-4279.160 [Reserved]
Sec. 4279.161 Filing preapplications and applications.
Borrowers and lenders are encouraged to file preapplications and
obtain Agency comments before completing an application. However, if
they prefer, borrowers and lenders may file a complete application
without filing a preapplication. The Agency will neither accept nor
process preapplications and applications unless a lender has agreed to
finance the proposal. For borrowers other than individuals, a Dun and
Bradstreet Universal Numbering System (DUNS) number is required, which
can be obtained online at https://fedgov/dnd.com/webform. Guaranteed
loans exceeding $600,000 must be submitted under the requirements
specified in paragraph (b) of this section. However, guaranteed loans
of $600,000 and less may be submitted under the requirements of either
paragraph (b) or (c) of this section.
(a) Preapplications. Lenders may file preapplications by submitting
the following to the Agency:
(1) A letter or preliminary lender credit analysis, signed by the
lender, containing the following:
(i) Name of the proposed borrower, organization type, address,
contact person, Federal tax identification
[[Page 36016]]
number, email address, and telephone number;
(ii) Name of the proposed lender, address, telephone number,
contact person, email address, and lender's Internal Revenue Service
(IRS) identification number;
(iii) Amount of the loan request, percent of guarantee requested,
and the proposed rates and terms;
(iv) Description of collateral to be offered with estimated
value(s) and the amount and source of equity to be contributed to the
project;
(v) A brief description of the project, products or services
provided, and availability of raw materials and supplies; and
(vi) The number of current full-time equivalent jobs, the number of
jobs to be created as a result of the proposed loan, and the overall
average wage rate.
(2) The borrower's current (not more than 90 days old) balance
sheet and year-to-date income statement. For existing businesses, also
include balance sheets and income statements for the last 3 years; and
(3) A completed Form RD 4279-2, ``Certification of Non-Relocation
and Market Capacity Information Report,'' if the proposed loan is in
excess of $1 million and will increase direct employment by more than
50 employees.
(b) Applications. Lenders must submit the information specified in
paragraphs (b)(1) through (19) of this section when filing an
application with the Agency.
(1) A completed Form RD 4279-1.
(2) A completed Form RD 4279-2, if the proposed loan is in excess
of $1 million and will increase direct employment by more than 50
employees, unless already submitted in accordance with Sec.
4279.161(a)(3).
(3) Environmental review documentation in accordance with 7 CFR
part 1970, ``Environmental Policies and Procedures,'' or successor
regulation.
(4) A personal or commercial credit report from an acceptable
credit reporting company for each individual or entity owning 20
percent or more interest in the borrower, except for those corporations
listed on a major stock exchange. Credit reports are not required for
elected and appointed officials when the applicant is a public body or
non-profit corporation.
(5) Commercial credit reports for the borrower(s) and any parent,
affiliate, and subsidiary companies.
(6) Current (not more than 90 days old) financial statements for
any parent, affiliate, and subsidiary companies.
(7) Current (not more than 90 days old) personal and corporate
financial statements of any guarantors.
(8) For all borrowers, a current (not more than 90 days old)
balance sheet and year-to-date income statement, a pro forma balance
sheet projected for loan closing, and projected balance sheets, income
statements, and cash flow statements for the next 2 years. Projections
must be prepared in line with GAAP standards and supported by a list of
assumptions showing the basis for the projections. In the event
processing of the loan is not complete within 90 days, a current set of
financial statements will be required every 90 days.
(9) For borrowers that are existing businesses, balance sheets and
income statements for the last 3 years. If the business has been in
operation for less than 3 years, balance sheets and income statements
for all years for which financial information is available.
(10) The lender's comprehensive, written credit analysis of the
proposal, as described in Sec. 4279.131.
(11) A draft loan agreement. A final loan agreement must be
executed by the lender and borrower before the Agency issues a Loan
Note Guarantee and must contain any additional requirements imposed by
the Agency in its Conditional Commitment. The loan agreement must
establish prudent, adequate controls to protect the interests of the
lender and Agency. At a minimum, the following requirements must be
included in the loan agreement:
(i) Type and frequency of borrower and guarantor financial
statements to be required for the duration of the loan;
(ii) Prohibition against assuming liabilities or obligations of
others;
(iii) Limitations on dividend payments and compensation of officers
and owners;
(iv) Limitation on the purchase and sale of equipment and other
fixed assets;
(v) Restrictions concerning consolidations, mergers, or other
circumstances and a limitation on selling the business without the
concurrence of the lender;
(vi) Maximum debt-to-net worth ratio; and
(vii) Minimum debt service coverage ratio.
(12) Intergovernmental consultation comments in accordance with 2
CFR part 415, subpart C, or successor regulation, unless exemptions
have been granted by the State single point of contact.
(13) Appraisals, accompanied by a copy of the appropriate
environmental site assessment, if available, and the technical review
of the appraisals required by Sec. 4279.144(a).
(14) A business plan or similar document that must include a
description of the business and project; management experience; sources
of capital; products, services, and pricing; marketing plan; proposed
use of funds; availability of labor, raw materials, and supplies;
contracts in place; distribution channels; and the names of any
corporate parent, affiliates, and subsidiaries with a description of
the relationship. A business plan may be omitted if the information is
included in a feasibility study. A business plan may also be omitted
when loan proceeds are used exclusively for debt refinancing and fees.
(15) Independent feasibility study, if required.
(16) For companies listed on a major stock exchange or subject to
the Securities and Exchange Commission regulations, a copy of SEC Form
10-K, ``Annual Report Pursuant to sections 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934.''
(17) For health care facilities, a certificate of need, if required
by statute or State law.
(18) For guaranteed loan applications for five or more residential
units, including nursing homes and assisted-living facilities, an
Affirmative Fair Housing Marketing Plan that is in conformance with 7
CFR 1901.203(c)(3).
(19) Any additional information required by the Agency to make a
decision, including any information needed to score the project in
accordance with Sec. 4279.166.
(c) Applications of $600,000 and less. Guaranteed loan applications
may be processed under this paragraph if the request does not exceed
$600,000, provided the Agency determines that there is not a
significant increased risk of a default on the loan. A lender may need
to resubmit an application under paragraph (b) of this section if the
application under this paragraph does not contain sufficient
information for the Agency to make a decision to guarantee the loan.
Applications submitted under this paragraph must include the
information contained in paragraphs (b)(1) (with the short application
box marked at the top of Form RD 4279-1), (b)(3), (b)(8) through (10),
(b)(12), and (b)(13) of this section. The lender must have the
documentation identified in paragraph (b) of this section, with the
exception of paragraph (b)(2), available in its file for review.
[[Page 36017]]
Sec. Sec. 4279.162-4279.164 [Reserved]
Sec. 4279.165 Evaluation of application.
(a) General review. The Agency will evaluate the application and
make a determination whether the borrower is eligible, the proposed
loan is for an eligible purpose, there is reasonable assurance of
repayment ability, there is sufficient collateral and equity, and the
proposed loan complies with all applicable statutes and regulations. If
the Agency determines it is unable to guarantee the loan, it will
inform the lender in writing.
(b) Environmental requirements. The environmental review process
must be completed, in accordance with 7 CFR part 1970, ``Environmental
Policies and Procedures,'' or successor regulation, prior to loan
approval.
Sec. 4279.166 Loan priority scoring.
The Agency will consider applications and preapplications in the
order they are received by the Agency; however, for the purpose of
assigning priority points as described in paragraph (b) of this
section, the Agency will compare an application to other pending
applications that are competing for funding. The Agency may establish a
minimum loan priority score to fund projects from the National Office
reserve and will publish any minimum loan priority score in a notice
published in the Federal Register.
(a) When applications on hand otherwise have equal priority, the
Agency will give preference to applications for loans from qualified
veterans.
(b) The Agency will assign priority points on the basis of the
point system contained in this section. The Agency will use the
application and supporting information to determine an eligible
proposed project's priority for available guarantee authority. To the
extent possible, all lenders must consider Agency priorities when
choosing projects for guarantee. The lender must provide necessary
information related to determining the score, if requested.
(1) Population priority. Projects located in an unincorporated area
or in a city with a population under 25,000 (10 points).
(2) Demographics priority. The priority score for demographics
priority will be the total score for the following categories:
(i) Located in an eligible area of long-term population decline
according to the last three decennial censuses (5 points);
(ii) Located in a rural county that has had 20 percent or more of
its population living in poverty based on the last three decennial
censuses (10 points);
(iii) Located in a rural community that is experiencing trauma as a
result of natural disaster (5 points);
(iv) Located in a city or county with an unemployment rate 125
percent of the Statewide rate or greater (5 points);
(v) Located within the boundaries of a Federally recognized Indian
tribe's reservation, within tribal trust lands, or within land owned by
an Alaska Native Regional or Village Corporation as defined by the
Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act (5 points); and
(vi) Business is owned by a qualified veteran as defined by Sec.
4279.2 (5 points).
(3) Loan features. The priority score for loan features will be the
total score for each of the following categories:
(i) Lender will price the guaranteed loan at an interest rate equal
to or less than the equivalent of the Wall Street Journal published
Prime Rate plus 1.5 percent (5 points);
(ii) Lender will price the guaranteed loan at an interest rate
equal to or less than the equivalent of the Wall Street Journal
published Prime Rate plus 1 percent (5 points);
(iii) The Agency guaranteed loan is less than 60 percent of project
cost (5 points);
(iv) The Agency guaranteed loan is less than 50 percent of project
cost (5 points);
(v) The Agency guaranteed loan is less than 40 percent of project
cost (5 points); and
(vi) For loans not requesting an exception under Sec. 4279.119(b),
the percentage of guarantee is 10 or more percentage points less than
the maximum allowable for a loan of its size (5 points).
(4) High impact business investment priorities. The priority score
for high impact business investment will be the total score for the
following categories:
(i) Business/industry. The priority score for business/industry
will be the total score for the following:
(A) Industry that is not already present in the community (5
points);
(B) Business that has 20 percent or more of its sales in
international markets (5 points);
(C) Business that offers high value, specialized products and/or
services that command high prices (5 points);
(D) Business that provides an additional market for existing local
businesses (5 points);
(E) Business that is locally owned and managed (5 points);
(F) Business that will produce a natural resource value-added
product (5 points); and
(G) Business that processes, distributes, aggregates, stores, and/
or markets locally or regionally produced agricultural food products to
underserved communities in accordance with Sec. 4279.113(y)(5) (10
points).
(ii) Occupations. The priority score for occupations will be the
total score for the following:
(A) Business that creates or saves jobs with an average wage
exceeding 125 percent of the Federal minimum wage (5 points);
(B) Business that creates or saves jobs with an average wage
exceeding 150 percent of the Federal minimum wage (5 points); and
(C) Business that offers a healthcare benefits package to all
employees, with at least 50 percent of the premium paid by the employer
(5 points).
(5) Administrative points. The State Director may assign up to 10
additional points to an application to account for Statewide
distribution of funds, natural disasters or economic emergency
conditions, community economic development strategies, State strategic
plans, fundamental structural changes in a community's economic base,
or projects that will fulfill an Agency initiative. In addition to the
State Director assigned points, if an application is considered in the
National Office, the Administrator may assign up to an additional 10
points to account for geographic distribution of funds, emergency
conditions caused by economic problems or natural disasters, or
projects that will fulfill an Agency initiative.
Sec. 4279.167 Planning and performing development.
(a) Design policy. The lender must ensure that all facilities
constructed with program funds are designed, and costs estimated, by an
independent professional, utilizing accepted architectural,
engineering, and design practices. The Agency may require an
independent professional architect on complex projects. The lender must
ensure the design conforms to applicable Federal, State, and local
codes and requirements. The lender must also ensure that the project
will be completed with available funds and, once completed, will be
used for its intended purpose and produce in the quality and quantity
proposed in the completed application approved by the Agency. Once
construction is completed, the lender must provide the Agency with a
copy of the Notice of Completion or similar document issued by the
relevant building jurisdiction.
(b) Issuing the Loan Note Guarantee prior to project completion. If
the lender requests that the Loan Note Guarantee be issued prior to
construction or
[[Page 36018]]
completion of a project, the lender must have a construction monitoring
plan acceptable to the Agency and undertake the added responsibilities
set forth in this paragraph. The lender must monitor the progress of
construction and undertake the reviews and inspections necessary to
ensure that construction conforms to applicable Federal, State, and
local code requirements; proceeds are used in accordance with the
approved plans, specifications, and contract documents; and that funds
are used for eligible project costs. The lender must expeditiously
report any problems in project development to the Agency.
(1) In cases of takeout of interim financing where the Loan Note
Guarantee is issued prior to construction or completion of a project,
the promissory note must contain the terms and conditions of the
interim financing and the permanent financing and convert the interim
financing to the permanent note as the Loan Note Guarantee can only be
placed on one note.
(2) Prior to disbursement of construction funds, the lender must
have:
(i) A complete set of plans and specifications for the project on
file;
(ii) A detailed timetable for the project with a corresponding
budget of costs setting forth the parties responsible for payment. The
timetable and budget must be agreed to by the borrower;
(iii) A person, who may be the project architect or engineer, with
demonstrated experience relating to the project's industry, confirm
that the budget is adequate for the planned development;
(iv) A firm, fixed-price construction contract with an independent
general contractor with costs and provisions for change order
approvals, a retainage percentage, and a disbursement schedule; a 100
percent performance/payment bond on the borrower's contractor; or a
contract with an independent disbursement and monitoring firm where
project construction and completion are guaranteed. A bonding agent
must be listed on Treasury Circular 570; and
(v) Contingencies in place to handle unforeseen cost overruns
without seeking additional guaranteed assistance. These are to be
agreed to by the borrower.
(3) Once construction begins, the lender is to:
(i) Use any borrower funds in the project first;
(ii) Ensure that the project is built to support the functions at
the level and quality contemplated by the borrower through the use of
accepted architectural and engineering practices. There is no absolute
requirement that the goal be achieved by the use of a professional
inspection. However, if after careful review, it appears that the use
of a professional inspector is the only method that ensures the project
is built to support the functions at the level and quality contemplated
by the borrower through the use of accepted architectural and
engineering practices, one may be required by the Agency. If one is
required, inspections must be made by a qualified, independent
inspector prior to any progress payment. If other less expensive or
rigorous methods will achieve the same result, they may be utilized.
The decision will be made on a case-by-case basis and must be
reasonable under the specific circumstances of the case;
(iii) Obtain lien waivers from all contractors and materialmen
prior to any disbursement; and
(iv) Provide at least monthly, written reports to the Agency on
fund disbursement and project status.
(4) Once construction is completed, the lender is to provide the
Agency with a copy of the Notice of Completion or similar document
issued by the relevant building jurisdiction.
(c) Compliance with other Federal laws. Lenders must comply with
other applicable Federal laws, including Equal Employment
Opportunities, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act,
and the Civil Rights Act of 1964. Guaranteed loans that involve the
construction of or addition to facilities that accommodate the public
must comply with the Architectural Barriers Act Accessibility Standard.
The borrower and lender are responsible for ensuring compliance with
these requirements.
(d) Environmental responsibilities. The lender must ensure that the
borrower has:
(1) Provided the necessary environmental information to enable the
Agency to undertake its environmental review process in accordance with
7 CFR part 1970, ``Environmental Policies and Procedures,'' or
successor regulation, including the provision of all required Federal,
State, and local permits;
(2) Complied with any mitigation measures required by the Agency;
and
(3) Not taken any actions or incurred any obligations with respect
to the proposed project that would either limit the range of
alternatives to be considered during the Agency's environmental review
process or that would have an adverse effect on the environment.
Sec. 4279.168 Timeframe for processing applications.
All complete guaranteed loan applications will be approved or
disapproved within 60 days, unless approval is prevented by a lack of
guarantee authority or there are delays resulting from public comment
requirements of the environmental assessment or outstanding DOL
clearance issues.
Sec. Sec. 4279.169-4279.172 [Reserved]
Sec. 4279.173 Loan approval and obligating funds.
(a) Upon approval of a loan guarantee, the Agency will issue a
Conditional Commitment to the lender, containing conditions under which
a Loan Note Guarantee will be issued. No Conditional Commitment can be
issued until the loan is obligated. If a Loan Note Guarantee is not
issued by the Conditional Commitment expiration date, the Conditional
Commitment may be extended at the request of the lender and only if
there has been no material adverse change in the borrower or the
borrower's financial condition since issuance of the Conditional
Commitment. If the Conditional Commitment is not accepted, the
Conditional Commitment may be withdrawn and funds may be deobligated.
Likewise, if the Conditional Commitment expires, funds may be
deobligated.
(b) If certain conditions of the Conditional Commitment cannot be
met, the lender and borrower may request changes to the Conditional
Commitment. Within the requirements of the applicable regulations and
prudent lending practices, the Agency may negotiate with the lender and
the borrower regarding any proposed changes to the Conditional
Commitment. Any changes to the Conditional Commitment must be
documented by written amendment to the Conditional Commitment.
(c) The borrower must comply with all Federal requirements then in
effect for receiving Federal assistance.
Sec. 4279.174 Transfer of lenders.
(a) The Agency may approve the substitution of a new eligible
lender in place of a former lender who has been issued and has accepted
an outstanding Conditional Commitment when the Loan Note Guarantee has
not yet been issued, provided that there are no changes in the
borrower's ownership or control, loan purposes, or scope of project,
and the loan terms and conditions in the Conditional Commitment and the
loan agreement remain the same. Any request for a
[[Page 36019]]
transfer of lender must be submitted in writing by the current lender,
the proposed lender, and the borrower. The original lender must state
the reason(s) it no longer desires to be the lender for the project.
(b) Unless the new lender is already an approved lender, the Agency
will analyze the new lender's servicing capability, eligibility, and
experience prior to approving the substitution. The substituted lender
must execute a new part B of Form 4279-1, ``Application for Loan
Guarantee;'' Form RD 4279-4, ``Lender's Agreement'' (unless a valid
Lender's Agreement with the Agency already exists); and complete a new
lender's analysis in accordance with Sec. 4279.131. The new lender may
also be required to provide other updated application items outlined in
Sec. 4279.161(b).
Sec. Sec. 4279.175-4279.179 [Reserved]
Sec. 4279.180 Changes in borrower.
Any changes in borrower ownership or organization prior to the
issuance of the Loan Note Guarantee must meet the eligibility
requirements of the program and be approved by the Agency.
Sec. 4279.181 Conditions precedent to issuance of the Loan Note
Guarantee.
(a) The lender must not close the loan until all conditions of the
Conditional Commitment are met. When loan closing plans are
established, the lender must notify the Agency. Coincident with, or
immediately after loan closing, the lender must provide the following
to the Agency:
(1) An executed Form RD 4279-4, unless a valid Lender's Agreement
exists that was issued after August 2, 2016;
(2) Form RD 1980-19 and appropriate guarantee fee;
(3) Copy of the executed promissory note(s);
(4) Copy of the executed loan agreement;
(5) Copy of the executed settlement statement;
(6) Original, executed Forms RD 4279-14, as required;
(7) Any other documents required to comply with applicable law or
required by the Conditional Commitment.
(8) Borrower's loan closing balance sheet, supporting paragraph
(a)(9)(i) of the lender certification, demonstrating required tangible
balance sheet equity; and
(9) The lender's certification to each of the following
certifications:
(i) The capital/equity requirement was determined, based on a
balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, and met, as of the date
the guaranteed loan was closed, giving effect to the entirety of the
loan in the calculation, whether or not the loan itself is fully
advanced.
(ii) All requirements of the Conditional Commitment have been met.
(iii) No major changes have been made in the lender's loan
conditions and requirements since the issuance of the Conditional
Commitment, unless such changes have been approved by the Agency in
writing.
(iv) There is a reasonable prospect that the guaranteed loan and
other project debt will be repaid on time and in full (including
interest) from project cash flow according to the terms proposed in the
application for loan guarantee.
(v) All planned property acquisition has been or will be completed,
all development has been or will be substantially completed in
accordance with plans and specifications, conforms with applicable
Federal, State, and local codes, and costs have not exceeded the amount
approved by the lender and the Agency.
(vi) The borrower has marketable title to the collateral then owned
by the borrower, subject to the instrument securing the loan to be
guaranteed and to any other exceptions approved in writing by the
Agency.
(vii) The loan has been properly closed, and the required security
instruments have been properly executed or will be obtained on any
acquired property that cannot be covered initially under State law.
(viii) Lien priorities are consistent with the requirements of the
Conditional Commitment. No claims or liens of laborers, subcontractors,
suppliers of machinery and equipment, materialmen, or other parties
have been filed against the collateral, and no suits are pending or
threatened that would adversely affect the collateral.
(ix) When required, personal and/or corporate guarantees have been
obtained in accordance with Sec. 4279.132.
(x) The loan proceeds have been or will be disbursed for purposes
and in amounts consistent with the Conditional Commitment (or Agency-
approved amendment thereof) and the application submitted to the
Agency. When applicable, the entire amount of the loan for working
capital has been disbursed to the borrower, except in cases where the
Agency has approved disbursement over an extended period of time and
funds are escrowed so that the settlement statement reflects the full
amount to be disbursed.
(xi) All truth-in-lending and equal credit opportunity requirements
have been met.
(xii) There has been neither any material adverse change in the
borrower's financial condition nor any other material adverse change in
the borrower, for any reason, during the period of time from the
Agency's issuance of the Conditional Commitment to the issuance of the
Loan Note Guarantee regardless of the cause or causes of the change and
whether or not the change or causes of the change were within the
lender's or borrower's control. The lender must address any assumptions
or reservations in the requirement and must address all adverse changes
of the borrower, any parent, affiliate, or subsidiary of the borrower,
and guarantors.
(xiii) Neither the lender nor any of the lender's officers has an
ownership interest in the borrower or is an officer or director of the
borrower, and neither the borrower nor its officers, directors,
stockholders, or other owners have more than a 5 percent ownership
interest in the lender.
(xiv) The loan agreement includes all measures identified in the
Agency's environmental impact analysis for this proposal with which the
borrower must comply for the purpose of avoiding or reducing adverse
environmental impacts of the project's construction or operation.
(xv) If required, hazard, flood, liability, workers compensation,
and life insurance are in effect.
(b) The Agency may, at its discretion, request copies of additional
loan documents for its file.
(c) When the Agency is satisfied that all conditions for the
guarantee have been met, the Agency will issue the Loan Note Guarantee
and the following documents, as appropriate.
(1) Assignment Guarantee Agreement. In the event the lender uses
the single note option and assigns the guaranteed portion of the loan
to a holder, the lender, holder, and the Agency will execute Form RD
4279-6 in accordance with Sec. 4279.75(a); and
(2) Certificate of Incumbency. If requested by the lender, the
Agency will provide the lender with a certification on Form RD 4279-7,
``Certificate of Incumbency and Signature,'' of the signature and title
of the Agency official who signs the Loan Note Guarantee, Lender's
Agreement, and Assignment Guarantee Agreement.
Sec. Sec. 4279.182-4279.186 [Reserved]
Sec. 4279.187 Refusal to execute Loan Note Guarantee.
If the Agency determines that it cannot execute the Loan Note
Guarantee, the Agency will promptly
[[Page 36020]]
inform the lender of the reasons and give the lender a reasonable
period within which to satisfy the objections. If the lender satisfies
the objections within the time allowed, the Agency will issue the Loan
Note Guarantee. If the lender requests additional time in writing and
within the period allowed, the Agency may grant the request.
Sec. Sec. 4279.188-4279.199 [Reserved]
Sec. 4279.200 OMB control number.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the
information collection requirements contained in this rule have been
submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under OMB
Control Number 0570-0069 for OMB approval.
PART 4287--SERVICING
0
4. The authority citation for part 4287 is revised to read as follows:
Authority: 5 U.S.C. 301; 7 U.S.C. 1932(a); 7 U.S.C. 1989.
0
5. Revise Subpart B to read as follows:
Subpart B--Servicing Business and Industry Guaranteed Loans
Sec.
4287.101 Introduction.
4287.102 Definitions and abbreviations.
4287.103 Exception authority.
4287.104-4287.105 [Reserved]
4287.106 Appeals.
4287.107 Routine servicing.
4287.108-4287.111 [Reserved]
4287.112 Interest rate changes.
4287.113 Release of collateral.
4287.114-4287.122 [Reserved]
4287.123 Subordination of lien position.
4287.124 Alterations of loan instruments.
4287.125-4287.132 [Reserved]
4287.133 Sale of corporate stock.
4287.134 Transfer and assumption.
4287.135 Substitution of lender.
4287.136 Lender failure.
4287.137-4287.144 [Reserved]
4287.145 Default by borrower.
4287.146-4287.155 [Reserved]
4287.156 Protective advances.
4287.157 Liquidation.
4287.158 Determination of loss and payment.
4287.159-4287.168 [Reserved]
4287.169 Future recovery.
4287.170 Bankruptcy.
4287.171-4287.179 [Reserved]
4287.180 Termination of guarantee.
4287.181-4287.199 [Reserved]
4287.200 OMB control number.
Subpart B--Servicing Business and Industry Guaranteed Loans
Sec. 4287.101 Introduction.
(a) This subpart supplements subparts A and B of part 4279 of this
chapter by providing additional requirements and instructions for
servicing and liquidating all B&I Guaranteed Loans. This includes
Drought and Disaster, Disaster Assistance for Rural Business
Enterprises, Business and Industry Disaster, and American Recovery and
Reinvestment Act guaranteed loans.
(b) The lender is responsible for servicing the entire loan and
must remain mortgagee and secured party of record, notwithstanding the
fact that another party may hold a portion of the loan.
(c) Whether specifically stated or not, whenever Agency approval is
required, it must be in writing. Copies of all forms and regulations
referenced in this subpart may be obtained from any Agency office and
from the USDA Rural Development Web site at https://www.rd.usda.gov/publications. Whenever a form is designated in this subpart, that
designation includes predecessor and successor forms, if applicable, as
specified by the Agency.
Sec. 4287.102 Definitions and abbreviations.
The definitions and abbreviations contained in Sec. 4279.2 of this
chapter apply to this subpart.
Sec. 4287.103 Exception authority.
Section 4279.15 of this chapter applies to this subpart.
Sec. Sec. 4287.104-4287.105 [Reserved]
Sec. 4287.106 Appeals.
Section 4279.16 of this chapter applies to this subpart.
Sec. 4287.107 Routine servicing.
The lender is responsible for servicing the entire loan and for
taking all servicing actions that a reasonably prudent lender would
perform in servicing its own portfolio of loans that are not
guaranteed. The lender may contract for services but is ultimately
responsible for underwriting, loan origination, loan servicing, and
compliance with all Agency regulations. Form RD 4279-4, ``Lender's
Agreement,'' is the contractual agreement between the lender and the
Agency that sets forth some of the lender's loan servicing
responsibilities. These responsibilities include, but are not limited
to, periodic borrower visits, the collection of payments, obtaining
compliance with the covenants and provisions in the loan agreement,
obtaining and analyzing financial statements, ensuring payment of taxes
and insurance premiums, maintaining liens on collateral, keeping an
inventory accounting of all collateral items, and reconciling the
inventory of all collateral sold during loan servicing, including
liquidation.
(a) Lender reports and annual renewal fee. The lender must report
the outstanding principal and interest balance and the current loan
classification on each guaranteed loan semiannually (at June 30 and
December 31), using either the USDA Lender Interactive Network
Connection (LINC) system or Form RD 1980-41, ``Guaranteed Loan Status
Report.'' The lender must transmit the annual renewal fee to the Agency
in accordance with Sec. 4279.120(b) of this chapter calculated based
on the December 31 semiannual status report.
(b) Loan classification. The lender must provide the loan
classification or rating under its regulatory standards as of loan
closing, using either the LINC system or Form 1980-19, ``Guaranteed
Loan Closing Report.'' When the lender changes the loan classification
in the future, the lender must notify the Agency within 30 days, in
writing, of any change in the loan classification.
(c) Agency and lender conference. At the Agency's request, the
lender must consult with the Agency to ascertain how the guaranteed
loan is being serviced and that the conditions and covenants of the
loan agreement are being enforced.
(d) Borrower financial reports. The lender must obtain, analyze,
and forward to the Agency the borrower's and any guarantor's annual
financial statements required by the loan agreement within 120 days of
the end of the borrower's fiscal year. The lender must analyze these
financial statements and provide the Agency with a written summary of
the lender's analysis, ratio analysis, and conclusions, which, at a
minimum, must include trends, strengths, weaknesses, extraordinary
transactions, violations of loan covenants and covenant waivers
proposed by the lender, any routine servicing actions performed, and
other indications of the financial condition of the borrower.
Spreadsheets of the financial statements must also be included.
Following the Agency's review of the lender's financial analysis, the
Agency will provide a written report of any concerns to the lender. Any
concerns based upon the Agency's review must be addressed by the
lender. If the lender makes a reasonable attempt to obtain financial
statements but is unable to obtain the borrower's cooperation, the
failure to obtain financial statements will not impair the validity of
the Loan Note Guarantee.
(e) Protection of Agency interests. If the Agency determines that
the lender is not in compliance with its servicing responsibilities,
the Agency reserves the right to take any action the Agency determines
necessary to protect the Agency's interests with respect to the
[[Page 36021]]
loan. If the Agency exercises this right, the lender must cooperate
with the Agency to rectify the situation. In determining any loss, the
Agency will assess against the lender any cost to the Agency associated
with such action.
Sec. Sec. 4287.108-4287.111 [Reserved]
Sec. 4287.112 Interest rate changes.
(a) The borrower, lender, and holder (if any) may collectively
initiate a permanent or temporary reduction in the interest rate of the
guaranteed loan at any time during the life of the loan upon written
agreement among these parties. The lender must obtain prior Agency
concurrence and provide a copy of the modification agreement to the
Agency. If any of the guaranteed portion has been purchased by the
Agency, the Agency (as a holder) will affirm or reject interest rate
change proposals in writing.
(b) No increases in interest rates will be permitted, except the
normal fluctuations in approved variable interest rates, unless a
temporary interest rate reduction occurred.
(c) The interest rate, after adjustments, must comply with the
interest rate requirements set forth in Sec. 4279.125 of this chapter.
(d) The lender is responsible for the legal documentation of
interest-rate changes by an endorsement or any other legally effective
amendment to the promissory note; however, no new notes shall be
issued. The lender must provide copies of all legal documents to the
Agency.
Sec. 4287.113 Release of collateral.
(a) Within the parameters of paragraph (c) of this section, lenders
may, over the life of the loan, release collateral (other than personal
and corporate guarantees) with a cumulative value of up to 20 percent
of the original loan amount without Agency concurrence if the proceeds
generated are used to reduce the guaranteed loan or to buy replacement
collateral. Working assets, such as accounts receivable, inventory, and
work-in-progress that are routinely depleted or sold and proceeds used
for the normal course of business operations may be used in and
released for routine business purposes without prior concurrence of the
Agency as long as the loan has not been accelerated.
(b) If a release of collateral does not meet the requirements of
paragraph (a) of this section, the lender must complete a written
evaluation to justify the release and obtain written Agency concurrence
in advance of the release.
(c) Collateral must remain sufficient to provide for adequate
collateral coverage. The lender must support all releases of collateral
with a value exceeding $250,000 with a current appraisal on the
collateral being released. The appraisal must meet the requirements of
Sec. 4279.144 of this chapter. The cost of this appraisal will not be
paid for by the Agency. The Agency may, at its discretion, require an
appraisal of the remaining collateral in cases where it has been
determined that the Agency may be adversely affected by the release of
collateral. The sale or release of the collateral must be based on an
arm's length transaction, and there must be adequate consideration for
the release of collateral. Such consideration may include, but is not
limited to:
(1) Application of the net proceeds from the sale of collateral to
the borrower's debts in order of their lien priority against the sold
collateral;
(2) Use of the net proceeds from the sale of collateral to purchase
other collateral of equal or greater value for which the lender will
obtain as security for the benefit of the guaranteed loan with a lien
position equal or superior to the position previously held;
(3) Application of the net proceeds from the sale of collateral to
the borrower's business operation in such a manner that a significant
improvement to the borrower's debt service ability will be clearly
demonstrated. The lender's written request must detail how the
borrower's debt service ability will be improved; or
(4) Assurance that the release of collateral is essential for the
success of the business, thereby furthering the goals of the program.
Such assurance must be supported by written documentation from the
lender acceptable to the Agency.
Sec. 4287.114-4287.122 [Reserved]
Sec. 4287.123 Subordination of lien position.
A subordination of the lender's lien position must be requested in
writing by the lender and concurred with in writing by the Agency in
advance of the subordination. The lender's subordination proposal must
include a financial analysis of the servicing action and be fully
supported by current financial statements of the borrower and
guarantors that are less than 90 days old.
(a) The subordination of lien position must enhance the borrower's
business and not adversely affect the potential for collection of the
B&I loan through repayment or liquidation.
(b) The lien to which the guaranteed loan is subordinated is for a
fixed dollar limit and for a fixed term after which the guaranteed loan
lien priority will be restored.
(c) Collateral must remain sufficient to provide for adequate
collateral coverage. The Agency may require a current independent
appraisal in accordance with Sec. 4279.144 of this chapter.
(d) Lien priorities must remain for the portion of the collateral
that was not subordinated.
(e) A subordination to a line of credit cannot exceed 1 year. The
term of the line of credit cannot be extended.
Sec. 4287.124 Alterations of loan instruments.
The lender must neither alter nor approve any alterations or
modifications of any loan instrument without the prior written approval
of the Agency.
Sec. 4287.125-4287.132 [Reserved]
Sec. 4287.133 Sale of corporate stock.
Any sale or transfer of corporate stock must be approved by the
Agency in writing and must be to an eligible individual or entity in
accordance with Sec. 4279.108(a) and 4279.108(b) of this chapter. In
the event a portion of the borrower's stock is sold or transferred, the
Agency may require personal or corporate guarantees from those then
owning a 20 percent or more interest in the borrower in accordance with
Sec. 4279.132 of this chapter.
Sec. 4287.134 Transfer and assumption.
The lender may request a transfer and assumption of a guaranteed
loan in situations where the total indebtedness, or less than the total
indebtedness, is transferred to another eligible borrower on the same
or different terms. A transfer and assumption of the borrower's
operation can be accomplished before or after the loan goes into
liquidation. However, if the collateral has been purchased through
foreclosure or the borrower has conveyed title to the lender, no
transfer and assumption is permitted. Additionally, no transfer and
assumption is permitted when the Agency has repurchased 100 percent of
the guaranteed portion of the loan.
(a) Documentation of request. All transfers and assumptions must be
approved in writing by the Agency and must be to an eligible borrower.
The lender must provide credit reports for each individual or entity
owning 20 percent or more interest in the transferee, along with such
other documentation as the Agency may request to determine eligibility.
In accordance with Sec. 4279.132 of this chapter, the Agency will
require personal and/or corporate guarantee(s) from all owners that
have a 20 percent
[[Page 36022]]
or more ownership interest in the transferee. When warranted by an
Agency assessment of potential financial risk, the Agency may also
require guarantees of parent, subsidiaries, or affiliated companies
(owning less than a 20 percent interest in the borrower) and may
require security for any guarantee. The new borrower must sign Form RD
4279-1, ``Application for Loan Guarantee,'' and any guarantors of the
guaranteed loan must sign Form RD 4279-14, ``Unconditional Guarantee.''
(b) Terms. Loan terms may be changed with the concurrence of the
Agency, all holders, and the transferor (including guarantors) if the
transferor has not been or will not be released from liability. Any new
loan terms must be within the terms authorized by Sec. 4279.126 of
this chapter.
(c) Release of liability. The transferor, including any guarantor,
may be released from liability only with prior Agency written
concurrence and only when the fair market value of the collateral being
transferred is at least equal to the amount of the loan being assumed
and is supported by a current appraisal and a current financial
statement of the transferee. The Agency will not pay for the appraisal.
If the transfer is for less than the debt, for a release of liability,
the lender must demonstrate to the Agency that the transferor and
guarantors have no reasonable debt-paying ability considering their
assets and income in the foreseeable future.
(d) Proceeds. The lender must credit any proceeds received from the
sale of collateral before a transfer and assumption to the transferor's
guaranteed loan debt in order of lien priority before the transfer and
assumption is closed.
(e) Additional loans. Loans to provide additional funds in
connection with a transfer and assumption must be considered a new loan
application, which requires submission of a complete Agency application
in accordance with Sec. 4279.161(b) of this chapter.
(f) Credit quality. The lender will provide a credit analysis of
the proposal that addresses capacity (sufficient cash flow to service
the debt), capital (net worth), collateral (assets to secure the debt),
conditions (of the borrower, industry trends, and the overall economy),
and character (integrity of the transferee management) in accordance
with Sec. 4279.131 of this chapter.
(g) Appraisals. If the proposed transfer and assumption is for the
full amount of the Agency guaranteed loan, the Agency will not require
an appraisal, unless a guarantor is being released from liability in
accordance with paragraph (c) of this section. If the proposed transfer
and assumption is for less than the full amount of the Agency
guaranteed loan, the Agency will require an appraisal on all of the
collateral being transferred, and the amount of the assumption must not
be less than this appraised value. The lender is responsible for
obtaining this appraisal, which must conform to the requirements of
Sec. 4279.144 of this chapter. The Agency will not pay the appraisal
fee or any other costs associated with this transfer.
(h) Documents. Prior to Agency approval, the lender must provide
the Agency a written legal opinion that the transaction can be properly
and legally transferred and assurance that the conveyance instruments
will be appropriately filed, registered, and recorded.
(1) The lender must not issue any new promissory notes. The
assumption must be completed in accordance with applicable law and must
contain the Agency case number of the transferor and transferee. The
lender must provide the Agency with a copy of the transfer and
assumption agreement. The lender must ensure that all transfers and
assumptions are noted on all original Loan Note Guarantees.
(2) A new loan agreement, consistent in principle with the original
loan agreement, must be executed to establish the terms and conditions
of the loan being assumed. An assumption agreement can be used to
establish the loan covenants.
(3) Upon execution of the transfer and assumption, the lender must
provide the Agency with a written legal opinion that the transfer and
assumption is completed, valid, and enforceable, and certification that
the transfer and assumption is consistent with the conditions outlined
in the Agency's conditions of approval for the transfer and complies
with all Agency regulations.
(i) Loss/repurchase resulting from transfer. (1) Any resulting loss
must be processed in accordance with Sec. 4287.158.
(2) If a holder owns any of the guaranteed portion, such portion
must be repurchased by the lender or the Agency in accordance with
Sec. 4279.78 of this chapter.
(j) Related party. If the transferor and transferee are affiliated
or related parties, any transfer and assumption must be for the full
amount of the debt.
(k) Cash downpayment. The lender may allow the transferee to make
cash downpayments directly to the transferor provided:
(1) The transfer and assumption is made for the total indebtedness;
(2) The lender recommends that the cash be released, and the Agency
concurs prior to the transaction being completed. The lender may
require that an amount be retained for a defined period of time as a
reserve against future defaults. Interest on such account may be paid
periodically to the transferor or transferee as agreed;
(3) The lender determines that the transferee has the repayment
ability to meet the obligations of the assumed guaranteed loan, as well
as any other indebtedness; and
(4) Any payments by the transferee to the transferor will not
suspend the transferee's obligations to continue to meet the guaranteed
loan payments as they come due under the terms of the assumption.
(l) Annual renewal fees. The lender must pay any annual renewal fee
published in the Federal Register and then in effect at the time the
loan is closed for the duration of the Loan Note Guarantee. Annual
renewal fees are due for the entire year even if the Loan Note
Guarantee is terminated before the end of the year.
Sec. 4287.135 Substitution of lender.
After the issuance of a Loan Note Guarantee, the lender is
prohibited from selling or transferring the entire loan without the
prior written approval of the Agency. Because the Loan Note Guarantee
is associated with a specific promissory note and cannot be transferred
to a new promissory note, the lender must transfer the original
promissory note to the new lender, who must agree to its current loan
terms, including the interest rate, secondary market holder (if any),
collateral, loan agreement terms, and guarantors. The new lender must
also obtain the original Loan Note Guarantee, original personal and
corporate guarantee(s), and the loan payment history from the
transferor lender. If the new lender wishes to modify the loan terms
after acquisition, the new lender must submit a request to the Agency.
(a) The Agency may approve the substitution of a new lender if:
(1) The proposed substitute lender:
(i) Is an eligible lender in accordance with Sec. 4279.29 of this
chapter and is approved as such;
(ii) Is able to service the loan in accordance with the original
loan documents; and
(iii) Agrees in writing to acquire title to the unguaranteed
portion of the loan held by the original lender and assumes
[[Page 36023]]
all original loan requirements, including liabilities and servicing
responsibilities.
(2) The substitution of the lender is requested in writing by the
borrower, the proposed substitute lender, and the original lender of
record, if still in existence.
(b) The Agency will not pay any loss or share in any costs (e.g.,
appraisal fees and environmental assessments) with a new lender unless
a relationship is established through a substitution of lender in
accordance with paragraph (a) of this section. This includes situations
where a lender is merged with or acquired by another lender and
situations where the lender has failed and been taken over by a
regulatory agency such as the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
(FDIC) and the loan is subsequently sold to another lender.
(c) Where the lender has failed and been taken over by the FDIC and
the loan is liquidated by the FDIC rather than being sold to another
lender, the Agency will pay losses and share in costs as if the FDIC
were an approved substitute lender.
(d) In cases where there is a substitution of the lender, the
Agency and the new lender must execute a new Form RD 4279-4, ``Lender's
Agreement,'' unless a valid Lender's Agreement already exists with the
new lender.
Sec. 4287.136 Lender failure.
(a) Uninsured lender. The lender or insuring agency cannot
arbitrarily change the Lender's Agreement and related documents on the
guaranteed loan, and the Agency will make the successor to the failed
institution aware of the statutory and regulatory requirements. If the
acquiring institution is not an eligible lender as set forth in Sec.
4279.29 of this chapter, the Loan Note Guarantee will not be
enforceable, and the institution must promptly apply to become an
eligible lender. The failure of the uninsured lender to become an
eligible lender will result in the Loan Note Guarantee being
unenforceable. A new lender approved by the Agency will be afforded the
benefits of the Loan Note Guarantee in the sharing of any loss and
eligible expenses subject to the limits that are set forth in the
regulations governing the program.
(b) Insured lender. The FDIC and the Agency have entered into an
Inter-Agency Agreement and all parties are to abide by this Agreement
or successor document(s). This document sets forth the duties and
responsibilities of each Agency when an institution fails. The lender
must take such action that a reasonably prudent lender would take if it
did not have a Loan Note Guarantee to protect the lender and Agency's
mutual interest.
Sec. 4287.137-4287.144 [Reserved]
Sec. 4287.145 Default by borrower.
The lender's primary responsibilities in default are to act
prudently and expeditiously, to work with the borrower to bring the
account current or cure the default through restructuring if a
realistic plan can be developed, or to accelerate the account and
conduct a liquidation in a manner that will minimize any potential
loss. The lender may initiate liquidation subject to submission and
approval of a complete liquidation plan.
(a) The lender must notify the Agency when a borrower is more than
30 days past due on a payment and the delinquency cannot be cured
within 30 days or when a borrower is otherwise in default of covenants
in the loan agreement by promptly submitting Form RD 1980-44,
``Guaranteed Loan Borrower Default Status,'' or processing the Default
Status report in LINC. The lender must update the loan's status each
month using either Form RD 1980-44 or the LINC Default Status report
until such time as the loan is no longer in default. If a monetary
default exceeds 60 days, the lender must meet with the Agency and, if
practical, the borrower to discuss the situation.
(b) In considering options, the prospects for providing a permanent
cure without adversely affecting the risk to the Agency and the lender
is the paramount objective.
(1) Curative actions (subject to the rights of any holder and
Agency concurrence) include, but are not limited to:
(i) Deferment of principal and/or interest payments;
(ii) An additional unguaranteed temporary loan by the lender to
bring the account current;
(iii) Reamortization of or rescheduling the payments on the loan;
(iv) Transfer and assumption of the loan in accordance with Sec.
4287.134;
(v) Reorganization;
(vi) Liquidation; and
(vii) Changes in interest rates with the Agency's, the lender's,
and any holder's approval. Any interest payments must be adjusted
proportionately between the guaranteed and unguaranteed portion of the
loan.
(2) The term of any deferment, rescheduling, reamortization, or
moratorium will be limited to the lesser of the remaining useful life
of the collateral or remaining limits as set forth in Sec. 4279.126 of
this chapter (excluding paragraph (c)). During a period of deferment or
moratorium on the guaranteed loan, the lender's unguaranteed loan(s)
and any stockholder loans must also be under deferment or moratorium.
Balloon payments are permitted as a loan servicing option as long as
there is a reasonable prospect for success and the remaining life of
the collateral supports the action.
(3) In the event of a loss or a repurchase, the lender cannot claim
default or penalty interest, late payment fees, or interest on
interest. If the restructuring includes the capitalization of interest,
interest accrued on the capitalized interest will not be covered by the
guarantee. Consequently, it is not eligible for repurchase from the
holder and cannot be included in the loss claim.
(c) Debt write-downs for an existing borrower, where the same
principals retain control of and decisionmaking authority for the
business, are prohibited, except as directed or ordered under the
Bankruptcy Code.
(d) For loans closed on or after August 2, 2016, in the event of a
loss, the guarantee will not cover note interest to the lender accruing
after 90 days from the most recent delinquency effective date.
(e) For loans closed on or after August 2, 2016, the lender or the
Agency will issue an interest termination letter to the holder(s)
establishing the termination date for interest accrual. The guarantee
will not cover interest to any holder accruing after the greater of: 90
days from the date of the most recent delinquency effective date as
reported by the lender or 30 days from the date of the interest
termination letter.
(f) For repurchases of guaranteed loans, refer to Sec. 4279.78 of
this chapter.
Sec. 4286.146-4287.155 [Reserved]
Sec. 4287.156 Protective advances.
Protective advances are advances made by the lender for the purpose
of preserving and protecting the collateral where the debtor has failed
to, will not, or cannot meet its obligations. Lenders must exercise
sound judgment in determining that the protective advance preserves
collateral and recovery is actually enhanced by making the advance.
Lenders cannot make protective advances in lieu of additional loans. A
protective advance claim will be paid only at the time of the final
report of loss payment.
(a) The maximum loss to be paid by the Agency will never exceed the
original loan amount plus accrued
[[Page 36024]]
interest times the percentage of guarantee regardless of any protective
advances made.
(b) In the event of a final loss, protective advances will accrue
interest at the note rate and will be guaranteed at the same percentage
of guarantee as provided for in the Loan Note Guarantee. The guarantee
will not cover interest on the protective advance accruing after 90
days from the most recent delinquency effective date.
(c) Protective advances must constitute an indebtedness of the
borrower to the lender and be secured by the security instruments.
Agency written authorization is required when the cumulative total of
protective advances exceeds $200,000 or 10 percent of the aggregate
outstanding balance of principal and interest, whichever is less.
Sec. 4287.157 Liquidation.
In the event of one or more incidents of default or third party
actions that the borrower cannot or will not cure within a reasonable
period of time, the lender, with Agency consent, must liquidate the
loan. In accordance with Sec. 4287.145(d), for loans closed on or
after August 2, 2016, in the event of a loss, the guarantee will not
cover note interest to the lender accruing after 90 days from the most
recent delinquency effective date.
(a) Decision to liquidate. A decision to liquidate must be made
when the lender determines that the default cannot be cured through
actions such as those contained in Sec. 4287.145, or it has been
determined that it is in the best interest of the Agency and the lender
to liquidate. The decision to liquidate or continue with the borrower
must be made as soon as possible when one or more of the following
exist:
(1) A loan is 90 days behind on any scheduled payment and the
lender and the borrower have not been able to cure the delinquency
through actions such as those contained in Sec. 4287.145.
(2) It is determined that delaying liquidation will jeopardize full
recovery on the loan.
(3) The borrower or lender is uncooperative in resolving the
problem or the Agency or lender has reason to believe the borrower is
not acting in good faith, and it would improve the position of the
guarantee to liquidate immediately.
(b) Repurchase of loan. When the decision to liquidate is made, if
any portion of the loan has been sold or assigned under Sec. 4279.75
of this chapter and not already repurchased, provisions will be made
for repurchase in accordance with Sec. 4279.78 of this chapter.
(c) Lender's liquidation plan. The lender is responsible for
initiating actions immediately and as necessary to assure a prompt,
orderly liquidation that will provide maximum recovery. Within 30 days
after a decision to liquidate, the lender must submit a written,
proposed plan of liquidation to the Agency for approval. The
liquidation plan must be detailed and include at least the following:
(1) Such proof as the Agency requires to establish the lender's
ownership of the guaranteed loan promissory note and related security
instruments and a copy of the payment ledger, if available, that
reflects the current loan balance, accrued interest to date, and the
method of computing the interest;
(2) A full and complete list of all collateral, including any
personal and corporate guarantees;
(3) The recommended liquidation methods for making the maximum
collection possible on the indebtedness and the justification for such
methods, including recommended action for acquiring and disposing of
all collateral and collecting from guarantors;
(4) Necessary steps for preservation of the collateral;
(5) Copies of the borrower's most recently available financial
statements;
(6) Copies of each guarantor's most recently available financial
statements;
(7) An itemized list of estimated liquidation expenses expected to
be incurred along with justification for each expense;
(8) A schedule to periodically report to the Agency on the progress
of liquidation, not to exceed every 60 days;
(9) Estimated protective advance amounts with justification;
(10) Proposed protective bid amounts on collateral to be sold at
auction and a breakdown to show how the amounts were determined. A
protective bid may be made by the lender, with prior Agency written
approval, at a foreclosure sale to protect the lender's and the
Agency's interest. The protective bid will not exceed the amount of the
loan, including expenses of foreclosure, and must be based on the
liquidation value considering estimated expenses for holding and
reselling the property. These expenses include, but are not limited to,
expenses for resale, interest accrual, length of time necessary for
resale, maintenance, guard service, weatherization, and prior liens;
(11) If a voluntary conveyance is considered, the proposed amount
to be credited to the guaranteed debt;
(12) Legal opinions, if needed by the lender's legal counsel; and
(13) An estimate of fair market and potential liquidation value of
the collateral. If the value of the collateral is $250,000 or more, the
lender must obtain an independent appraisal report meeting the
requirements of Sec. 4279.144 of this chapter for the collateral
securing the loan, which reflects the fair market value and potential
liquidation value. For collateral values under this threshold, lenders
must follow their primary regulator's policies relating to appraisals
and evaluations or, if the lender is not regulated, normal banking
practices and generally accepted methods of determining value. The
liquidation appraisal of the collateral must evaluate the impact on
market value of any release of hazardous substances, petroleum
products, or other environmental hazards. The independent appraiser's
fee, including the cost of the environmental site assessment, will be
shared equally by the Agency and the lender. In order to assure prompt
action, the liquidation plan can be submitted with an estimate of
collateral value, and the liquidation plan may be approved by the
Agency subject to the results of the final liquidation appraisal.
(d) Approval of liquidation plan. The lender's liquidation plan
must be approved by the Agency in writing. The lender and Agency must
attempt to resolve any Agency concerns. If the liquidation plan is
approved by the Agency, the lender must proceed expeditiously with
liquidation and must take all legal action necessary to liquidate the
loan in accordance with the approved liquidation plan. The lender must
update or modify the liquidation plan when conditions warrant,
including a change in value based on a liquidation appraisal. If the
liquidation plan is not approved by the Agency, the lender must take
such actions that a reasonably prudent lender would take without a
guarantee and keep the Agency informed in writing. The lender must
continue to develop a liquidation plan in accordance with this section.
(e) Acceleration. The lender will proceed to accelerate the
indebtedness as expeditiously as possible when acceleration is
necessary, including giving any notices and taking any other legal
actions required. The guaranteed loan will be considered in liquidation
once the loan has been accelerated and a demand for payment has been
made upon the borrower. The lender must obtain Agency concurrence prior
to the acceleration of the loan if the sole basis for acceleration is a
nonmonetary default. In the case of monetary default, prior approval by
the Agency of the
[[Page 36025]]
lender's acceleration is not required, although Agency concurrence must
still be given not later than at the time the liquidation plan is
approved. The lender will provide a copy of the acceleration notice or
other acceleration document to the Agency.
(f) Filing an estimated loss claim. When the lender owns any of the
guaranteed portion of the loan, the lender must file an estimated loss
claim once a decision has been made to liquidate if the liquidation is
expected to exceed 90 days. The estimated loss payment will be based on
the liquidation value of the collateral. For the purpose of reporting
and loss claim computation, for loans closed on or after August 2,
2016, the guarantee will not cover note interest to the lender accruing
after 90 days from the most recent delinquency effective date. The
Agency will promptly process the loss claim in accordance with
applicable Agency regulations as set forth in Sec. 4287.158.
(g) Accounting and reports. The lender must account for funds
during the period of liquidation and must, in accordance with the
Agency-approved liquidation plan, provide the Agency with reports on
the progress of liquidation including disposition of collateral,
resulting costs, and additional procedures necessary for successful
completion of the liquidation.
(h) Transmitting payments and proceeds to the Agency. When the
Agency is the holder of a portion of the guaranteed loan, the lender
must transmit to the Agency its pro rata share of any payments received
from the borrower, liquidation, or other proceeds using Form RD 1980-
43, ``Lender's Guaranteed Loan Payment to Rural Development.''
(i) Abandonment of collateral. When the lender adequately documents
that the cost of liquidation would exceed the potential recovery value
of certain collateral and receives Agency concurrence, the lender may
abandon that collateral. When the lender makes a recommendation for
abandonment of collateral, it must comply with 7 CFR part 1970,
``Environmental Policies and Procedures.''
(j) Personal or corporate guarantees. The lender must take action
to maximize recovery from all personal and corporate guarantees,
including seeking deficiency judgments when there is a reasonable
chance of future collection.
(k) Compromise settlement. Compromise settlements must be approved
by the lender and the Agency. Complete current financial information on
all parties obligated for the loan must be provided. At a minimum, the
compromise settlement must be equivalent to the value and timeliness of
that which would be received from attempting to collect on the
guarantee. The guarantor cannot be released from liability until the
full amount of the compromise settlement has been received. In weighing
whether the compromise settlement should be accepted, among other
things, the Agency will weigh whether the comparison is more
financially advantageous than collecting on the guarantee.
(l) Litigation. In all litigation proceedings involving the
borrower, the lender is responsible for protecting the rights of the
lender and the Agency with respect to the loan and keeping the Agency
adequately and regularly informed, in writing, of all aspects of the
proceedings. If the Agency determines that the lender is not adequately
protecting the rights of the lender or the Agency with respect to the
loan, the Agency reserves the right to take any legal action the Agency
determines necessary to protect the rights of the lender, on behalf of
the lender, or the Agency with respect to the loan. If the Agency
exercises this right, the lender must cooperate with the Agency. Any
cost to the Agency associated with such action will be assessed against
the lender.
Sec. 4287.158 Determination of loss and payment.
Unless the Agency anticipates a future recovery, the Agency will
make a final settlement with the lender after the collateral is
liquidated or after settlement and compromise of all parties has been
completed. The Agency has the right to recover losses paid under the
guarantee from any party that may be liable.
(a) Report of loss form. Form RD 449-30, ``Loan Note Guarantee
Report of Loss,'' will be used for reporting and calculating all
estimated and final loss determinations.
(b) Estimated loss. In accordance with the requirements of Sec.
4287.157(f), the lender must prepare an estimated loss claim, based on
liquidation appraisal value, and submit it to the Agency. When the
lender is conducting the liquidation and owns any or all of the
guaranteed portion of the loan, the lender must file an estimated loss
claim once a decision has been made to liquidate if the liquidation
will exceed 90 days. The estimated loss payment will be based on the
liquidation value of the collateral.
(1) Such estimate will be prepared and submitted by the lender on
Form RD 449-30 using the basic formula as provided on the report,
except that the liquidation appraisal value will be used in lieu of the
amount received from the sale of collateral. Interest accrual eligible
for payment under the guarantee on the defaulted loan will be
discontinued when the estimated loss is paid.
(2) A protective advance claim will be paid only at the time of the
final report of loss payment.
(c) Final loss. Within 30 days after liquidation of all collateral
is completed (except for certain unsecured personal or corporate
guarantees as provided for in this section), the lender must prepare a
final report of loss and submit it to the Agency. If the lender holds
all or a portion of the guaranteed loan, the Agency will not guarantee
interest to the lender accruing after 90 days from the most recent
delinquency effective date. The Agency will not guarantee interest to
any holder accruing after the greater of: 90 days from the date of the
most recent delinquency effective date as reported by the lender or 30
days from the date of the interest termination letter. Before approval
by the Agency of any final loss report, the lender must account for all
funds during the period of liquidation, disposition of the collateral,
all costs incurred, and any other information necessary for the
successful completion of liquidation. Upon receipt of the final
accounting and report of loss, the Agency may audit all applicable
documentation to determine the final loss. The lender must make its
records available and otherwise assist the Agency in making any
investigation. The documentation accompanying the report of loss must
support the amounts reported as losses on Form RD 449-30.
(1) The lender must make a determination regarding the
collectability of unsecured personal and corporate guarantees. If
reasonably possible, the lender must promptly collect or otherwise
dispose of such guarantees in accordance with Sec. 4287.157(j) prior
to completion of the final loss report. However, in the event that
collection from the guarantors appears unlikely or will require a
prolonged period of time, the lender must file the report of loss when
all other collateral has been liquidated. Unsecured personal or
corporate guarantees outstanding at the time of the submission of the
final loss claim will be treated as a future recovery with the net
proceeds to be shared on a pro rata basis by the lender and the Agency.
Debts owed to the Agency (Federal debt) may be collected using DCIA
authority.
[[Page 36026]]
The Agency may consider a compromise settlement of Federal debt after
it has processed a final report of loss and issued a 60 day due process
letter. Any funds collected on Federal debt will not be shared with the
lender.
(2) The lender must document that all of the collateral has been
accounted for and properly liquidated and that liquidation proceeds
have been accounted for and applied correctly to the loan.
(3) The lender must provide receipts and a breakdown of any
protective advance amount as to the payee, purpose of the expenditure,
date paid, and evidence that the amount expended was proper.
(4) The lender must provide receipts and a breakdown of liquidation
expenses as to the payee, purpose of the expenditure, date paid, and
evidence that the amount expended was proper. Liquidation expenses are
recoverable only from liquidation proceeds. The Agency may approve
attorney/legal fees as liquidation expenses provided that the fees are
reasonable, require the assistance of attorneys, and cover legal issues
pertaining to the liquidation that could not be properly handled by the
lender and its employees.
(5) The lender must support accrued interest by documenting how the
amount was accrued. If the interest rate was a variable rate, the
lender must include documentation of changes in both the selected base
rate and the loan rate.
(6) The Agency will pay loss payments within 60 days after it has
reviewed the complete final loss report and accounting of the
collateral.
(d) Loss limit. The amount payable by the Agency to the lender
cannot exceed the limits set forth in the Loan Note Guarantee.
(e) Liquidation expenses. The Agency will deduct liquidation
expenses from the liquidation proceeds of the collateral. The lender
cannot claim any liquidation expenses in excess of liquidation
proceeds. Any changes to the liquidation expenses that exceed 10
percent of the amount proposed in the liquidation plan must be approved
by the Agency. Reasonable attorney/legal expenses will be shared by the
lender and Agency equally, including those instances where the lender
has incurred such expenses from a trustee conducting the liquidation of
assets. The lender cannot claim the guarantee fee or the annual renewal
fee as authorized liquidation expenses, and no in-house expenses of the
lender will be allowed. In-house expenses include, but are not limited
to, employee's salaries, staff lawyers, travel, and overhead.
(f) Rent. The lender must apply any net rental or other income that
it receives from the collateral to the guaranteed loan debt.
(g) Payment. Once the Agency approves Form RD 449-30 and supporting
documents submitted by the lender:
(1) If the loss is greater than any estimated loss payment, the
Agency will pay the additional amount owed by the Agency to the lender.
(2) If the loss is less than the estimated loss payment, the lender
must reimburse the Agency for the overpayment plus interest at the note
rate from the date of payment.
Sec. Sec. 4287.159-4287.168 [Reserved]
Sec. 4287.169 Future recovery.
Unless notified otherwise by the Agency, after the final loss claim
has been paid, the lender must use reasonable efforts to attempt
collection from any party still liable on any loan that was guaranteed.
Any net proceeds from that effort must be split pro rata between the
lender and the Agency based on the percentage of guarantee. Any
collection of Federal debt made by the United State from any liable
party to the guaranteed loan will not be split with the lender.
Sec. 4287.170 Bankruptcy.
(a) Lender's responsibilities. It is the lender's responsibility to
protect the guaranteed loan and all of the collateral securing it in
bankruptcy proceedings, including taking actions that result in greater
recoveries and not taking actions that would not likely be cost-
effective. These responsibilities include, but are not limited to, the
following:
(1) Monitoring confirmed bankruptcy plans to determine borrower
compliance, and, if the borrower fails to comply, seeking a dismissal
of the bankruptcy plan;
(2) Filing a proof of claim, where necessary, and all the necessary
papers and pleadings concerning the case;
(3) Attending and, where necessary, participating in meetings of
the creditors and all court proceedings;
(4) Requesting modifications of any bankruptcy plan whenever it
appears that additional recoveries are likely; and
(5) Keeping the Agency adequately and regularly informed in writing
of all aspects of the proceedings.
(6) The lender must submit a default status report when the
borrower defaults and every 30 days until the default is resolved or a
final loss claim is paid by the Agency. The default status report will
be used to inform the Agency of the bankruptcy filing, the plan
confirmation date, when the plan is complete, and when the borrower is
not in compliance with the plan.
(7) With written Agency consent, the lender and Agency will equally
share the cost of any independent appraisal fee to protect the
guaranteed loan in any bankruptcy proceedings.
(b) Reports of loss during bankruptcy. In bankruptcy proceedings,
payment of loss claims will be made as provided in this section.
Attorney/legal fees and protective advances as a result of a bankruptcy
are only recoverable from liquidation proceeds.
(1) Estimated loss payments. (i) If a borrower has filed for
bankruptcy and all or a portion of the debt has been discharged, the
lender must request an estimated loss payment of the guaranteed portion
of the accrued interest and principal discharged by the court. Only one
estimated loss payment is allowed during the bankruptcy. All subsequent
claims of the lender during bankruptcy will be considered revisions to
the initial estimated loss. A revised estimated loss payment may be
processed by the Agency, at its option, in accordance with any court-
approved changes in the bankruptcy plan. Once the bankruptcy plan has
been completed, the lender is responsible for submitting the
documentation necessary for the Agency to review and adjust the
estimated loss claim to reflect any actual discharge of principal and
interest and to reimburse the lender for any court-ordered interest-
rate reduction under the terms of the bankruptcy plan.
(ii) The lender must use Form RD 449-30 to request an estimated
loss payment and to revise any estimated loss payments during the
course of the bankruptcy plan. The estimated loss claim, as well as any
revisions to this claim, must be accompanied by documentation to
support the claim.
(iii) Upon completion of a bankruptcy plan, the lender must
complete Form RD 1980-44 and forward it to the Agency.
(iv) Upon completion of the bankruptcy plan, the lender must
provide the Agency with the documentation necessary to determine
whether the estimated loss paid equals the actual loss sustained. If
the actual loss sustained as a result of the bankruptcy is less than
the estimated loss, the lender must reimburse the Agency for the
overpayment plus interest at the note rate from the date of payment of
the estimated loss. If the actual loss is greater than the estimated
loss payment, the lender must submit a revised estimated loss claim in
order to obtain payment of the additional
[[Page 36027]]
amount owed by the Agency to the lender.
(2) Bankruptcy loss payments. (i) The lender must request a
bankruptcy loss payment of the guaranteed portion of the accrued
interest and principal discharged by the court for all bankruptcies
when all or a portion of the debt has been discharged. Unless a court
approves a subsequent change to the bankruptcy plan that is adverse to
the lender, only one bankruptcy loss payment is allowed during the
bankruptcy. Once the court has discharged all or part of the guaranteed
loan and any appeal period has run, the lender must submit the
documentation necessary for the Agency to review and adjust the
bankruptcy loss claim to reflect any actual discharge of principal and
interest.
(ii) The lender must use Form RD 449-30 to request a bankruptcy
loss payment and to revise any bankruptcy loss payments during the
course of the bankruptcy. The lender must include with the bankruptcy
loss claim documentation to support the claim, as well as any revisions
to this claim.
(iii) Upon completion of a bankruptcy plan, restructure, or
liquidation, the lender must either complete Form RD 1980-44 and
forward it to the Agency or enter the data directly into LINC.
(iv) If an estimated loss claim is paid during a bankruptcy and the
borrower repays in full the remaining balance without an additional
loss sustained by the lender, a final report of loss is not necessary.
(3) Interest rate losses as a result of bankruptcy reorganization.
(i) For guaranteed loans approved prior to August 2, 2016:
(A) Interest losses sustained during the period of the bankruptcy
plan will be processed in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this
section.
(B) Interest losses sustained after the bankruptcy plan is
confirmed will be processed annually when the lender sustains a loss as
a result of a permanent interest rate reduction that extends beyond the
period of the bankruptcy plan.
(C) If a bankruptcy loss claim is paid during the operation of the
bankruptcy plan and the borrower repays in full the remaining balance
without an additional loss sustained by the lender, a final report of
loss is not necessary.
(ii) For guaranteed loans approved on or after August 2, 2016, the
Agency will not compensate the lender for any difference in the
interest rate specified in the Loan Note Guarantee and the rate of
interest specified in the bankruptcy plan.
(4) Final bankruptcy loss payments. The Agency will process final
bankruptcy loss payments when the loan is fully liquidated.
(5) Application of loss claim payments. The lender must apply
estimated loss payments first to the unsecured principal of the
guaranteed portion of the debt and then to the unsecured interest of
the guaranteed portion of the debt. In the event a court attempts to
direct the payments to be applied in a different manner, the lender
must immediately notify the Agency in writing.
(6) Protective advances. If approved protective advances, as
authorized by Sec. 4287.156, were incurred in connection with the
initiation of liquidation action and were required to provide repairs,
insurance, etc., to protect the collateral as a result of delays in the
case of failure of the borrower to maintain the security prior to the
borrower having filed bankruptcy, the protective advances together with
accrued interest, are payable under the guarantee in the final loss
claim.
(c) Expenses during bankruptcy proceedings. (1) Under no
circumstances will the guarantee cover liquidation expenses in excess
of liquidation proceeds.
(2) Expenses, such as reasonable attorney/legal fees and the cost
of appraisals incurred by the lender as a direct result of the
borrower's bankruptcy filing, are considered liquidation expenses.
Liquidation expenses must be reasonable, customary, and provide a
demonstrated economic benefit to the lender and the Agency. Lender's
in-house expenses, which are those expenses that would normally be
incurred for administration of the loan, including in-house lawyers,
are not covered by the guarantee. Liquidation expenses must be deducted
from collateral sale proceeds. The lender and Agency will share
liquidation expenses equally. To accomplish this, the lender will
deduct 50 percent of the liquidation expenses from the collateral sale
proceeds.
(3) When a bankruptcy proceeding results in a liquidation of the
borrower by a bankruptcy trustee, expenses will be handled as directed
by the court, and the lender cannot claim liquidation expenses for the
sale of the assets.
(4) If the property is abandoned by the bankruptcy trustee and any
relief from the stay has been obtained, the lender will conduct the
liquidation in accordance with Sec. 4287.157.
(5) Proceeds received from the partial sale of collateral during
bankruptcy may be used by the lender to pay reasonable costs associated
with the partial sale, such as freight, labor, and sales commissions.
Reasonable use of proceeds for this purpose must be documented with the
final loss claim.
(6) Reasonable and customary liquidation expenses in bankruptcy may
be deducted from liquidation proceeds of collateral.
Sec. Sec. 4287.171-4287.179 [Reserved]
Sec. 4287.180 Termination of guarantee.
The Loan Note Guarantee will terminate under any of the following
conditions:
(a) Upon full payment of the guaranteed loan;
(b) Upon full payment of any loss obligation; or
(c) Upon written notice from the lender to the Agency that the
guarantee will terminate 30 days after the date of notice, provided
that the lender holds all of the guaranteed portion and the Loan Note
Guarantee is returned to the Agency to be canceled.
Sec. Sec. 4287.181-4287.199 [Reserved]
Sec. 4287.200 OMB control number.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the
information collection requirements contained in this rule have been
submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under OMB
Control Number 0570-0069 for OMB approval.
Dated: May 26, 2016.
Lisa Mensah,
Under Secretary, Rural Development.
[FR Doc. 2016-12945 Filed 6-2-16; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3410-XY-P